■MMMfii HBHH 
HHPH^BI&NI 



^HHnH 



H 



ftaC 









V 



m 



nBsnnnng 



BIB BfefiBS 

■ 






^ 




HHH WBli Mww 
^H oral 





SSI** 



BlBWBBBHBBBHBwBJnnwn 
n H8MTO 

IHMMHHMH MJOMitMH jhimihpp 

mawareCW im w mM iPa gBStlg3SM 



1 



Hi 



II 




Class _±. 
Book 



COPYRIGHT DEP0SJ7 



CICERO 



ON THE 



IMMORTALITY OF THE SOUL. 



OHASE AND STUAET'S CLASSICAL SERIES. 

CICERO'S 
TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS, 

BOOK FIEST; 

THE BREAM OF SCIPIO; 

AND 

XTRACTS FROM THE DIALOGUES ON OLD AGE AND FRIENDSHIP. 

Mittft m& §wtt0taM 

BY 

THOMAS CHASE, M. A., 

PROFESSOR OF PHILOLOGY IX HAVERFORD COLLEGE; 
SOMETIME TUTOR AND ACTING PROFESSOR OF LATIN IN HARVARD COLLEGE. 




PHILADELPHIA: 

ELDREDGE & BROTHER, 

17 North Seventh Street. 

18 73. 






^ 



#><- 



£ 



s 



*&« 



Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873, by 

ELDREDGE & BROTHER, 
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. 



•9* 

7 




CAXTON ?RLSS OF SHERMAN k CO. 



CAROLO-BECK-P-D- 

LINGVAE • LATINAE • IX • COLLEGIO • HARVABDIANO 
NYFBB • PROFESSORI 

HVNCLIBRVM 

GRATO • AXIMO • DEDICAT 

DISCIPYLVS. 



PREFACE. 



Together with the first book of the Tusculan Dispu- 
tations, the editor has here presented the Somnium Scipi- 
onis, and extracts from the dialogues De Senectute and 
De Amicitia ; thus combining all the passages in the 
works of Cicero in which the question of the Immortality 
of the Soul is discussed. Besides the intrinsic interest 
and value of these treatises as containing the maturest 
decisions of old philosophy upon a question of universal 
and nearest concern, they are adorned with a grace of 
style and happiness of illustration characteristic of their 
author and worthy of their subject. None of the philo- 
sophical works of Cicero holds a higher rank than the 
Tusculan Disputations for beauty of language and eleva- 
tion of sentiment ; in the Dream of Scipio the lively nar- 
rative and poetic coloring enhance the admiration which 
the loftiness of its views cannot fail to excite ; and the 
dialogues on Old Age and Friendship have always been 
regarded as treasuries of thought and models of compo- 
sition.* With the exception of the Somnium Scipionis, 

* Such was the admiration in which Erasmus held these 
works, that he pronounced their author inspired from Heaven. 
His words are these : — "Sacris quidem litteris ubique prima de- 
betur auctoritas j sed tamen ego nonnunquam offendo quaedam 

vii 



Vlll PREFACE. 

these are the fruits of Cicero's ripest years ; and that 
delightful episode, as well as its companions in this vol- 
ume, is the product of a mind enriched by the largest 
culture and made wise by a varied experience. 

In the preparation of this work, the editor has sought 
to avail himself of the best results of modern scholarship. 
The text of the book of the Tusculan Disputations is 
founded chiefly upon the admirable editions of Moser* 
and Kiihner ; f but those of Orelli, J Nobbe, § and Ti- 
scher || have been compared, on every passage, and 

vel dicta a, veteribus, vel scripta ab ethnicis, etiam poStis, tam 
caste, tam sancte, tam divinitus, lit mihi non possim persuadere, 
quin pectus illorum, quum ilia scriberent, numen aliquod bo- 
num agitaverit Et fortasse latius se fundit spiritus Christi, 
quam nos interpretamur. Et multi sunt in consortio sanctorum, 
qui non sunt apud nos in catalogo. Fateor affectum meum 
apud amicos : non possum legere librum Ciceronis de Senectute, 
de Amicitia, de Officiis, de Tusculanis Quaestionibus, quin ali- 
quoties exosculer codicem, ac venerer sanctum illud pectus, 
afflatum caelesti numine. Contra, quum hos quosdam recenti- 
ores lego de re publica, oeconomia, aut ethica praecipientes, 
Deum immortalem ! quam frigent prae illis, immO quam non 
videntur sentire quod scribunt ! ut ego citius patiar perire totum 
Scotum, cum aliquot sui similibus, quam libros unius Ciceronis, 
aut Plutarchi : non quod illos in totum damnem, sed quod [ab] 
his sentiam me reddi meliorem, quum ex illorum lectione surgam, 
nescio quomodo, frigidius affectus erga veram virtutem, sed irri- 
tatior ad contentionem." Colloqq. FamilL, Conviv. Relig. 

* Hanover, 1836. 3 vols. 

t Jena, 1846. Editio tertia. 

| Zurich, 1829. 

§ Leipsic, 1828. 

|| Leipsic, 1850. The text is based upon that of Klotz (Leip- 
sic, 1833 and 1843) and of Tregder (Copenhagen, 1841). Pub- 
lished in Haupt and Sauppe's Sammlung Griechischer und Latei- 
nischer Schriftstelhr mit Deutschen Anmerkunqen. 



PREFACE. IX 

various old editions consulted in doubtful cases. "Where 
such scholars as Orelli, Moser, and Kuhner are at vari- 
ance, the editor has felt at liberty to select that reading 
which best commended itself to his own judgment, par- 
ticular weight being given to the authority of the manu- 
scripts of highest repute.* The most important varia- 
tions of reading are mentioned in the notes. In the 
Somnium Scipionis the text of Moser f has been adopted, 
and in the Cato Major and Laelius that of Orelli. 

For the most valuable part of the annotations, the 
editor is indebted to the labors of German scholars. 
Orelli's special edition of the Tusculan Disputations 
furnished him with the Vorlesungen of that illustrious 
critic and man of genius, F. A. Wolf, with the valuable 
additions of Orelli himself; the elaborate edition of 
Moser afforded a large body of excellent notes, with a 
copious digest of the annotations of preceding commen- 
tators ; Tischer's concise and judicious explanations 
were of great service ; and, above all, most important 
assistance was derived from Kuhner, whose edition is 
indeed a model of clearness and aptness of illustration, 
and sound discrimination in the choice of topics to be 
discussed. For the aid received from these sources, 
care has been taken to give full credit. 

The notes are designed to call attention to the most 

* Among some fifty MSS. which Kuhner enumerates, he 
gives the preference to the six following : the Regius, at Paris, 
of the ninth century ; the Vaticanus ; the Gudianus primus, at 
Wolfenbuttel, of the ninth or tenth century; the Pithomnus ; 
the Gryphianus ; and the Berne?isis, at Berne, of the fifteenth 
century. 

t Frankfort on the Maine, 1826. 



X PREFACE. 

important peculiarities of construction, and to explain 
the most serious difficulties of syntax and interpretation, 
without the injustice to the student of robbing him 
entirely of the pleasure and advantage of surmounting 
obstacles by his own unaided effort. Particular atten- 
tion has been given to the illustration of the subjunctive 
mood ; and it is believed that there is not in the book 
an instance of its use where the principles upon which 
it depends have not been set forth, in words or by refer- 
ences, in some part of the notes. Every teacher will 
acknowledge the propriety of devoting especial labor to 
the elucidation of a form that conveys so many delicate 
shades of meaning, and upon which so much of the 
beauty and expressiveness of the Latin language de- 
pends. On this point, as on many others, great assist- 
ance has been derived from the Latin Grammar of 
Madvig, whose translator, Mr. Woods, (Oxford, 1849,) 
has rendered a service to English scholarship by mak- 
ing an admirable treatise accessible, which bears the 
marks, on every page, of the discernment and clearness 
of a master mind. From this work large quotations are 
made in the notes. The derivation and force of the 
particles — a point whose elucidation is of hardly less 
importance than that of the subjunctive for a correct 
understanding of the language — have also received 
attention, particularly in the notes on the Somnium 
Scipionis, Cato Major, and Laelius. Copious extracts 
have been made from that invaluable treatise upon Latin 
particles, Hand's Tursellinus ; and the second part of 
T. K. Arnold's Introduction to Latin Prose Composition 
(third edition, 1850) afforded some aid. The biograph- 
ical notes are designed rather as guides to the Classical 






PREFACE. XI 

Dictionary than complete descriptions ; they are derived 
chiefly from Smith's Dictionaries, and various editions 
of the Tusculan Disputations. Frequent reference has 
been made to Zumpt's Grammar, — a work containing 
the garnered treasures of a lifetime of enthusiastic de- 
votion to classical studies, — to the admirable treatise 
on Latin Syntax by Dr. Beck, — and to the Grammar 
of Andrews and Stoddard ; and the recent publication 
of an excellent American translation has authorized 
occasional references to the Lexicon of Freund. 

The high character of many of the editions of Greek 
and Roman authors which have lately appeared from 
the American press, indicates the rapid progress of 
classical scholarship in this country in the last few 
years. The light recent philological investigations have 
shed upon the history, structure, and significance of the 
ancient languages, and thus upon the science of lan- 
guage itself, — language, which is at once the great 
instrument of thought and the noblest product of mind, 
— adds a new dignity and value to even the most ele- 
mentary processes in classical instruction. We must 
ever be indebted to the Old World for the thoroughness 
and ability with which her philologists have pursued 
these investigations ; but American scholars can share 
in the fruits of their labors, weigh and combine their 
decisions with an independent judgment, and perform 
a useful, though comparatively humble service, in ap- 
plying them to increase the value and efficiency of 
classical studies as a means of mental training. The 
editor will be gratified if this book shall help, even in 
the slightest degree, in thus advancing the interests of 
sound learning. 



XU PREFACE. 

To his former teachers, Professors Beck and Felton, 
the editor is deeply indebted for encouragement and 
most valuable counsel ; and to those gentlemen, and 
others, who have kindly allowed him access to their 
libraries, he here offers his grateful acknowledgments. 

Cambridge, March 24, 1851. 



PREFACE TO THE REVISED EDITION. 

Grateful for the favor with which this book has 
been received, the editor has endeavored to make it 
more worthy of approbation, by a revision of the 
notes, and by the addition of copious grammatical 
references to the best and most recent text-books. In 
this form he adds it to the " Chase and Stuart Series," 
trusting that for many years to come successive gener- 
ations of teachers and students, ambitious of generous 
culture, will delight themselves with these charming 
productions of " Rome's least mortal mind." 

Haverford College, 1873. 



INTRODUCTION. 



The apparent inconsistencies in the language of Cicero on 
different occasions, with reference to the doctrine of the im- 
mortality of the soul, have excited some doubt and discus- 
sion in regard to the views really entertained by him on that 
subject. A correct appreciation of his sentiments on this 
question cannot be formed without considering, first, what 
were his general philosophical principles in regard to the 
degree of certainty with which truth can be attained, and, sec- 
ondly, what was his immediate object in the various writings 
in which he alludes to the condition of the soul after death. 

On the first point, Cicero's views were similar to those 
held by the New Academy. He entertained a moderate 
scepticism in philosophy, congenial to his own mental char- 
acter, and naturally resulting from his education and the 
"endless and inextricable disputes of the different sects" 
whose doctrines he studied in his search for truth. Disgusted 
at the confidence and dogmatism with which different schools 
had promulgated their decisions upon the knottiest questions, 
and, with his sensitive nature, dreading to offend the judg- 
ments or prejudices of others by a too positive assertion of 
disputed points, he professed not to arrive at certainty in his 
speculations, but only to incline to that opinion which ap- 
peared most probable. Accordingly, in his philosophical 
treatises he adopted the method of the Academics, " cau- 
tiously abstaining," says Hitter, " from advancing his own 



XIV INTRODUCTION. 

opinions too decidedly, refusing to be bound by any author- 
ity, and at the same time never attempting to establish his 
own." 

In regard to the second point, in none of the treatises in 
which Cicero alludes to the immortality of the soul, unless we 
except the Somnium Scipionis, was it his immediate object to 
assert the truth of that doctrine. In that beautiful Vision this 
truth is maintained with a directness that admits of no ques- 
tion, Cicero's aim being to show that wise and virtuous states- 
men are rewarded, not only by the consciousness of good 
deeds, but also by a participation in the immortal glories of 
the future life ; and there is not in the whole the slightest in- 
timation of a doubt in regard to a fact which indeed is presup- 
posed by the very form of the composition. The purpose of 
the first book of the Tusculan Disputations is simply to show 
that death is not an evil, either to the dead or to those yet 
living ; and this, the author maintains, is true, whatever sup- 
position be adopted in regard to the future existence of the 
soul. Cicero proceeds, indeed, to argue that it is not only 
not an evil, but even a blessing, and advances in this con- 
nection the doctrine of immortality, defending it, with the 
utmost earnestness and eloquence, by a great variety of 
potent arguments ; but he is not to be charged with incon- 
sistency or wavering, because, recurring to his first proposi- 
tion, that death is not an evil, he labors to prove that it ought 
not to be regarded as such, even admitting that souls perish 
with the body ; for it is evident that in this he is not aban- 
doning the ground previously taken, but merely forbearing to 
insist upon a point unessential to his argument. If any ex- 
pressions in the Cato Major and Laelius seem to imply doubt 
upon this question in the author's mind, the same answer can 
be given, — that the admission of this truth was not essential 
to the defence of the proposition to be established. Cato 
could still maintain that the fear of dissolution ought not to 
embitter our declining years, and Laelius that it had gone 
well with his departed friend, even if death were granted to 



INTRODUCTION. XV 

be an eternal sleep, and its only advantage the release from 
the toils and sorrows of this life. But the very manner in 
which the contrary supposition is for a moment adopted in 
the De Senectute, only increases the appearance of sincerity 
with which the doctrine of immortality is defended in that 
dialogue. " If," says Cato, " as certain paltry philosophers 
suppose, — quidam minuti philosophy — I shall feel nothing 
when I am dead, I have no fear that these philosophers will 
laugh at my delusion when they and I shall be no more." 
And in neither of these dialogues can the supposition, for the 
sake of the argument, that the contrary is true, be taken as 
an indication of doubt in Cicero's mind, any more than the 
words of many Christian writers, who, after vindicating the 
claims of their faith to universal acceptance, have added, 
" Even if this religion be all a fable and an imposition, no 
harm, but rather incalculable benefit, would result from its 
adoption." The confidence with which a belief in a future 
life is asserted in these two treatises, "designed to be gener- 
ally intelligible rather than philosophically accurate," and thus 
leaving their writer comparatively unshackled by his sceptical 
system, should be allowed great weight, as Hitter suggests, 
in proof of the reality of his conviction ; while his seeming 
to leave the question undecided in the Tusculan Disputations 
can be easily explained by the restrictions of his philosophy, 
in the same manner as he himself accounts for the fact that 
Socrates — who, as Hitter, Grote, and authorities generally 
agree, undoubtedly believed in the existence of the soul after 
death — pretended, in Ins Apology, to consider the point as 
undetermined, " etsi, quod praeter deos negat scire quem- 
quam, id scit ipse, .... nam dixit ante ; sed suum Mud, nihil 
ut affirmet, tenet ad extremism." Tusc. Disp. I. xlii. 99. 

But perhaps the most serious difficulty is presented in sever- 
al expressions in Cicero's letters to his friends, which seem to 
imply a doubt of the existence of a future state. Here, again, 
we should inquire, What was Cicero's purpose in writing 
these letters ? In some of them it was, doubtless, to admin- 



XVI INTRODUCTION. 

ister consolation to friends in distress, — but only such conso- 
lation as they could be made to receive. It is known that he 
was in several of these instances writing to Epicureans, who, 
disbelieving the immortality of the soul, could, derive no com- 
fort from the presentation of that doctrine. In other passages, 
perhaps this argument would fail us ; but, to adopt the words 
of Middleton, " we must remember always that Cicero was an 
Academic ; and though he believed a future state, was fond 
of the opinion, and declares himself resolved never to part 
with it, yet he believed it as probable only, not as certain ; 
and as probability implies some mixture of doubt, and admits 
the degrees of more and less, so it admits also some variety 
in the stability of our persuasions : thus, in a melancholy 
hour, when his spirits were depressed, the same argument 
would not appear to him with the same force, but doubts and 
difficulties get the ascendant, and what humored his present 
chagrin find the readiest admission But after all, what- 
ever be the sense of these letters, it cannot surely be thought 
reasonable to oppose a few scattered hints, accidentally thrown 
out, when he was not considering the subject, to the volumes 
that he had deliberately written on the other side of the 
question." 

Upon the whole, while it cannot be denied that Cicero had 
not that deep and firmly established conviction of the fact of a 
future state which we entertain at the present day, there 
seems to be no sufficient reason to doubt that he felt a strong 
persuasion of its probability, which almost amounted to belief. 
The arguments of Socrates, of Plato, and of the Pythagoreans 
in favor of immortality found a response in the depths of his 
heart, and the voice of the divinity within him at times 
attested to his soul the truth of this doctrine with a power 
far transcending the cold deductions of reasoning. He may 
not have appreciated the value of this inward revelation ; he 
may have faltered and doubted when he attempted to state 
according to a formal, artificial system the grounds of hi3 
belief, — sincere believers sometimes falter now ; but when 



INTRODUCTION. XVU 

his mind was bent back upon itself, who can doubt that, in 
his case, also, 

" A warmth within the breast would melt 
The freezing reason's colder part, 
And, like a man in wrath, the heart 
Stood up and answered, * I have felt.' " 

When, however, we consider the general scepticism of the 
age of Cicero in regard to a future existence, and the clouds 
with which his own faith was often obscured, we cannot but 
confess that this sublime doctrine was brought to perfect light 
only by Him who gave its truth the sanctions of his divine 
authority, and, to confirm it, rose from the dead. 

The reader will find a fuller discussion of this interesting 
question in Hitter's History of Ancient Philosophy, Vol. IV. 
pp. 141-143; Middleton's Life of Cicero, pp. 306-310 
(Bonn's edition) ; De Bengel's Dissertation, " Quid doctrina 
de animorum immortalitate religion* Christianae debeat," Part 
IV. Sect. ii. ; YVvttcnbach's Prize Dissertation, u Veterum 
Pliilosophorum sententiae de statu animorum post mortem 
corporis," and the same author's " Lectiones." 

The following passages from the Letters of Cicero contain 
allusions to the condition of the soul after death : — 

" Saepissime et legi et audivi, nihil mali esse in morte ; in 
qua si resideat sensus, immortal itas ilia potius, quam mors 
ducenda sit : sin sit amissus, nulla videri miseria debeat, 
quae non sentiatur." (Epp. ad Din: V. xvi.) " Ut hoc saltern 
in maximis malis boni consequamur, ut mortem, quam etiam 
beati contemnere debeamus, propterea quod nullum sensum 
esset habitura, nunc sic affecti, non modo contemnere debea- 
mus, sed etiam optare." (Ibid. V. xxi.) " Sed haec consola- 
tio levis ; ilia gravior, qua te uti spero, ego certe utor : nee 
enim dum ero, angar ulla re, quum omni vacem culpa ; et si 
non ero, sensu omnino carebo." (Ibid. VI. iii.) " Deinde, quod 
mihi ad consolationem commune tecum est, si jam vocer ad 
exitum vitae, non ab ea re publica avellar, qua carendum esse 
2. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 



XVU1 INTRODUCTION. 

doloam, praesertim quum id sine ullo sensu futurum sit, 
(Ibid, VI. iv.) " Una ratio videtur, quidquid evenerit, ferre 
moderate, praesertim quum omnium rerum mors sit extre- 
mum." (Ibid. VI. xxi.) 

We may insert here several other passages from Cicero's 
writings, bearing on our subject; the first from the Horten- 
sius, cited by St. Augustine, De Trin. Lib. XIV. c. xix. : — 

" Quae nobis dies noctesque considerantibus, acuentibusque 
intelligentiam, quae est mentis acies, caventibusque ne quando 
ilia hebescat, [id est, in philosophia viventibus,] magna spes 
est, aut si hoc, quo sentimus et sapimus, mortale et caducum 
est, jucundum nobis, perfunctis muneribus humanis, occasum, 
neque molestam exstinctionem et quasi quietem vitae fore : 
aut si, ut antiquis philosophis, iisque maximis longeque claris- 
simis, placuit, aeternos animos ac divinos habemus : sic exi- 
stimandum est, quo magis hi fuerint semper in cursu, id est, 
in ratione et investigandi cupiditate, et quo minus se admi- 
scuerint atque implicuerint hominum vitiis atque erroribus, 
hoc iis faciliorem adscensum et reditum in caelum fore. Qua- 
propter, ut aliquando terminetur oratio, si aut exstingui tran- 
quille volumus, quum in his artibus vixerimus, aut si ex hac 
in aliam haud paullo meliorem domum sine mora demigrare, 
in his studiis nobis omnis opera et cura ponenda est." 

See also another extract from the Hortensius in the same 
treatise of St. Augustine, Lib. IV. c. ii. 

De Divinat. I. xxx. : " Quum ergo est somno sevocatus ani- 
mus a societate, et a contagione corporis, turn meminit prae- 
teritorum, praesentia cernit, futura praevidet. Jacet enim 
corpus dormientis, ut mortui; viget autem et vivit animus: 
quod multo magis faciet post mortem, quum omnino corpore 
excesserit. Itaque appropinquante morte multo est divinior. 
Nam et id ipsum vident, qui sunt morbo gravi et mortifero 
affecti, in stare mortem. Itaque his occurrunt plerumque 
imagines mortuorum : tumque vel maxime laudi student : 
eosque qui secus, quam decuit, vixerunt, peccatorum suorum 
turn maxime poenitet." Read also the remainder of the 
chapter. 



INTRODUCTION. XIX 

Oral. I. in Cat., in Jin. : " Turn tu, Jupiter, qui iisdem, 
quibus haec urbs, auspiciis a Romulo es constitutus, quern 
Statorem bujus urbis atque imperii vere nominauius, hunc 
et bujus socios a tuis aris ceterisque templis, a tectis urbis ac 
moenibus, a vitis fortunisque civium [omnium] arcebis: et 
homines bonorum inimicos, hostes patriae, latrones Italiae, 
scelerum foedere inter se ac nefaria societate conjunctos 
aeternis suppliciis vivos mortuosque mactabis." 

Pro Marccllo, ix. in fin. : u Servi igitur iis etiam judicious, 
qui multis post seculis de te judicabunt et quidem haud scio 
an incorruptius, quam nos : nam et sine amore et sine cupi- 
ditate et rursus sine odio et sine invidia judicabunt. Id autem 
etiam si turn ad te, ut quidam* /also putant, non pertinebit: 
nunc certe pertinet esse te talem, ut tuas laudes obscuratura 
nulla unquam sit oblivio." 

See also Orat. pro Scauro, ii. 50. 

For Cicero's high estimate of the dignity of the human 
mind, and his belief in its resemblance and kinship to divine 
natures, — views which in themselves would predispose him 
to believe in its immortality, — consult De Finibu*, II. xxxiv., 
V. xii., xiii. ; De Officiis, I. iv., xxxvi., III. x. ; and particu- 
larly those eloquent chapters in De Legibus, I. viii., ix., xxii., 
and xxiii. 

* The Epicureans. 



M. TULLn CICERONIS 

TUSCULAMRUM DISPUTATIONUM 

LIBER PRIMUS. 
DE CONTEMNENDA MORTE. 



. 



M. TULLII CICERONIS 

TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

AD M. BRUTUM 

LIBER PRIMUS. 

DE CONTEMNENDA MORTE. 



I. 1. Quum defensionum laboribus senato- 
riisque muneribus, aut omnino aut magna ex 
parte, essem aliquando liberatus, retuli me, Brute, 
te hortante maxime, ad ea studia, quae, retenta 
animo, remissa temporibus, longo inter vallo in- 
termissa, revoeavi ; et, quum omnium artium, 
quae ad rectam vivendi viam pertinerent, ratio 
et disciplina studio sapientiae, quae philosophia 
dicitur, contineretur, hoc mitai Latinis litteris 
illustrandum putavi; non quia philosophia Grae- 
cis et litteris et doctoribus percipi non posset, sed 
meum semper judicium fuit, omnia nostros aut 
invenisse per se sapientius quam Graecos, aut 
accepta ab illis fecisse meliora, quae quidem 
digna statuissent in quibus elaborarent. 2. Nam 
mores et instituta vitae resque dornesticas ac 
familiares nos profecto et melius tuemur et lau- 
tius: rem vero publicam nostri rnajores certe 

23 



24 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

melioribus temperaverunt et institutis et legi- 
bus. Quid loquar de re militari? in qua quum 
virtute nostri multum valuerunt, turn plus etiarn 
disciplina. Jam ilia, quae natura, non litteris 
assecuti sunt, neque cum Graecia, neque ulla 
cum gente sunt conferenda. Quae enim tanta 
gravitas, quae tanta constantia, magnitudo ani- 
mi, probitas, fides, quae tarn excellens in omni 
genere virtus in ullis fuit, ut sit cum majoribus 
nostris comparanda? 3. Doctrina Graecia nos 
et omni litterarum genere superabat: in quo 
erat facile vincere non repugnantes. Nam quum 
apud Graecos antiquissimum e doctis genus sit 
poetarum, siquidem Homerus fuit et Hesiodus 
ante Romam conditam, Archilochus regnante 
Romulo, serius poeticam nos accepimus. Annis 
enim fere d x post Romam conditam Livius fa- 
bulam dedit, C. Claudio Caeci filio, M. Tuditano 
consulibus, anno ante natum Ennium; qui fuit 
major natu quam Plautus et Naevius. 

II. Sero igitur a nostris poetae vel cogniti vel 
recepti. Quamquam est in Originibus, solitos 
esse in epulis canere convivas ad tibicinem de cla- 
roram hominum virtutibus; honorem tamen huic 
generi non fuisse, declarat oratio Catonis, in qua 
objecit, ut probrum, M. Nobiliori, quod is in pro- 
vinciam poetas duxisset. Duxerat autem consul 
ille in Aetoliam, ut scimus, Ennium. Quo mi- 
nus igitur honoris erat poetis, eo minora studia 
fuerunt; nee tamen, si qui magnis ingeniis in 



LIBER I. CAP. II. III. 25 

eo genere exstiterunt, non satis Graeeorum glo- 
riae responderunt. 4. An censemus, si Fabio, 
nobilissimo homini, laudi datum esset, quod pin- 
geret, non multos etiam apud nos futuros Poly- 
cletos ct Parrhasios fuisse ? Honos alit artes, 
omnesque incenduntur ad stadia gloria; jacent- 
que ea semper, quae apud qnosque improbantur. 
Sum mam eruditionem Graeci sitam censebant 
in nervorum vocumque cantibus. Igitur et Epa- 
minondas, princeps, meo judicio, Graeciae, fidi- 
bus praeclare cecinisse dicitur ; Themistoclesque 
aliquot ante annis, quum in epulis recusaret ly- 
ram, est habitus indoctior. Ergo in Graecia 
musici floruerunt; discebantque id omnes, nee, 
qui nesciebat, satis exeultus doctrina putaba- 
tur. 5. In summo apud illos honore geometria 
fuit; itaque nihil mathematicis illustrius. At 
nos metiendi ratiocinandique utilitate hujus artis 
terminavimus modum. 

III. At contra oratorem celeriter complexi su- 
mus; nee eum primo eruditum, aptum tamen 
addicendum; post . autem eruditum. Nam Gal- 
bam, Africanum, Laelinm, doctos fuisse tradi- 
tum est; studiosurn autem eum, qui iis aetate 
anteibat, Catonem ; post vero, Lepidum, Carbo- 
nem, Gracchos ; inde ita magnos nostram ad 
aetatem, ut non multum aut nihil omnino Grae- 
cis cederetur. 

Phiiosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem, nee 
ullum habuit lumen litteraruin Latin arum: quae 



26 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

Ulustranda et excitanda nobis est, ut, si occupati 
profuirnus aliquid civibus nostris, prosimus etiam, 
si possumus, otiosi. 6. In quo eo magis nobis 
est elaborandum, quod multi jam esse libri La- 
tini dicuntur, script! inconsiderate, ab optimis 
illis quidem viris, sed non satis eruditis. Fieri 
autem potest, ut recte quis sentiat, et id, quod 
sen tit, polite eloqui non possit: sed mandare 
quemquam litteris cogitationes suas, qui eas 
nee disponere, nee illustrare possit, nee delecta- 
tione aliqua allicere lectorem, hominis est intem- 
peranter abutentis et otio et litteris. Itaque 
suos libros ipsi legunt cum suis, nee quisquam 
attingit, praeter eos, qui eandem licentiam scri- 
bendi sibi permitti volunt. Quare si aliquid 
oratoriae laudis nostra attulimus industria, mul- 
to studiosius philosophiae fontes aperiemus, e 
quibus etiam ilia manabant. 

IV. 7. Sed ut Aristoteles, vir summo inge- 
nio, scientia, copia, quum motus esset Isocratis 
rhetoris gloria, dicere etiam coepit adolescentes 
docere et prudentiam cum eloquentia jungere : 
sic nobis placet nee pristinum dicendi studium 
deponere et in hac majore et uberiore arte ver- 
sari. Hanc enim perfectam philosophiam sem- 
per judicavi, quae de maximis quaestionibus 
copiose posset ornateque dicere. In quam exer- 
citationem ita nos studiose dedimus, ut jam 
etiam scholas Graecorum more habere audere- 
mus: ut nuper tuum post discessum ? in Tuscu- 



LIBER I. CAP. IV. 



27 



lano, quum essent complures mecum familiares, 
tentavi, quid in eo genere possem. Ut enim 
antea declamitabam causas, quod nemo me diu- 
tius fecit, sic haec nunc mihi senilis est declama- 
tio. Ponere jubebam, de quo quis audire vellet; 
ad id aut sedens aut ambulans disputabam. 

8. Itaque dierum quinque scholas, ut Graeci 
appellant, in totidem libros contuli. Fiebat au- 
tem ita, ut, quum is, qui audire vellet, dixisset 
quid sibi videretur, turn ego contra dicerem. 
Haec est enim, ut scis, vetus et Socratica ratio 
contra alterius opinionem disserendi; nam ita 
facillime, quid veri simillirnum esset, inveniri 
posse Socrates arbitrabatur. Sed quo commo- 
dius disputationes nostrae explicentur, sic eas 
exponam, quasi agatur res, non quasi narretur. 
Ergo ita nascetur exordium. 

V. 9. A. Malum mihi videtur esse mors. M. 
lisne, qui mortui sunt, an iis, quibus moriendum 
est? A. Utrisque. M. Est iniserum igitur, 
quoniam malum. A. Certe. M. Ergo et ii, 
quibus evenit jam, ut morerentur, et ii, quibus 
eventurum est, miseri. A. Mihi ita videtur. 
31, Nemo ergo non miser. A. Prorsus nemo. 
M. Et quidem, si tibi constare vis, omnes, qui- 
cunque nati sunt eruntve, non solum miseri, sed 
etiam semper miseri. Nam si solos eos diceres 
miseros, quibus moriendum esset, neminem tu 
quidem eorum, qui viverent, exciperes ; (morien- 
dum est enim omnibus ;) esset tamen miseriae 



28 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

finis in morte: quoniam autem etiam mortui 
miseri sunt, in miseriam nascimur sempiternam 
Necesse est enim miseros esse eos, qui centum 
millibus annorum ante occiderunt, vel potius 
omnes, quicunque nati sunt. A. Ita prorsus 
existimo. 

10. M. Die, quaeso : Num te ilia terrent, tri- 
ceps apud inferos Cerberus, Cocyti fremitus, 
transvectio Acherontis, 

Minto summam aquam attingem siti inecatus Tantalus* 

turn illud, quod 

Sisyphu' virsat 
Sdxum sudans nitendo, neque prqficit hilum t 

fortasse etiam inexorabiles judices, Minos et Rha- 
damanthus? apud quos nee te L. Crassus de- 
fendet, nee M. Antonius; nee, quoniam apud 
Graecos judices res agetur, poteris adhibere De- 
mosthenem : tibi ipsi pro te erit maxima corona 
causa dicenda. Haec fortasse metuis, et idcirco 
mortem censes esse sempiternum malum. 

VI. 'A. Adeone me delirare censes, ut ista 
esse credam ? M. An tu haec non credis ? A 
Minime vero. M. Male, hercule, narras. A 
Cur? quaeso. M. Quia disertus esse possem, 
si contra ista dicerem. 11. A. Quis enim non 
in ejusmodi causa? aut quid negotii est, haec 
poetarum et pictorum portenta convincere? M, 
Atqai pleni libri sunt contra ista ipsa disseren- 
tium philosophorum. A, Inepte sane. Quis 



LIBER I. CAP. VI. 29 

est enim tarn excors, quem ista moveant? 31. 
Si ergo apud inferos miseri non sunt, ne sunt 
quidem apud inferos ulli. A. Ita prorsus existi- 
mo, 31. Ubi sunt ergo ii, quos miseros dicis ? 
aut quem locum incolunt? si enim sunt, nus- 
quam esse non possunt A. Ego vero nusquam 
esse illos puto. 31. Igitur ne esse quidem ? 
A. Prorsus isto modo ; et tamen miseros ob id 
ipsum quidem, quia nulli sunt. 

12, 31. Jam mallem Cerberum metueres, quam 
ista tarn inconsiderate diceres. A. Quid tan- 
dem? 31. Quem esse negas, eundem e- 
dicis. Ubi est acumen tuum? quum enim mi- 
serum esse dicis, turn eum, qui non sit, dicis esse. 
A. Non sum ita hebes, ut istud dicam. 31. 
Quid dicis igitur? A. Miserum esse, verbi 
causa, M. Crassum, qui illas fortunas morte 
dimiserit; miserum Cn. Pompeium, qui tanta 
gloria sit orbatus; omnes denique miseros, qui 
hac luce careant. 31. Revolveris eodem. Sint 
enim oportet, si miseri sunt; tu autem modo 
negabas eos esse, qui mortui essent. Si igitur 
non sunt, nihil possunt esse: ita ne miseri qui- 
dem sunt. A. Non dico fortasse etiam, quod 
sentio; nam istuc ipsum, non esse, quum fueris, 
miserrimum puto. 13. 31. Quid? miserius, 
quam omnino nunquam fuisse? Ita, qui non- 
dum nati sunt, miseri jam sunt, quia non sunt ; 
et nos, si post mortem miseri futuri sum us, mi- 
seri fuimus, antequam nati. Ego autem non 



30 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

commemini, antequam sum natus, me miserum. 
Tu si meliore memoria es, velim scire, ecquid de 
te recordere. 

VII. A, Ita jocaris, quasi ego dicam eos mi- 
seros, qui nati non sunt; et non eos, qui mortui 
sunt. M. Esse ergo eos dicis. A. Immo, quia 
non sint, quum fuerint, eo miseros esse. M. 
Pugnantia te loqui non vides? quid enim tarn 
pugnat, quam non modo miserum, sed omnino 
quidquam esse, qui non sit? An tu egressus 
porta Capena, quum Calatini, Scipionum, Ser- 
viliorum, Metellorum sepulcra vides, miseros pu- 
tas illos ? A. Quoniam me verbo premis, post- 
hac non ita dicam, miseros esse, sed tantum, 
miseros, ob id ipsum, quia non sunt. M. Non 
dicis igitur, miser est M. Crassus; sed tantum, 
miser M. Crassus. 14. A. Ita plane. M. Quasi 
non necesse sit, quidquid isto modo pronunties, 
id aut esse aut non esse. An tu dialecticis ne 
imbutus quidem es ? In primis enim hoc tradi- 
tur: omne pronuntiatum (sic enim mihi in prae- 
sentia occurrit, ut appellarem a^ccofia ; utar post 
alio, si invenero melius;) id ergo est pronuntia- 
tum, quod est verum aut falsum. Quum dicis 
igitur, miser M. Crassus ; aut hoc dicis, miser est 
M. Crassus, ut possit judicari, verum id falsumne 
sit; aut nihil dicis omnino. A. Age jam conee- 
do, non esse miseros, qui mortui sint, quoniam 
extorsisti, ut faterer, qui omnino non essent, eos 
ne miseros quidem esse posse. Quid? qui vivi- 



LIBER I. CAP. VII. VIII. 31 

mus, quum moriendum sit, nonne miseri sumus ? 
Quae enim potest in vita esse jucunditas, quum 
dies et noctes cogitandum sit. jam jamque esse 
moriendum ? 

VIII. 15. 31. Ecqui ergo intelligis, quantum 
mali de humana conditione dejeceris ? A, Quo- 
nam modo ? M. Quia, si mori etiam mortuis 
miserum esset, infinitum quoddam et sempiter- 
num malum haberemus in vita. Nunc video 
calcem ; ad quam quum sit decursum. nihil sit 
praeterea extimescendum. Sed tu niihi videris 
Epicharmi, acuti nee insulsi hominis, ut Siculi, 
sentenriam sequi. A. Quam? non enim novi. 
M. Dicam, si potero, Latine ; scia enim me 
Graeee loqui in Latino sermone non plus solere, 
quam in Graeco Latine. A. Et recte quidem. 
Sed quae tandem - si Epicharmi ista senten- 
tia? M. 

Em> mortuum nihil atstumo. 

A. Jam agnosco Graecum. Sed quoniam coe- 
gisti, ut concederem, qui mortui essent, eos mi- 
seros non esse ; perfice, si poles, ut ne morien- 
dum quidem esse miserum putem. 

16. M. Jam istud quidem nihil negotii est; 
sed etiam majora molior. A. Quo modo hoc 
nihil negotii est? aut quae sunt tandem ista 
majora? 31. Quia, quoniam post mortem nihil 
est mali, ne mors quidem est malum, cui proxi- 
mum tempus est post mortem, in quo mali nihil 
esse concedis; ita ne moriendum quidem esse 



32 



TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 



malum est; iciest enim, perveniendum esse ad 
id, quod non esse malum confitemur. A, Ube- 
rius ista, qaaeso. Haec enim spinosiora, prius, 
ut confitear, me cogunt, quam ut assentiar. Sed 
quae sunt ea, quae dicis te majora moliri? M. 
Ut doceam, si possim, non modo malum non 
esse, sed bonum etiam esse mortem. A. Non 
postulo id quidem ; aveo tamen audire. Ut 
enim non efficias, quod vis, tamen, mors ut ma- 
lum non sit, efficies. Sed nihil te interpellabo ; 
eontinentem orationem audire malo. 17. M. 
Quid? si te rogavero aliquid, non respondebis ? 
^4. Superbum id quidem est; sed, nisi quid ne- 
cesse erit, malo non roges. 

IX. M, Geram tibi morem, et ea, quae vis, 
ut potero, explicabo; nee tamen quasi Pythius 
Apollo, certa ut sint et fixa quae dixero, sed ut 
homunculus, unus e muitis, probabilia conjectura 
sequens. Ultra enim quo progrediar, quam ut 
veri similia videam, non habeo; certa dicent ii, 
qui et percipi ea posse dicunt, et se sapientes 
esse profitentur. A. Tu, ut videtur; nos ad 
audiendum parati sumus. 18. M. Mors igitur 
ipsa, quae videtur notissima res esse, quid sit, 
primum est videndum. Sunt enim, qui disces- 
sum animi a corpore putent esse mortem; sunt, 
qui nullum censeant fieri discessum, sed una 
anirnum et corpus occidere, animumque in cor- 
pore exstingui. Qui discedere animum censent, 
alii statim dissipari, alii diu permanere, alii sem- 



LIBER I. CAP. IX. X. 33 

per. Quid sit porro ipse animus, aut ubi, aut 
unde, magna dissensio est. Aliis cor ipsum ani- 
mus videtur : ex quo excordes, vecordes, concor- 
tfesque dicuntur, et Nasica ille prudens, bis con- 
sul, Corculum, et 

Egregie cordatus homo, Catus Aeliu* Sextus. 
19. Empedocles animum esse censet cordi suffii- 
sum sanguinem. Aliis pars quaedam cerebri 
visa est animi principatum tenere. Aliis nee 
cor ipsum placet, nee cerebri quandam partem, 
esse animum : sed alii in corde, alii in cerebro 
dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum. Animum 
autem alii animam, ut fere nostri. Declarat no- 
men : nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus, et 
animosos, et bene animates, et ex animi sententia; 
ipse autem animus ab anima dictus est. Zeno- 
ni Stoico animus ignis videtur. 

X. Sed haec quidem, quae dixi, cor, cerebrum, 
animam, ignem, vulgo ; reliqua fere singuli. 20. 
Ut multi ante veteres, proxime autem Aristoxe- 
nus, musicus idemque philosophus, ipsius corpo- 
ris intentionem quandam ; velut in cantu et fidi- 
bus quae harmonia dicitur, sic ex corporis totius 
natura et figura varios motus cieri, tamquam in 
cantu sonos. Hie ab artificio suo non recessit, 
et tamen dixit aliquid, quod ipsum quale esset, 
erat multo ante et dictum et explanatum a Pla- 
tone. Xenocrates animi figuram et quasi corpus 
negavit esse, verum numerum dixit esse, cujus 
vis, ut jam ante Pythagorae visum erat, in natu- 
3. — Cic. Tusc. Disp, 



3-± TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

ra maxima esset Ejus doctor Plato triplicern 
finxit animum ; cujus principatum, id est ratio- 
nem, in capite, sicut in arce, posuit, et duaa 
partes ei parere voluit, iram et cupiditatem, quaa 
locis disclusit; iram in pectore, cupiditatem sub- 
ter praecordia locavit. 21. Dicaearchus autem 
in eo sermone, quem Corinthi habitum tribus 
libris exponit, doctorum hominum disputantium, 
primo libro multos loquentes facit, duobus Phe- 
recratem quendam, Phthiotam senem, quem ait 
a Deucalione ortum, disserentem inducit, nihil 
esse omnino animum, et hoc esse nomen totum 
inane, frustraque et animalia et animantes ap- 
pellari; neque in homine inesse animum vel 
animam, nee in bestia; vimque omnem earn, qua 
vel agamus quid vel sentiamus, in omnibus cor- 
poribus vivis aequabiliter esse fusam nee separa- 
bilem a corpore esse, quippe quae nulla sit, nee 
sit quidquam, nisi corpus unum et simplex, ita 
figuratum, ut temperatione naturae vigeat et 
sentiat. 22. Aristoteles longe omnibus (Plato- 
nem semper excipio) praestans et ingenio et dili- 
gentia, quum quattuor nota ilia genera principi- 
orum esset complexus, e quibus omnia orirentur, 
quintam quandam naturam censet esse, e qua 
sit mens. Cogitare enim, et providere, et discere, 
et docere, et invenire aliquid, et tarn multa alia, 
meminisse, amare, odisse, cupere, timere, angi, 
laetari: haec et similia eorum in horum quat- 
tuor generum inesse nullo putat. Quintum 



LIBER I. CAP. X. XI. 



genus adhibet vacans nomine ; et sic ipsum 
animum evreXex^av appellat novo nomine, quasi 
quandam continuatam motionem et perennem. 

XI. Nisi quae me forte fugiunt, hae sunt 
fere de animo sententiae. Democritum enim, 
magnum ilium quidem virum, sed levibus et ro- 
tundis corpusculis efficientem animum concursu 
quodam fortuito, omittamus. Nihil est enim 
apud istos, quod non atomorum turba conficiat. 
23. Harum sententiarum quae vera sit, deus ali- 
qui viderit; quae veri simillima, magna quaestio 
est. Utrum igitur inter has sententias dijudicare 
malumus, an ad propositum redire ? A. Cu- 
perem equidem utrumque, si posset; sed est 
difficile confundere. Quare si, ut ista non dis- 
serantur, liberari mortis metu possumus, id aga- 
mus; sin id non potest, nisi hac quaestione ani- 
morum explicata, nunc, si videtur, hoc, illud 
alias. 

31. Quod malle te intelligo, id puto esse com- 
modius. Efficiet enim ratio, ut quaecunque 
vera sit earum sententiarum, quas exposui, mors 
aut malum non sit, aut sit bonum potius. 24. 
Nam si cor aut sanguis aut cerebrum est ani- 
mus, certe, quoniam est corpus, interibit cum 
reliquo corpore. Si anima est, fortasse dissipa- 
bitur; si ignis, exstinguetur ; si est Aristoxeni 
harmonia, dissolvetur. Quid de Dicaearcho di- 
cam, qui nihil omnino animum dicat esse? His 
sententiis omnibus nihil post mortem pertinere 



36 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

ad quemquam potest ; pariter enim cum vita 
sensus amittitur; non sentientis autem, nihil est, 
ullani in partem quod intersit. Reliquorum sen- 
tentiae spem afferunt, si te hoc forte delectat, 
posse animos, quum e corporibus excesserint, in 
caelum, quasi in domicilium suum, pervenire. 
A. Me vero delectat, idque primum ita esse ve- 
lim ; deinde, etiam si non sit, mihi persuaderi 
tamen velim. M. Quid tibi ergo opera nostra 
opus est? num eloquentia Platonem superare 
possumus ? Evolve diligenter ejus eum librum, 
qui est de animo ; amplius quod desideres, nihil 
erit. A. Feci mehercule, et quidem saepius ; 
sed nescio quo modo, dum lego, assentior, quum 
posui librum et mecum ipse de immortalitate 
animorum coepi cogitare, assensio omnis ilia 
elabitur. 

25. M. Quid hoc?,dasne aut manere animos 
post mortem, aut morte ipsa interire ? A. Do 
vero. M. Quid si maneant? A. Beatos esse 
concede M. Sin intereant? A. Non esse mi- 
seros, quoniam ne sint quidem. Jam istud, co- 
acti a te, paullo ante concessimus. M. Quo 
modo igitur aut cur mortem malum tibi videri 
dicis, quae aut beatos nos efficiet, animis ma- 
nentibus, aut non miseros, sensu carentes ? 

XII. 26. A. Expone igitur, nisi molestum 
est, primum, si potes, animos remanere post 
mortem ; turn, si minus id obtinebis, (est enim 
arduum,) docebis, carere omni malo mortem. 



LIBER I. CAP. XII. 37 

Ego enim istud ipsum vereor ne malum sit, 
non dico carere sensu, sed carendum esse. M. 
Auctoribus quidem ad istam sententiam, quam 
vis obtineri, uti optimis possumus: quod in omni- 
bus causis et debet et solet valere plurimum: et 
primum quidem omni antiquitate; quae quo 
propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie, hoc 
melius ea fortasse, quae erant vera, cernebat. 

27. Itaque unum illud erat insitum priscis illis, 
quos cascos appellat Ennius, esse in morte sen- 
sum, neque excessu vitae sic deleri hominem ut 
funditus interiret ; idque quum multis aliis re- 
bus, turn e pontificio jure et caerimoniis sepul- 
crorum intelligi licet, quasmaximis ingeniis prae- 
diti nee tanta cura coluissent, nee violatas tarn 
inexpiabili religione sanxissent, nisi haereret in 
eorum mentibus, mortem non interitum esse 
omnia tollentem atque delentem, sed quandam 
quasi migrationem commutationemque vitae, 
quae in claris viris et feminis dux in caelum 
soleret esse, in ceteris humi retineretur et per 
maneret tamen. 28. Ex hoc et nostrorum opi 
nione Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, ut 
famae assentiens, dixit Ennius, et apud Graecos, 
indeque perlapsus ad nos et usque ad Ocean um 
Hercules tantus et tarn praesens habetur deus, 
Hinc Liber, Semela natus, eademque famae 
celebritate Tyndaridae fratres, qui non modo 
adjutores in proeliis victoriae populi Romani, 
sed etiam nuntii fuisse perhibentur. Quid? 



38 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

Ino, Cadmi filia, nonne AevtcoOea nominata a 
Graecis, Matuta habetar a nostris ? Quid ? to- 
tum prope caelum, ne plures persequar, nonne 
humano genere completum est? 

XIII. 29. Si vero scrutari Vetera, et ex iis 
ea, quae scriptores Graeciae prodiderunt, eruere 
coner; ipsi illi, majorum gentium dii qui haben- 
tur, hinc a nobis profecti in caelum reperientur. 
Quaere, quorum demonstrantur sepulcra in Grae- 
cia; reminiscere, quoniam es initiatus, quae 
traduntur mysteriis: turn denique, quam hoc 
late pateat, intelliges. Sed qui nondurn ea, 
quae multis post annis tractari coepta sunt, phy- 
sica didicissent, tantum sibi persuaserant, quan- 
tum natura admonente cognoverant ; rationes et 
causas rerum non tenebant ; visis quibusdam 
saepe movebantur, iisque maxime nocturnis, ut 
viderentur ii, qui vita excesserant, vivere. 

30. Ut porro firmissimum hoc afferri videtur, 
cur deos esse credamus, quod nulla gens tarn 
fera, nemo omnium tarn sit immanis, cujus men- 
tern non imbuerit deorum opinio: — multi de diis 
prava sentiunt (id enim vitioso more effici solet) ; 
omnes tamen esse vim et naturam divinam arbi- 
irantur; nee vero id collocutio hominum aut 
consensus effecit; non institutis opinio est con- 
firmata, non legibus ; omni autem in re consen- 
sio omnium gentium lex naturae putanda est; — 
quis est igitur, qui suorum mortem primum non 
eo lugeat, quod eos orbatos vitae commodis ar- 






LIBER I. CAP. XIII. XIV. 39 

bitretur? Tolle hanc opinionem; luctum sus- 
tuleris. Nemo enim maeret suo incommodo ; 
dolent fortasse et anguntur, sed ilia lugubris 
lamentatio fletusque maerens ex eo est, quod 
eum, quern dileximus, vitae commodis privatum 
arbitramur idque sentire. Atque haec ita senti- 
mus natura duce, nulla ratione nullaque doc- 
trina. 

XIV. 31. Maximum vero argumentum est, 
naturam ipsam de immortalitate animorum taci- 
tam judicare, quod omnibus curae sunt, et maxi- 
mae quidem, quae post mortem futura sint. Se- 
rit arbor eS) quae alteri saeculo prosint, ut ait in 
Synephebis; quid spectans, nisi etiam postera 
saeciila ad se pertinere ? Ergo arbores seret 
diligens agricola, quarum adspiciet bacam ipse 
nunquam : vir magnus leges, instituta, rem pu- 
blicam non seret? Quid procreatio liberorum, 
quid propagatio nominis, quid adoptationes fili- 
orum, quid testamentorum diligentia, quid ipsa 
sepulcrorum monumenta, quid elogia significant, 
nisi nos futura etiam cogitare ? 32. Quid illud ? 
num dubitas, quin specimen naturae capi deceat 
ex optima quaque natura? quae est melior igi- 
tur in hominiim genere natura, quam eorum, 
qui se natos ad homines juvandos, tutandos, 
conservandos arbitrantur? Abiit ad deos Her- 
cules: nunquam abisset, nisi, quum inter ho- 
mines esset, earn sibi viam munivisset. Vetera 
jam ista et religione omnium consecrata. 



I 



40 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

XV. Quid in hac re publica tot tantosque vi- 
res, ob rem publicam interfectos, cogitasse arbi* 
tramur? iisdemne ut finibus nornen suum, qui- 
bus vita, terminaretur? Nemo unquam sine 
magna spe immortalitatis ' se pro patria offerret 
ad mortem. 33. Licuit esse otioso Themistocli, 
licuit Epaminondae, licuit, ne et vetera et exter- 
na quaeram, mihi ; sed, nescio quo modo, inhae- 
ret in mentibus quasi saeculorum quoddam au- 
gurium futurorum, idque in maximis ingeniis 
altissimisque animis et exsistit maxime, et appa- 
ret facillime. Quo quidem dempto, quis tarn 
esset amens, qui semper in laboribus et periculis 
viveret ? 

34. Loquorde principibus: quidpoetae? non- 
ne post mortem nobilitari volunt? unde ergo 
illud? 

Adspicite, o cives, senis Enni imagini' formam: 
Hie vostrum panxit maxuma facta patrum. 

Merced em gloriae flagitat ab iis, quorum patres 
affecerat gloria ; idem que, 

Nemo medacrumis decoret, nee funera jietu 
Faxit. Cur ? Volito vivo 1 per or a virum. 

Sed quid poetas ? Opifices post mortem nobili- 
tari volunt. Quid enim Phidias sui similem 
speciem inclusit in clypeo Minervae, quum in- 
scribes non liceret? Quid nostri philosophi? 
nonne in iis ipsis libris, quos scribunt de con- 
temnenda gloria, sua nomina inscribunt ? 



LIBER I. CAP. XV. XVI. 41 

35. Quod ?i omnium consensus naturae vox 
est, omnesque, qui ubique sunt, consentiunt esse 
aliquid, quod ad eos pertineat, qui vita cesserint: 
nobis quoque idem existimandum est. Et si, 
quorum aut ingenio aut virtute animus excellit, 
eos arbitramur, quia natura optima sint, cernere 
naturae vim maxime: veri simile est, quum 
optimus quisque maxime posteritati serviat, esse 
aliquid, cujus is post mortem sensum sit habi- 
turus. 

XVI. 36. Sed ut deos esse natura opinamur, 
qualesque sint, ratione cognoscimus; sic per- 
manere animos arbitramur consensu nationum 
omnium: qua in sede maneant, qualesque sint, 
ratione discendum est. Cujus ignoratio finxit 
inferos easque formidines, quas tu contemnere 
non sine causa videbare. In terram enim ca- 
dentibus corporibus, iisque humo tectis, e quo 
dictum est humari, sub terra censebant reliquam 
vitam agi mortuorum. Quam eorum opinio- 
nem magni errores consecuti sunt, quos auxe- 
runt poetae. 37. Frequens enim consessus the- 
atri, in quo sunt mulierculae et pueri, movetur 
audiens tarn grande carmen : 

Adsum atque advenio Acherunte uix, via alta atque drdua, 
Pir speluncas, sdxis st)iictas asperis, pendtntibus, 
Maxumis, ubi rigida constat crassa caligo xnferum: 

tantumque valuit error, qui mihi quidem jam 
sublatus videtur, ut, corpora cremata quum sci- 
rent, tamen ea fieri apud inferos fingerent, quae 



42 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

sine corporibus nee fieri possent, nee intelligi. 
Animos enim per se ipsos viventes non poterant 
mente complecti; formam aliquam figuramque 
quaerebant. Inde Homeri tota vefcvca; hide ea, 
quae meus amicus Appius veKpo^avrela faciebat; 
mde in vicinia nostra Averni lacus, 

Uncle animae excitdntur obscura umbra, aperto ostio 
Aid Acheruntis,falso sanguine, mortuorum imagines. 

Has tamen imagines loqui volunt ; quod fieri 
nee sine lingua, nee sine palato, nee sine fau- 
cium, laterum, pulmonum vi et figura potest. 
Nihil enim animo videre poterant; ad oculos 
omnia referebant. 38. Magni autem estingenii, 
sevocare mentem a sensibus et cogitationem a 
consuetudine abducere. Itaque credo equidem 
etiam alios tot saeculis; sed, quod litteris exstet, 
Pherecydes Syrius primum dixit, animos homi- 
num esse sempiternos : antiquus sane : fuit enim 
meo regnante gentili. Hanc opinionem disci- 
pulus ejus Pythagoras maxime confirmavit: qui, 
quum Superbo regnante in Italiam venisset, 
tenuit Magnam illam Graeciam quum honore 
et disciplina, turn etiam auctoritate; multaque 
saecula postea sic viguit Pythagoreorum nomen, 
ut nulli alii docti viderentur. 

XVII. Sed redeo ad antiques. Rationem illi 
sententiae suae non fere reddebant, nisi quid 
erat numeris aut descriptionibus explicandum. 
39. Platonem ferunt, ut Pythagoreos cognosce- 
ret, in Italiam venisse, et didicisse Pythagorea 



LIBER I. CAP. XVII. 43 

omnia, primumque de animorum aeternitate non 
solum sensisse idem, quod Pythagoram, sed rati- 
onem etiam attulisse. Quam, nisi quid dicis, 
praetermittamus, et hanc totam spem immorta- 
litatis relinquamus. A. An tu, quum me in 
summam exspectationem adduxeris, deseres? 
Errare mehercule malo cum Platone, quern tu 
quanti facias scio et quern ex tuo ore admiror, 
quam cum istis vera sen tire. 40. 31. Macte 
virtute! ego enim ipse cum eodem ipso non in- 
vitus erraverim. Num igitur dubitamus, an, 
sicut pleraque? quamquam hoc quidem mini- 
me; persuadent enim mathematici, terram in 
medio mundo sitam ad universi caeli complexum 
quasi puncti instar obtinere, quod tcevrpov ill i 
vocant; earn porro naturam esse quattuor omnia 
gignentium corporum, ut, quasi partita habeant 
inter se ac divisa momenta, terrena et humida 
suopte nutu et suo pondere ad pares angulos in 
terram et in mare ferantur; reliquae duae partes, 
una ignea, altera animalis, ut illae superiores in 
medium locum mundi gravitate ferantur et pon- 
dere, sic hae rursum rectis lineis in caelestem 
locum subvolent, sive ipsa natura superiora ap- 
petente, sive quod a gravioribus leviora natura 
repeltantur. Quae quum constent, perspicuum 
debet esse, animos, quum e corpore excesserint, 
sive illi sint animaies, id est spirabiles, sive ignei, 
sublime ferri. 41. Si vero aut numerus qui- 
dam sit animus, quod snbtiliter magis quam 



44 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

dilueide dicitat, aut quinta ilia non nomiuata 
magis quam non intellecta natura: multo etiam 
integriora ac puriora sunt, ut a ferra longissime 
se efferant. Horum igitur aliquid animus est 
ne tarn vegeta mens aut in corde cerebrove, aut 
in Empedocleo sanguine demersa jaceat. 

XVIII. Dicaearchum vero cum Aristoxeno 
aequali et condiscipulo suo, doctos sane homi- 
nes, omittamus : quorum alter ne condoluisse 
quidem unquam videtur, qui animum se habere 
non sentiat; alter ita deleotatur suis cantibus, 
ut eos etiam ad haec transferre conetur. Har- 
moniam autem ex intervallis sonorum nosse 
possumus, quorum varia compositio etiam har- 
monias efficit plures ; membrorum vero situs et 
figura corporis, vacans animo, quam possit har- 
moniam efficere, non video. Sed hie quidem, 
quamvis eruditus sit,- si cut est, haec magistro 
concedat Aristoteli; canere ipse doceat. Bene 
enim illo Graecorum proverbio praecipitur, 
Quam quisque norit artem, in hac se exheeat. 
42. Illam vero funditus ejiciamus individuorum 
corporum levium et rotundorum concursionera 
fortuitam : quam tamen Democritus concale* 
factam et spirabilem, id est animalem, esse vult. 

Is autem animus, qui, si est horum quattuor 
generum, ex quibus omnia constare dicuntur, ex 
inflammata anima constat, ut potissimum videri 
video Panaetio, superiora capessat necesse est. 
Nihil enim habent haec duo genera proni, et 



LIBER I. CAP. XVIII. XIX. 45 

supera semper petunt. Ita, sive dissipantur> 
procul a terris id evenit; sive permanent et con- 
servant habitum suum, hoc etiam magis necesse 
est ferantur ad caelum, et ab iis perrumpatur et 
dividatur crassus hie et concretus aer, qui est 
terrae proximus. Calidior est enim vel potius 
ardentior animus, quam est hie aer, quern modo 
dixi crassum atque concretum: quod ex eo sciri 
potest, quia corpora nostra, terreno principiorum 
genere confecta, ardore animi concalescunt. 

XIX. 43. Accedit, ut eo facilius animus eva- 
dat ex hoc aere, quern saepe jam appello, eum- 
que perrumpat, quod nihil est animo velocius, 
nulla est celeritas, quae possit cum animi celeri- 
tate contendere. Qui si permanet incorruptus 
suique similis, necesse est ita feratur, ut penetret 
et dividat omne caelum hoc, in quo nubes, im- 
bres, ventique coguntur, quod et humidum et 
caliginosum est propter exhalationes terrae. 
Quam regionem quum superavit animus, natu- 
ramque sui similem contigit et agnovit, junctis 
ex anima tenui et ex ardore solis temperato igni- 
bus insistit, et finem altius se efferendi facit. 
Quum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem 
adeptus est, tamquam paribus examinatus pon- 
deribus, nullam in partem movetur, eaque ei 
demum naturalis est sedes, quum ad sui simile 
penetravit, in quo, nulla re egens, aletur et sus- 
tentabitur iisdem rebus, quibus astra sustentan- 
tur et aluntur. 



46 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

44. Quumque corporis facibus inflammari so* 
loam us ad omnes fere cupiditates, eoque magis 
incendi, quod iis aemulemur, qui ea habeant, 
quae nos habere cupiamus : profecto beati eri- 
mus, quum, corporibus relictis, et cupiditatum et 
aemulationum erimus expertes; quodque nunc 
facimus, quum laxati curis sum us, ut spectare 
aliquid velimus et visere, id multo turn faciemus 
liberius, totosque nos in contemplandis rebus 
perspiciendisque ponemus, propterea quod et na- 
tura inest in mentibus nostris insatiabilis quae- 
dam cuplditas veri videndi, et orae ipsae loco- 
rum illorum, quo pervenerimus, quo faciliorem 
nobis cognitionem rerum caelestium, eo majorem 
cognoscendi cupiditatem dabunt. 45. Haec 
enim pulchritudo etiam in terris patriam illam 
et avitam (ut ait Theophrastus) philosophiam, 
cognitionis cupiditate incensam, excitavit. Prae- 
cipue vero fruentur ea, qui turn etiam, quum, has 
terras incolentes, circumfusi erant caligine, tamen 
acie mentis dispicere cupiebant. 

XX. Etenim si nunc aliquid assequi se putant, 
qui ostium Ponti viderunt et eas angustias, per 
quas penetravit ea, quae est nominata Argo, quia 
Argivi in ea, 

delecti viri, 
Vecti, petebant pillem inauratam drietis ; 

aut ii, qui Oceani freta ilia viderunt, 

Europam Libyamque rapax ubi dividit unda : 
quod tandem spectaculum fore putamus, quum 



LIBER I. CAP. XX. 4:7 

totam terram contueri licebit ejusque quum si- 
tum, formam, circumscriptionem, turn et habita- 
biles regiones, et rursum omni cultu propter vim 
frigoris aut caloris vacantes? 

46. Nos enim ne nunc quidem oculis cernimus 
ea, quae videmus : neque est enim ullus sensus 
in corpore : sed, (ut non physici solum docent, 
verum etiam medici, qui ista aperta et patefacta 
viderunt.) viae quasi quaedam sunt ad oculos, ad 
aures, ad nares a sede animi perforatae. Itaque 
saepe aut cogitatione aut aliqua vi morbi impe- 
diti, apertis atque integris et oculis et auribus, 
nee videmus nee audimus: ut facile intelligi 
possit, animum et videre et audire, non eas 
partes, quae quasi fenestrae sunt animi; quibus 
tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat, et 
adsit. Quid? quod eadem mente res dissimilli- 
mas comprehendimus, ut colorem, saporem, ca- 
lorem, odorem, sonum? quae nunquam quinque 
nuntiis animus cognosceret, nisi ad eum omnia 
referrentur, et is omnium judex solus esset. At- 
que ea profecto turn multo puriora et dilucidiora 
cernentur, quum, quo natura fert, liber animus 
pervenerit. 47. Nam nunc quidem, quarnquam 
foramina ilia, quae patent ad animum a corpore, 
callidissimo artificio natura fabricata est, tamen 
terrenis concretisque corporibus sunt intersepta 
quodammodo; quum autem nihil erit praeter 
animum, nulla res objecta impediet, quo minus 
percipiat, quale quidque sit. 



43 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

XXI. Quamvis copiose haec diceremus, si res 
postularet, quam multa, quam varia, quanta 
spectacula animus in locis caelestibus esset 
habiturus. 48. Quae quidem cogitans, soleo 
saepe mirari nonnullorum insolentiam philoso- 
phorum, qui naturae cognitionem admirantur, 
ejusque inventori et principi gratias exsultantes 
agunt, eumque venerantur ut deum. Libera- 
tos enim se per eum dicunt gravissimis dominis, 
terrore sempiterno, et diurno ac nocturno metu. 
Quo terrore ? quo metu ? Quae est anus tarn 
delira, quae timeat ista, quae vos videlicet, si 
physica non didicissetis, timeretis? Acherunsia 
templa alta Orci^ .... pallida leti, obnubila tene- 
bris loca. Non pudet philosophum in eo glori- 
ari, quod haec non timeat et quod falsa esse 
cognoverit ? E quo intelligi potest, quam acuti 
natura sint, quoniam haec sine doctrina credi- 
turi fuerunt! 49. Praeclarum autem nescio 
quid adepti sunt, quod didicerunt, se, quum 
tempus mortis venisset, totos esse perituros. 
Quod ut ita sit, (nihil enim pugno ;) quid habet 
ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum ? Nee ta- 
men mihi sane quidquam occurrit, cur non Py- 
thagorae sit et Platonis vera sententia. Ut 
enim rationem Plato nullam afferret, (vide, quid 
homini tribuam;) ipsa auctoritate me frangeret; 
tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle ceteris, sibi 
certe persuasisse videatur. 

XXII. 50. Sed plurimi contra nituntur, ani- 



LIBER I. CAP. XXII. 49 

mosque quasi capite damnatos morte multant : 
neque aliud est quidquam, cur incredibilis his 
animorum videatur aeternitas, nisi quod neque- 
unt, qualis animus sit vacans corpore, intelligere 
et cogitatione comprehendere. Quasi vero iu- 
telligant, qualis sit in ipso corpore, quae confor- 
matio, quae magnitudo, qui locus; ut, si jam 
possent in homine vivo cerni omnia, quae nunc 
tecta sunt, casurusne in conspectum videatur 
animus, an tanta sit ejus tenuitas, ut fugiat 
aciem. 51. Haec reputent isti, qui negant, ani- 
mum sine corpore se intelligere posse: vide- 
bunt, quern in ipso corpore intelligant. Mihi 
quidem, naturam animi intuenti, multo difficilior 
occurrit cogitatio multoque obscurior, qualis ani- 
mus in corpore sit, tamquam alienae domui, 
quam qualis, quum exierit et in liberum caelum 
quasi domum suam venerit. Nisi enim, quod 
nunquam vidimus, id quale sit, intelligere non 
possumus ; certe, et deum ipsum, et divinum ani- 
mum, corpore liberatum, cogitatione complecti 
possumus. Dicaearchus quidem et Aristoxenus, 
quia difficilis erat animi, quid aut qualis esset, 
intelligentia, nullum omnino animum esse dixe- 
runt. 

52. Est illud quidem vel maximum, animo 
ipso animum videre: et nimirum hanc habet 
vim praeceptum Apollinis, quo monet, ut se 
quisque noscat. Non enim, credo, id praecipit, 
ut membra nostra aut staturam figuramve no- 
4. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 



50 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

scamus. Neque nos corpora sumus: nee ego, 
tibi haec dicens, corpori tuo dico. Quum igitur, 
nosce te, dicit, hoc dicit, nosce animum tuum: nam 
corpus quidem quasi vas est aut aliquod anirni 
receptaculum : ab animo tuo quidquid agitur, 
id agitur a te. Hunc igitur nosse nisi divinurn 
esset, non esset hoc acrioris cujusdam animi 
praeceptum, sic ut tributum deo sit. 

53. Sed si, qualis sit animus, ipse animus ne- 
sciet : die, quaeso, ne esse quidem se sciet ? ne 
moveri quidem se ? ex quo ilia ratio nata est 
Platonis, quae a Socrate est in Phaedro expli- 
cata, a me autem posita est in sexto libro de 
Re publica: 

XXIII. " Quod semper movetur, aeternum 
est: quod autem motum affert alicui, quodque 
ipsum agitatur alicunde, quando finem habet 
motus, vivendi finem habeat necesse est. So- 
lum igitur quod se ipsum movet, quia nun- 
quam deseritur a se, nunquam ne moveri qui- 
dem desinit; quin etiam ceteris, quae moventur, 
hie fons, hoc principium est movendi. Principii 
autem nulla est origo. 54. Nam e principio 
oriuntur omnia: ipsum autem nulla ex re alia 
nasci potest: nee enim esset id principium, quod 
gigneretur aliunde. Quod si nunquam oritur, 
ne occidit quidem unquam. Nam principium 
exstinctum nee ipsum ab alio renascetur, nee ex 
se aliud creabit, siquidem necesse est a principio 
oriri omnia. Ita fit, ut motus principium ex eo 



LIBER I. CAP. XXIII. XXIV. 51 

sit, quod ipsum a se movetur. Id autem nee 
nasci potest, nee mori : vel concidat omne cae- 
lum, omnisque natura consistat necesse est, nee 
vim ullam nanciscatur, qua primo impulsa rao- 
veatur. Quum pateat igitur, aeternum id esse, 
quod se ipsum moveat ; quis est, qui hanc natu- 
ram anirnis esse tributam neget ? Inanimum 
est enim omne, quod pulsu agitatur externo 
quod autem est animal, id motu cietur interiore 
et suo. Nam haec est propria natura animi 
atque vis. Quae si est una ex omnibus, quae 
se ipsa semper moveat; neque nata certe est, et 
aeterna est." 

55. Licet concurrant omnes plebeii philosophi, 
(sic enim ii, qui a Platone et Socrate et ab ea 
familia dissident, appellandi videntur;) non modo 
nihil unquam tarn eleganter explicabunt, sed ne 
hoc quidem ipsum quam subtiliter conclusum 
sit intelligent. Sentit igitur animus se moveri: 
quod quum sentit, illud una sentit, se vi sua, 
non aliena moveri, nee accidere posse, ut ipse 
unquam a se deseratur. Ex quo efficitur aeter- 
nitas ; — nisi quid habes ad haec. A. Ego 
vero facile sum passus, ne in mentem quidem 
mihi aliquid contra venire; ita isti faveo senten- 
tiae. 

XXIV. 56. M. Quid ? ilia tandem num le- 
viora censes, quae declarant inesse in animis 
hominum divina quaedam? quae si cemerem 
quemadmodum nasci possent, etiam, quemad* 



52 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

modum interirent, viderem. Nam sanguinem, 
bilem, pituitam, ossa, nervos, venas, omnem de- 
nique membrorum et totius corporis figuram 
videor posse dicere, unde concreta et quo modo 
facta sint : animum ipsum, si nihil esset in eo, 
nisi id, ut per eum viveremus, tarn natura puta- 
rem hominis vitam sustentari, quam vitis, quam 
arboris ; haec enim etiam dicimus vivere. Item 
si nihil haberet animus hominis, nisi ut appete- 
ret aut fugeret, id quoque esset ei commune cum 
bestiis. 

57. Habet primum memoriam, et earn infini- 
tam rerum innumerabilium : quam quidem Plato 
recordationem esse vult vitae superioris. Nam 
in illo libro, qui inscribitur Mevcov, pusionem 
quendam Socrates interrogat quaedam geome- 
trica de dimensione quadrati. Ad ea sic ille 
respondet, ut puer; .et tamen ita faciles interro- 
gationes sunt, ut gradatim respondens eodem 
perveniat, quo si geometrica didicisset. Ex 
quo effici vult Socrates, ut discere nihil aliud sit, 
nisi recordari. Quem locum multo etiam accu- 
ratius explicat in eo sermone, quern habuit eo 
ipso die, quo excessit e vita; docet enim, quem- 
vis, qui omnium rerum rudis esse videatur, bene 
interroganti respondentem declarare, se non turn 
ilia discere, sed reminiscendo recognoscere; nee 
vero fieri ullo modo posse, ut a pueris tot rerum 
atque tantarum insitas et quasi consignatas in 
animis notiones, quas evvoias vocant, haberemus, 



LIBER I. CAP. XXIV. XXV. 53 

nisi animus, antequam in corpus intravisset, in 
rerum cognitione viguisset. 58. Quumque nihil 
esset, ut omnibus locis a Platone disseritur: (ni- 
hil enim putat esse, quod oriatur et intereat, 
idque solum esse, quod semper tale sit, quale 
iBeav appellat ille, nos speciem ;) non potuit ani- 
mus haec in corpore inclusus agnoscere, cognita 
attulit : ex quo tam multarum rerum cognitionis 
admiratio tollitur. Neque ea plane videt animus, 
quum repente in tam insolitum tamque pertur- 
batum domicilium immigravit; sed quum se 
collegit atque recreavit, turn agnoscit ilia remi- 
niscendo. Ita nihil est aliud discere, nisi recor- 
dari. 

59. Ego autern majore etiam quodam mo- 
do memoriam admiror. Quid est enim illud, 
quo meminimus ? aut quam habet vim ? aut 
unde naturam ? Non quaero, quanta memoria 
Simonides fuisse dicatur, quanta Theodectes, 
quanta is, qui a Pyrrho legatus ad Senatum est 
missus, Cineas, quanta nuper Charmadas, quan- 
ta, qui modo fuit, Scepsius Metrodorus, quanta 
noster Hortensius; de communi hominum me- 
moiia loquor, et eorum maxime, qui in aliquo 
majore studio et arte versantur : quorum quanta 
mens sit, difficile est existimare ; ita multa me- 
minerunt. 

XXV. 60. Quorsus igitur haec spectat ora- 
tio ? Quae sit ilia vis et unde sit, intelligendum 
puto. Non est certe nee cordis, nee sanguinis, 



54 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

nec cerebri, nee atomorum ; anima sit, ignisve, 
nescio ; nec me pudet. ut istos, fateri nescire, 
quod nesciam ; illad, si ulla alia de re obscura 
affirmare possem, sive anima, sive ignis sit ani- 
mus, eum jurarem esse divinum. Quid enim? 
obsecro te, terrane tibi, hoc nebuloso et caligi- 
noso caelo, aut sata aut concreta videtur tanta 
vis memoriae? Si, quid sit hoc, non vides; at, 
quale sit, vides : si ne id quidem, at, quantum 
sit, profecto vides. 61. Quid igitur? utrum ca- 
pacitatem aliquam in animo putamus esse, quo, 
tamquam in aliquod vas, ea, quae meminimus, 
infundantur? Absurdum id quidem. Qui enim 
fundus, aut quae talis animi figura intelligi 
potest? aut quae tanta omnino capacitas? An 
imprimi, quasi ceram, animum putamus, et esse 
memoriarn signatarum rerum in mente vesti- 
gia ? Quae possunt verborum, quae rerum ipsa- 
rum esse vestigia? quae porro tarn immensa 
magnitudo, quae ilia tarn multa possit effin- 
gere? 

Quid ? ilia vis quae tandem est, quae investi- 
gat occulta, quae inventio atque excogitatio di- 
citur ? ex hacne tibi terrena mortalique natura et 
caduca concreta ea videtur? 62. aut qui pri- 
mus, quod summae sapientiae Pythagorae visum 
est, omnibus rebus imposuit nomina? aut qui 
dissipatos homines congregavit et ad societatem 
vitae convocavit? aut qui sonos vocis, qui infi- 
niti videbantur, paucis litterarum notis termi- 



LIBER I. CAP. XXV. XXVI. 55 

navit ? aut qui errantium stellarum cursus, prae- 
gressiones, institiones notavit? Omnesmagni; 
etiam superiores, qui fruges, qui vestitum, qui 
tecta, qui cultum vitae, qui praesidia contra feras 
invenerunt: a quibus mansuefacti et exculti a 
necessariis artificiis ad elegantiora defluximus. 
Nam et auribus oblectatio magna parta est, in- 
venta et temperata varietate et natura sonorurn ; 
et astra suspeximus, quum ea, quae sunt infixa 
certis locis, turn ilia non re, sed vocabulo erran- 
tia. Quorum conversiones omnesqae motus qui 
[animus] vidit, is docuit, similem animum suum 
ejus esse, qui ea fabricatus esset in caelo. 63. 
Nam quum Archimedes lunae, solis, quinque 
errantium motus in sphaeram illigavit, effecit 
idem, quod ille, qui in Timaeo mundum aedifi- 
cavit Platonis deus, ut tarditate et celeritate dis- 
simillimos motus una regeret conversio. Quod 
si in hoc mundo fieri sine deo non potest, ne in 
sphaera quidem eosdem motus Archimedes sine 
divino ingenio potuisset imitari. 

XXVI. 64. Mihi vero ne haec quidem no- 
tiora et illustriora carere vi divina videntur, ut 
ego aut poetam grave plenumque carmen sine 
caelesti aliquo mentis instinctu putem fundere, 
aut eloquentiam sine majore quadam vi fluere, 
abundantem sonantibus verbis uberibusque sen- 
tentiis. Philosophia vero, omnium mater artium, 
quid est aliud, nisi, ut Plato, donum, ut ego, 
inventum deorum ? Haec nos primum ad illo* 



56 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

rum eultum, deinde ad jus hominum, quod 
situm est in generis humani societate, turn ad 
modestiam magnitudinemque animi erudivit* 
eademque ab animo, tamquam ab oculis, caligi- 
nem dispulit, ut omnia, supera, infera, prima, 
ultima, media, videremus. 

65. Prorsus haec divina mihi videtur vis, quae 
tot res efficiat et tantas. Quid est enim memoria 
rerum et verborum? quid porro inventio ? pro- 
fecto id, quo ne in deo quidem quidquam majus 
intelligi potest. Non enim ambrosia deos, aut 
nectare, aut Juventate pocula ministrante, laetari 
arbitror; nee Homerum audio, qui Ganymeden 
ab dis raptum ait propter formam, ut Jovi bibere 
ministraret; non justa causa, cur Laomedonti 
tanta fieret injuria. Fingebat haec Homerus, et 
humana ad deos transferebat ; divina mallem 
ad nos. Quae autem divina? Vigere, sapere, 
invenire, meminisse. 

Ergo animus, [qui,] ut ego dico, divinus est, ut 
Euripides dicere audet, deus ; et quidem, si deus 
aut anima aut ignis est, idem est animus homi- 
nis. Nam ut ilia natura caelestis et terra vacat 
et humore, sic utriusque harum rerum humanus 
animus est expers. Sin autem est quinta quae- 
dam natura ab Aristotele inducta primum, haec 
et deorum est et animorum. XXVII. 66. Hanc 
nos sententiam secuti, his ipsis verbis in Conso- 
latione hoc expressimus: 

"Animorum nulla in terris origo inveniri po- 



LIBER I. CAP. XXVII. 57 

test. Nihil enim est in animis raixtum atque 
concretum, aut quod ex terra natum atque 
ficturn esse videatur ; nihil ne aut humidum 
quidem, aut flabile, aut igneum. His enim in 
naturis nihil inest, quod vim memoriae, mentis, 
cogitationis habeat, quod et praeterita teneat, et 
futura provideat, et complecti possit praesentia: 
quae sola divina sunt, nee invenietur unquam, 
unde ad hominem venire possint, nisi a deo. 
Singularis est igitur quaedam natura atque vis 
animi, sejuncta ab his usitatis notisque naturis. 
Ita, quidquid est illnd, quod sentit, quod sapit, 
quod vivit, quod viget, caeleste et divinum ob 
eamque rem aeternum sit necesse est. Nee ve- 
ro deus ipse, qui intelligitur a nobis, alio modo 
intelligi potest, nisi mens soluta quaedam et 
libera, segregata ab omni concretione mortali, 
omnia sentiens et movens, ipsaque praedita 
motu sempiterno." 67. Hoc e genere atque 
eadem e natura est hurnana mens. 

Ubi igitur, aut qualis est ista mens? — Ubi 
tua, aut qualis? potesne dicere ? an, si omnia ad 
intelligendum non habeo, quae habere vellem, ne 
lis quidem, quae habeo, mihi per te uti licebit? — 
Non valet tantum animus, ut se ipsum ipse vide- 
at; at ut oculus, sic animus, se non videns, alia 
cernit. Non videt autem, quod minimum est, 
formam suam. Fortasse : quamquam id quo- 
que: sed relinquamus; vim certe, sagacitatem, 
memoriam, motum, celeritatem videt. Haec 



58 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

magna, haec divina, haec sempiterna sunt. Qua 
facie quidem sit aut ubi habitet, ne quaerendum 
quid em est. 

XXVIII. 68. Ut, quum videmus speciem 
primum candoremque caeli, dein conversion ie 
celeritatem tantam, quantam cogitare non pos- 
sumus ; turn vicissitudines dierum ac noctium, 
eommutationesque temporum quadri partitas, ad 
maturitatem frugum et ad temperationem corpo- 
rum aptas; eorumque omnium moderatorem et 
ducem solem ; lunamque accretione et deminu- 
tione luminis, quasi fastorum, notantem et signi- 
ficantem dies; turn in eodem orbe, in duodecim 
partes distributo, quinque stellas ferri, eosdem 
cursus constantissime servantes, disparibus inter 
se motibus; nocturnamque caeli formam undique 
sideribus ornatam ; turn globum terrae eminen- 
tem e mari, fixum in medio mundi universi loco, 
duabus oris distantibus habitabilem et cultum; 
quarum altera, quam nos incolimus. 

Sub axe posita ad stttlas septem, unde horrifer 
Aquiloni' stridor gelidas molitur nives, 

altera australis, ignota nobis, quam vocant Grae- 
ci avri'xpova ; 69. ceteras partes incultas, quod 
aut frigore rigeant, aut urantur calore ; hie au- 
tem, ubi habitamus, non intermittit suo tempore 

Caelum nitescere, arbores fronde'scere, 
Vitis laetificae pampinh pube'scere, 
Rami bacarum ubtrtate incurvescere, 
Segetes largiri friiges, fiorere omnia, 
Fontts scatere, herbis praia convestirier ; 



LIBER I. CAP. XXVIII. XXIX. 59 

turn multitudinem pecudum, partim ad vescen- 
dum, partim ad cultus agrorum, partim ad ve- 
hendum, partim ad corpora vestienda; homi- 
nemque ipsum, quasi contemplatorem caeli ac 
deorum, eorurnque cultorem ; atque hominis 
utilitati agros omnes et maria parentia : — 70. 
haec igitur et alia innumerabilia quum cernimus, 
possumusne dubitare, quin iis praesit aliquis vel 
effector, si haec nata sunt, ut Platoni videtur, 
vel, si semper fuerunt, ut Aristoteli placet, mo- 
derator tanti operis et muneris ? Sic mentem 
hominis, quamvis earn non videas, ut deum non 
vides, tamen, ut deum agnoscis ex operibus ejus, 
sic ex memoria rerum, et inventione, et celeritate 
motus, omnique pulchritudine virtutis vim divi- 
nam mentis agnoscito. 

XXIX. In quo igitur loco est? Credo equi- 
dem in capite, et, cur credam, afferre possum. 
Sed alias, ubi sit animus ; certe quidem in te 
est. 

Quae est ei natura ? Propria, puto, et sua. 
Sed fac igneam, fac spirabilem : nihil ad id, de 
quo agimus. Illud modo videto, ut deum noris, 
etsi ejus ignores et locum et faciem, sic animum 
tibi tuum notum esse oportere, etiam si igno- 
res et locum et forrnam. 71. In animi autem 
cognitione dubitare non possumns, nisi plane in 
physicis plumbei sumus, quin nihil sit animis 
admixtum, nihil concretum, nihil copulatum, 
nihil coagmentatum, nihil duplex. Quod quum 



60 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

ita sit, certe nee secerni, nee dividi, nee discerpi, 
nee distrahi potest; nee interire igitur. Est 
enim interitus quasi discessus et secretio ac di- 
remptus earum partium, quae ante interitum 
junctione aliqua tenebantur. 

His et talibus rationibus adductus Socrates 
nee patronum quaesivit ad judicium capitis, nee 
judicibus supplex fuit, adhibuitque liberam con- 
tumaciam, a magnitudine animi ductam, non a 
superbia; et supremo vitae die de hoc ipso mal- 
ta disseruit; et paucis ante diebus, quum facile 
posset educi e custodia, noluit; et quum paene 
in manu jam mortiferum iilud teneret poculum, 
locutus ita est, ut non ad mortem trudi, verum 
in caelum videretur ascendere. 

XXX. Ita enim censebat, itaque disseruit: 
duas esse vias duplicesque cursus animorum e 
corpore excedentium. 72. Nam qui se huma- 
nis vitiis contaminavissent, et se totos libidini- 
bus dedissent, quibus caecati vel domesticis 
vitiis atque flagitiis se inquinavissent, vel re pu- 
blica violanda fraudes inexpiabiles concepissent, 
iis devium quoddam iter esse, seclusum a conci- 
lio dcorum ; qui autem se integros castosque 
servavissent, quibusque fuisset minima cum cor- 
poribus contagio, seseque ab iis semper sevocas- 
sent, essentque in corporibus humanis vitam 
imitati deorum, — his ad illos, a quibus essent 
profecti, reditum facilem patere. 73. Itaque 
commemorat, ut cygni, qui non sine causa Apol« 



LIBER I. CAP. XXX. XXXI. 61 

lini dicati sint, sed quod ab eo divinationem ha- 
bere videantur, qua providentes quid in morte 
boni sit, cum cantu et voluptate moriantur : sic 
omnibus bonis et doctis esse faciendum. 

Nee vero de hoc quisquarn dubitare posset, 
nisi idem nobis accideret diligenter de animo co- 
gitantibus, quod iis saepe usu venit, qui quum 
acriter oculis deficientem solem intuerentur, ut 
adspectum omnino amitterent; sic mentis acies 
se ipsa intuens, nonnunquam hebescit, ob eam- 
que causam contemplandi diligentiam amitti- 
mus. Itaque dubitans, circumspectans, haesi- 
tans, multa adversa referens, tamquam in rate 
in mari immenso, nostra vehitur oratio. 

74. Sed haec et Vetera, et a Graecis. Cato 
autem sic abiit e vita, ut causam moriendi na- 
ctum se esse gauderet. Vetat enim dominans 
ille in nobis deus injussu hinc nos suo demigra- 
re; quum vero causam justam deus ipse dederit, 
ut tunc Socrati, nunc Catoni, saepe multis, ne 
ille, medius fidius, vir sapiens laetus ex his tene- 
bris in lucem illam excesserit. Nee tamen ilia 
vincla carceris ruperit, (leges enim vetant;) sed 
tamquam a magistratu aut ab aliqua potestate 
legitima, sic a deo evocatus atque emissus exie- 
rit. Tola enim philosophorum vita, ut ait idem, 
commentatio mortis est. 

XXXI. 75. Nam quid aliud agimus, quum 
a voluptate, id est a corpore, quum a re famili- 
ari, quae est ministra et famula corporis, quum 



62 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

a re publica, quum a negotio omni sevocamus 
animum? quid, inquam, turn agimus, nisi ani- 
mum ad se ipsum advocamus, secum esse cogi- 
mus, maximeque a corpore abducimus ? Secer- 
nere autem a corpore animum, nee quidquam 
aliud, est mori disqere. Quare hoc commente- 
mur, mihi crede, disjungamusque nos a corpori- 
bus, id est, consuescamus mori. Hoc et, dum 
erimus in terris, erit illi caelesti vitae simile; et, 
quum illuc ex his vinculis emissi feremur, minus 
tardabitur cursus animorum. Nam qui in corn- 
pedibus corporis semper fuerunt, etiam quum 
soluti sunt, tardius ingrediuntur, ut ii, qui ferro 
vincti multos annos fuerunt. Quo quum vene- 
rimus, turn denique vivemus. Nam haec qui- 
dem vita mors est; quam lamentari possem, si 
liberet. 

76. A. Satis tu quidem in Consolatione es 
lamentatus : quam quum lego, nihil malo, quam 
has res relinquere ; his vero modo auditis, multo 
magis. M. Veniet tempus, et quidem celeriter, 
et sive retractabis sive properabis ; volat enim 
aetas. Tantum autem abest ab eo, ut malum 
mors sit, quod tibi dudum videbatur, ut verear, 
ne homini nihil sit non malum aliud certe, sed 
nihil bonum aliud potius ; si quidem vel dii ipsi, 
vel cum diis futuri sumus. A. Quid refert? 
31. Adsunt enim, qui haec non probent. Ego 
autem nunquam ita te in hoc sermone dimit- 
tam, ulla uti ratione mors tibi videri malum 
possit. 



LIBER I. CAP. XXXI. XXXII. 63 

77. A. Qui potest, quum ista cognoverim ? 
M. Qui possit, rogas ? Catervae veniunt con- 
tra dicentium, nee solum Epicureorum, quos 
equidem non despicio, sed nescio quo modo 
doctissimus quisque contemnit; acerrime autern 
deliciae meae, Dicaearchus, contra banc immor- 
talitatem disseruit. Is enim tres libros scripsit, 
qui Lesbiaci vocantur, quod Mytilenis sermo 
habetur, in quibus vult efficere, animos esse 
mortales. Stoici autem usuram nobis largiun- 
tur, tamquam cornicibus; diu mansuros aiunt 
animos, semper, negant. 

XXXII. Num non vis igitur audire, cur, etiam 
si ita sit, mors tamen non sit in malis? A. Ut 
videtur; sed me nemo de immortalitate depellet. 
78. M. Laudo id quidem ; etsi nihil nimis opor- 
tet confidere. Movemur enim saepe aliquo acute 
concluso; labamus, mutamusque sententiam cla- 
rioribus etiam in rebus: in his est enim aliqua 
obscuritas. Id igitur si acciderit, simus armati. 
A. Sane quidem ; sed, ne accidat, providebo. 

M. Namquid igitur est causae, quin amicos 
nostros Stoicos dimittamus? eos dico, qui aiunt 
animos manere, e corpore quum excesserint, sed 
non semper? A. Istos vero: qui, quod tota in 
hac causa difficillimum est, suscipiant, posse 
animum manere corpore vacantem: illud autem, 
quod non modo facile ad credendum est, sed, eo 
concesso quod volunt, consequens idcirco, non 
dant, ut, quum diu permanserit, ne intereat. 



64 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

M. Bene reprehendis : et se isto modo res ha- 
bet. 

79. Credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo 
dissentienti ? Quern enirn omnibus locis divi- 
num, quern sapientissimum, quern sanctissimum, 
quem Homerum philosophorum appellat, hujus 
hanc unam sententiam de imrnortalitate animo- 
rum non probat. Vult enim, quod nemo negat, 
quidquid natum sit, interire; nasci autem ani- 
mos, quod declaret eorum similitudo, qui pro- 
creentur, quae etiam in ingeniis, non solum in 
corporibus appareat. Alteram autem affert rati- 
onem : nihil esse, quod doleat, quin id aegrum 
esse quoque possit; quod autem in morbum 
cadat, id etiam interiturum; dolere autem ani- 
mos ; ergo etiam interire. 

XXXIII. 80. Haec refelli possunt. Sunt 
enim ignorantis, quum de aeternitate animorum 
dicatur, de mente dici, quae omni turbido motu 
semper vacet, non de partibus iis, in quibus 
aegritudines, irae, libidinesque versentur, quas 
is, contra quem haec dicuntur, semotas a mente 
et disclusas putat. Jam similitudo magis appa- 
ret in bestiis, quarum animi sunt rationis exper- 
tes ; hominum autem similitudo in corporum 
figura magis exstat, et ipsi animi magni refert 
quali in corpore locati sint. Multa enim e cor- 
pore exsistunt, quae acuant mentem, multa, 
quae obtundant. Aristoteles quidem ait, omnes 
ingeniosos melancholicos esse ; ut ego me tardi- 



LIBER I. CAP. XXXIII. XXXIV. 65 

orem esse non moleste feram. Enumerat mul- 
tos; idque quasi cotistet, rationem, cur ita fiat, 
affert. Quod si tanta vis est ad habitum men- 
tis in iis, quae gignuntur in corpore ; (ea sunt 
autem, quaecunque sunt, quae similitudinem 
faciant;) nihil necessitatis affert, cur nascantur 
animi, similitude Omitto similitudines. 81. 
Vellem adesse posset Panaetius ; vixit cum 
Africano; quaererem ex eo, cujus suorum simi- 
lis fuisset Africani fratris nepos, facie vel patris, 
vita omnium perditorum ita similis, ut esset 
facile deterrimus; cujus etiam similis P. Crassi, 
et sapientis et eloquentis et primi hominis, ne- 
pos, multorumque aliorum clarorum virorum, 
quos nihil attinet nominare, nepotes et filii. 

Sed quid agimus? oblitine sumus, hoc nunc 
nobis esse propositum, quum satis de aeterni- 
tate dixissemus, ne si interirent quidem animi, 
quidquam mali esse in morte? A. Ego vero 
memineram ; sed te de aeternitate dicentem aber- 
rare a proposito facile patiebar. 

XXXIV. 82. M. Video te alte spectare, et 
velle in caelum migrare. A. Spero fore, ut con- 
tingat id nobis. Sed fac, ut isti volunt, animos 
non remanere post mortem : video nos, si ita sit, 
privari spe beatioris vitae. M. Mali vero quid 
affert ista sententia? Fac enim sic animum 
interire, ut corpus : num igitur aliquis dolor aut 
omnino post mortem sensus in corpore est? — 
Nemo id quidem dicit: etsi Democritum insi- 
5. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 



66 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

mulat Epicurus, Democritici negant. Ne in 
animo quidem igitur sensus remanet; ipse enim 
nusqaara est. Ubi igitur malum est, quoniam 
nihil tertium est? an, quoniam ipse aniini disces- 
sus a corpore non fit sine dolore ? Ut credam 
ita esse, quam est id exiguum ! Et falsum esse 
arbitror, et fit plerumque sine sensu, nonnun- 
quam etiam cum voluptate ; totumque hoc leve 
est, qualecunque est; fit enim ad punctum tem- 
poris : 83. illud angit vel potius excruciat, dis- 
cessus ab omnibus iis, quae sunt bona in vita. 
Vide, ne a malis dici verius possit. Quid ego 
nunc lugeam vitam hominum? Vere et jure 
possum. Sed quid necesse est, quum id agam, 
ne post mortem miseros nos putemus fore, etiam 
vitam efficere deplorando miseriorem ? Feci- 
mus hoc in eo libro, in quo nosmet ipsos, quan- 
tum potuimus, consolati sumus. A malis igitur 
mors abducit, non a bonis ; verum si quaerimus. 
Et quidem hoc a Cyrenaico Hegesia sic copiose 
disputatur, ut is a rege Ptolemaeo prohibitus 
esse dicatur ilia in scholis dicere, quod multi, iis 
auditis, mortem sibi ipsi consciscerent. 

84. Callimachi quidem epigramma in Ambra- 
ciotam Cleombrotum est: quern ait, quum ei 
nihil accidisset adversi, e muro se in mare abje- 
cisse, lecto Platonis libro. Ejus autem, quern 
dixi, Hegesiae liber est, ' AiroicapTepSsv, quod a 
vita quidam per inediam discedens revocatur ab 
amicis, quibus respondens, vitae humanae enu- 



LIBER I. CAP. XXXIV. XXXV. 67 

merat incommoda. Possem id facere, etsi mi- 
nus, quam ille, qui omnino vivere expedire nemi- 
ni putat. Mitto alios : etiamne nobis expedit ? 
qui et domesticis et forensibus solatiis ornamen- 
tisque privati, certe, si ante occidissemus, mors 
nos a malis, non a bonis abstraxisset. 

XXXV. 85. Sit igitur aliquis, qui nihil mali 
habeat, nullum a fortuna vulnus acceperit : Me- 
tellus ille honoratis quattuor filiis ; at quinqua- 
ginta Priamus, e quibus septendecim justa uxore 
natis. In utroque eandem habuit Fortuna po- 
testatem, sed usa in altero est. Metellum enim 
multi filii, filiae, nepotes, neptes in rogum im- 
posuerunt ; Priamum tanta progenie orbatum, 
quum in aram confugisset, hostilis manus inter- 
emit. Hie si vivis filiis, incolumi regno, occi- 
disset, 

adstdnte ope barbarica, 
Tectis caeldtis, lacuatis: 

utrum tandem a bonis, an a malis discessisset? 
Turn profecto videretur a bonis. At certe ei 
melius evenisset, nee tarn flebiliter ilia caneren- 
tur: 

Haec omnia vidi infldmmari, 
Priamo vi vitam evitari, 
Jovis dram sanguine turpari. 

Quasi vero ista vi quidquam turn potuerit ei 
melius accidere! Quod si ante occidisset, ta- 
men eventum omnino amisisset; hoc autem 
tempore sensum amisit malorum, 86. .Pom- 






68 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

peio, nostro familiari, quum graviter aegrotaret 
Neapoli, melius est factum : coronati Neapoli- 
tani fuerunt; nimirum etiam Puteolani ; vulgo 
ex oppidis publice gratulabantur. Ineptum sane 
negotium, et Graeculum; sed tamen fortuna- 
turn. Utrum igitur, si turn esset exstinctus, a 
bonis rebus, an a malis discessisset? Certe a 
rniseris. Non enim cum socero bellum gessis- 
set; non imparatus arm a sumpsisset; non do- 
mum reliquisset; non ex Italia fugisset; non, 
exercitu amisso, nudus in servorum f err urn et 
manus incidisset; non liberi defleti; non fortu- 
nae omnes a victoribus possiderentur. Qui, si 
mortem turn obisset, in amplissimis fortunis 
occidisset, is propagatione vitae quot, quantas, 
quam incredibiles hausit calamitates ! 

XXXVI. Haec morte effugiuntur, etiam si 
non evenerunt, tamen quia possunt evenire ; sed 
homines ea sibi accidere posse non cogitant. 
Metelli sperat sibi quisque fortunam : proinde 
quasi aut plures fortunati sint quam infelices, 
aut certi quidquam sit in rebus humanis, aut 
sperare sit prudentius quam timere. 

87. Sed hoc ipsum concedatur, bonis rebus 
homines morte privari; ergo etiam carere mor- 
tuos vitae commodis, idque esse miserum ? Cer- 
te ita dicant necesse est. An potest is, qui non 
est, re ulla carere? Triste enim est nomen 
ipsum carendi, quia subjicitur haec vis: habuit, 
non habet; desiderat, requirit, indiget. Haec, 






LIBER I. CAP. XXXVI. 69 

opinor, incommoda sunt carentis: caret oculis, 
odiosa caecitas; liberis, orbitas. Valet hoc in 
vivis ; mortuorum autem non modo vitae com- 
modisj sed ne vita quidem ipsa quisquam caret. 
De mortuis loquor, qui nulli sunt. Nos, qui 
sumus, num aut comibus caremus, aut pen- 
nis? ecquis id dixerit ? Certe nemo. Quid ita ? 
Quia, quum id non habeas, quod tibi nee usu, 
nee natura sit aptum, non careas, etiam si 
sentias te non habere. 88. Hoc prernendum 
etiam atque etiam est argumentum, confirmato 
illo, de quo, si mortales animi sunt, dubitare non 
possumus, quin tantus interitus in morte sit, ut 
ne minima quidem suspicio sensus relinquatur; 
hoc igitur probe stabilito et fixo, illud excutien- 
dum est, ut sciatur, quid sit carere, ne relinqua- 
tur aliquid erroris in verbo. Carere igitur hoc 
significat: egere eo, quod habere velis. Inest 
enim velle in carendo : (nisi quum sic, tamquam 
in febri, dicitur, alia quadam notione verbi: dici- 
tur enim alio modo etiam carere, quum aliquid 
non habeas, et non habere te sentias, etiam si id 
facile patiare:) carere malo non dicitur, nee 
enim esset dolendum ; dicitur illud, bono carere, 
quod est malum. Sed ne vivus quidem bono 
caret, si eo non indiget. Sed in vivo intelligi 
tamen potest, regno te carere ; dici autem hoc 
in te satis subtiliter non potest ; posset in Tar- 
quinio, quum regno esset expulsus ; at in mortuo 
ne intelligi quidem ; carere enim sentientis est, 



70 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

nec sensus in mortuo : ne carere quidem igitur 
in mortuo est. 

XXXVII. 89. Quamquam quid opus est in 
hoc philosophari, quum rem non magno opere 
philosophia egere videamus? Quoties non mo- 
do ductores nostri, sed universi etiam exercitus 
ad non dubiam mortem concurrerunt ! Quae 
quidem si timeretur, non L. Brutus, arcens eum 
reditu tyrannum, quern ipse expulerat, in proelio 
concidisset; non cum Latinis decertans pater 
Decius, cum Etruscis films, cum Pyrrho nepos, se 
hostium telis objecissent; non uno bello pro pa- 
tria cadentes Scipiones Hispania vidisset, Paul- 
lum et Geminum Cannae, Venusia Marcellum, 
Litana Albinum, Lucania Gracchum. Num 
quis horum miser hodie? Ne turn quidem 
post spiritum extremum. Nec enim potest esse 
miser quisquam sensu perempto. 

90. At id ipsum odiosum est, sine sensu esse. 
— Odiosum, si id esset carere. Quum vero per- 
spicuum sit, nihil posse in eo esse, qui ipse non 
sit; quid potest esse in eo odiosum, qui nec 
careat, nec sentiat ? Quamquam hoc quidem 
nimis saepe ; sed eo, quod in hoc inest omnis 
animi contractio ex metu mortis. Qui enim 
satis viderit, id quod est luce clarius, animo et 
corpore consumpto totoque animante deleto et 
facto interitu universo, illud animal, quod fuerit, 
factum esse nihil, is plane perspiciet, inter Hip- 
pocentaurum, qui nunquam fuerit, et regem 



LIBER I. CAP. XXXVII. XXXVIII. 71 

Agamemnonem nihil interesse; nee pluris nunc 
facere M. Camillum hoc civile bellum, quam 
ego, illo vivo, fecerim Romam eaptam. 

Cur igitur et Camillus doleret, si haec post 
trecentos et quinquaginta fere annos eventura 
putaret ? et ego doleam, si ad decern millia an- 
norum gentem aliquam urbem nostram potitu- 
ram putem ? Quia tanta earitas patriae est, ut 
earn non sensu nostro, sed salute ipsius metia- 
mur. 

XXXVIII. 91. Itaque non deterret sapien- 
tem mors, quae propter incertos casus quotidie 
imminet, propter brevitatem vitae nunquam po- 
test longe abesse, quo minus in omne tempus 
rei publicae suisque consulate et posteritatem 
ipsam, cujus sensum habiturus non sit, ad se 
putet pertinere. Quare licet etiam mortalem 
esse animum judicantem aeterna moliri, non 
gloriae cupiditate, quam sensurus non sit, sed 
virtutis, quam necessario gloria, etiam si tu id 
non agas, consequatur. Natura vero se sic 
habet, ut, quo modo initium nobis rerum omni- 
um ortus noster afferat, sic exitum mors. Ut 
nihil pertinuit ad nos ante ortum, sic nihil post 
mortem pertinebit. In quo quid potest esse 
mali, quum mors nee ad vivos pertineat, nee ad 
mortuos? Alteri nulli sunt; alteros non attinget. 

92. Quam qui leviorem faciunt, somni similli- 
mam volunt esse : quasi vero quisquam ita no- 
naginta annos velit vivere, ut, quum eexaginta 



72 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

confecerit, reliquos dormiat. Ne sues quidem 
id velint, non modo ipse. Endymion vero, si 
fabulas audire volumus, ut, nescio quando, in 
Latmo obdormivit, qui est mons Cariae, nondum, 
opinor, est experrectus. Num igitur eum curare 
censes, quum Luna laboret? a qua consopitus 
putatur, ut eum dormientem oscularetur. Quid 
curet autem, qui ne sentit quidem? Habes 
somnum imaginem mortis, eamque quotidie in- 
duis. Et dubitas, quin sensus in morte nullus 
sit, quum in ejus simulacro videas esse nullum 
sensum ? 

XXXIX. 93. Pellantur ergo istae ineptiae 
paene aniles, ante tempus mori miserum esse. 
Quod tandem tempus? Naturaene ? At ea 
quidem dedit usuram vitae, tamquam pecuniae, 
nulla praestituta die. Quid est igitur, quod 
querare, si repetit, quum vult? ea enim condi- 
tione acceperas. Iidem, si puer parvus occidit, 
aequo animo ferendum putant ; si vero in cunis, 
ne querendum quidem. Atqui ab hoc acerbius 
exegit natura, quod dederat. Nondum gustave- 
rat, inquit, vitae suavitatem ; hie autem jam 
sperabat magna, quibus frui coeperat. At id 
quidem ipsum in ceteris rebus melius putatur, 
aliquam partem, quam nullam, attingere ; cur in 
vita secus ? Quamquam non male ait Callima- 
chus, multo saepius lacrimasse Pria?num, quam 
Troilum. Eorum autem, qui exacta aetate mo- 
riuntur, fortuna laudatur. 94. Cur ? Nam, reor, 



LIBER I. CAP. XXXIX. XL. 73 

nullis, si vita longior daretur, posset esse jucun- 
dior. Nihil enim est profecto homini prudentia 
dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, affert certe se- 
nectus. 

Quae vero aetas longa est? aut quid omnino 
homini longum ? nonne 

Modo pueros, modo ddulescentes, in cursu a tergo inseqiiens, 
Nic opinantes assecuta est 

senectus? sed quia ultra nihil habemus, hoc lon- 
gum dicimus. Omnia ista, perinde ut cuique 
data sunt pro rata parte, ita aut longa, aut bre- 
via dicuntur. Apud Hypanim fluvium, qui ab 
Europae parte in Pontum influit, Aristoteles ait, 
bestiolas quasdam nasci, quae unum diem vi- 
vant. Ex his igitur hora octava quae mortua 
est, provecta aetate mortua est ; quae vero occi- 
dente sole, decrepita ; eo magis, si etiam solsti- 
tiali die. Confer nostram longissimam aetatem 
cum aeternitate ; in eadem propemodum brevi- 
tate, qua illae bestiolae, reperiemur. 

XL. 95. Contemnamus igitur omnes inepti- 
as, (quod enim levius huic levitati nomen im- 
ponam?) totamque vim bene vivendi in animi 
robore ac magnitudine, et in omnium rerum 
humanarum contemptione ac despicientia, et in 
omni virtute ponamus. Nam nunc quidem co- 
gitationibus mollissimis effeminamur, ut, si ante 
mors adventet, quam Chaldaeorum promissa 
consecuti sumus, spoliati magnis quibusdam 
bonis, illusi, destitutique videamur. 96. Quod si 



74 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

exspectando et desiderando pendemus animis, 
cruciamur, angimur; pro dii immortales! quam 
illud iter jucundum esse debet, quo confecto 
nulla reliqua cura, nulla sollicitudo futura sit ! 

Quam me delectat Theramenes ! quam elato 
animo est! Etsi enim flemus, quum legimus, 
tamen non miserabiliter vir clarus emoritur. Qui 
quum, conjectus in carcerem triginta jussu tyran- 
norum, venenum ut sitiens obduxisset, reliquum 
sic e poculo ejecit, ut id resonaret ; quo sonitu 
reddito, arridens, Propino, inquit, hoc pulchro 
Critiae, qui in eum fuerat taeterrimus. Graeci 
enim in conviviis solent nominare, cui poculum 
tradituri sint. Lusit vir egregius extremo spi- 
ritu, quum jam praecordiis conceptam mortem 
contineret; vereque ei, cui venenum praebiberat, 
mortem est earn auguratus, quae brevi conse- 
cuta est. 97. Quis hanc animi maximi aequi- 
tatem in ipsa morte laudaret, si mortem malum 
judicaret? Vadit enim in eundem carcerem 
atque in eundem paucis post annis scyphum 
Socrates, eodem scelere judicum, quo tyranno- 
rum Theramenes. Quae est igitur ejus oratio, 
qua facit eum Plato usum apud judices, jam 
morte multatum ? 

XLI. " Magna me," inquit, " spes tenet, judi- 
ces, bene mihi evenire, quod mittar ad mortem. 
Necesse est enim sit alterum de duobus : ut aut 
sensus omnino omnes mors auferat, aut in alium 
quendam locum ex his locis morte migretur. 



LIBER I. CAP. XLI. 75 

Quamobrem, sive sensus exstinguitur, morsque 
ei somno simUis est, qui nonnunquam etiam 
sine visis somniorum placatissimam quietem af- 
fert: dii boni! quid lucri est emori! aut quam 
multi dies reperiri possunt, qui tali nocti antepo- 
nantur? Cui si similis futura est perpetuitas 
omnis consequentis temporis, quis me beatior? 
98. Sin vera sunt, quae dicuntur, migrationem 
esse mortem in eas oras, quas, qui e vita exces- 
serunt, incolunt: id multo jam beatius est. Te- 
ne, quum ab iis, qui se judicum numero haberi 
volunt, evaseris, ad eos venire, qui vere judices 
appellentur, Mi no em, Rhadamanthum, Aeacum, 
Triptolemum, convenireque eos, qui juste et 
cum fide vixerint! Haec peregrinatio mediocris 
vobis videri potest? Ut vero colloqui cum Or- 
pheo, Musaeo, Homero, Hesiodo liceat, quanti 
tandem aestimatis ? Equidem saepe emori, si 
fieri posset, vellem, ut ea, quae dico, mihi liceret 
invenire. Quanta delectatione autem afficerer, 
quum Palamedem, quum Ajacem, quum alios, 
judicio iniquo circumventos, convenirem! Ten- 
tarem etiam summi regis, qui maximas copias 
duxit ad Trojam, et Ulixi Sisyphique pruden- 
tiam, nee ob earn rem, quum haec exquirerem, 
sicut hie faciebam, capite damnarer. Ne vos 
quidem, judices, ii, qui me absolvistis, mortem 
timueritis. 99. Nee enim cuiquam bono mali 
quidquam evenire potest, nee vivo, nee mortuo : 
nee unquam ejus res a diis immortalibus negli- 



76 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

gentur, nee mihi ipsi hoc accidit fortuito. Nee 
vero ego iis, a quibus accusatus aut a quibus 
condemnatus sum, habeo quod succenseam, nisi 
quod mihi nocere se crediderunt." Et haec qui- 
dem hoc modo. Nihil autem melius extremo : 
" Sed tempus est," inquit, "jam hinc abire me, 
ut moriar; vos, ut vitam agatis. Utrum autem 
sit melius, dii immortales sciunt; hominem qui- 
dem scire arbitror neminem." 

XLII. Ne ego haud paullo hunc animum raa- 
lim, quam eorum omnium fortunas, qui de hoc 
judicaverunt : etsi, quod praeter deos negat scire 
quemquam, id scit ipse, utrum sit melius ; nam 
dixit ante; sed suum illud, nihil ut affirmet, te- 
net ad extremum. 100. Nos autem teneamus, 
ut nihil censeamus esse malum, quod sit a na- 
tura datum omnibus, intelligamusque, si mors 
malum sit, esse sempiternum malum. Nam 
vitae miserae mors finis esse videtur; mors si 
est misera, finis esse nullus potest. 

Sed quid ego Socratem aut Theramenem, 
praestantes viros virtutis et sapientiae gloria, 
commemoro? quum Lacedaemonius quidam, 
cujus ne nomen quidem proditum est, mortem 
tanto opere contempserit, ut quum ad earn du- 
ceretur, damnatus ab Ephoris, et esset vultu 
hilari atque laeto, dixissetque ei quidam inimi- 
cus, Contemnisne leges Lycurgi ? responderit, 
Ego vero Mi maximam gratiam habeo, qui me ea 
poena multaverit, quam sine mutuatione et sine 



LIBER I. CAP. XLII. XLIII. 77 

versura possem dissolvere. O virum Sparta di- 
gnum! ut mihi quidem, qui tam magno animo 
fuerit, innocens damnatus esse videatur. 101. 
Tales innumerabiles nostra civitas tulit. Sed 
quid duces et principes nominem, quum legiones 
scribat Cato saepe alacres in eum locum pro- 
fectas, unde redituras se non arbitrarentur? Pa- 
ri animo Lacedaemonii in Thermopylis occide- 
runt, in quos Simonides: 

Die, hospes, Spartae, nos te hie vidisse jacentes, 
Dum Sanctis patriae legibus obsequimur. 

Quid ille dux Leonidas dicit? Pergite animo 
forti, Lacedaemonii ; hodie apud inferos fortasse 
caenabimus. Fuit haec gens fortis, dum Lycurgi 
leges vigebant. E quibus unus, quum Perses ho- 
stis in colloquio dixisset glorians, Solem praeja- 
culorum multitudine et sagitlarum non videbitis: — 
In umbra ig-itur, inquit, pugnabimus. 102. Viros 
commemoro. Qualis tandem Lacaena? quae 
quum filium in praelium misisset, et interfectum 
audisset, Idcirco, inquit, genueram, ut esset, qui 
pro patria morte non dubitaret occumbere. 

XLIII. Esto: fortes et duri Spartiatae ; ma- 
gnam habet vim rei publicae disciplina. Quid? 
Cyrenaeum Theodorum, philosophum non igno- 
bilem, nonne miramur? cui quum Lysimachus 
rex crucem minaretur, Istis, quaeso, inquit, ista 
horribilia minitare purpuratis tuis ! Theodori 
quidem nihil interest, humine an sublime putescat. 

Cujus hoc dicto admoneor, ut aliquid etiam 



78 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

de humatione et sepultura dicendum existimem ; 
rem non difficilem, iis praesertim cognitis, quae 
de nihil sentiendo paullo ante dicta sunt. De 
qua Socrates quidem quid senserit, apparet in 
eo libro, in quo moritur, de quo jam tarn multa 
diximus. 103. Quum enim de immortalitate 
animorum disputavisset, et jam moriendi tem- 
pus urgeret, rogatus a Critone, quemadmodum 
sepeliri vellet, Multam vero, inquit, operant, amici, 
frustra consumpsL Critoni enim nostro non per- 
suasi, me hinc avolaturum neque met quidquam 
relicturum. Verumtamen, Crito, si me assequi 
potueris aut sicubi nactus eris, ut tibi videbitur, 
sepelito. Sed, mihi crede, nemo me vestrum, 
quum hinc excessero, consequetur. 

Praeclare id quidem, qui et amico permiserit, 
et se ostenderit de hoc toto genere nihil laborare. 
104. Durior Diogenes, et is quidem idem senti- 
ens, sed, ut Cynicus, asperius, projici se jussit 
inhumatum. Turn amici, Volucribusne etferis? 
— Minime vero, inquit; sed bacillum propter me, 
quo abigam, ponitote. — Qui id poteris ? illi ; non 
enim senties. — Quid igitur mihi ferarum lania- 
tus oberit nihil sentienti ? Praeclare Anaxago- 
ras, qui, quum Lampsaci moreretur, quaeren- 
tibus amicis, velletne Clazomenas in patriam, si 
quid accidisset, auferri, Nihil necesse est, inquit ; 
undique enim ad inferos tantundem, viae est. To- 
taque de ratione humationis unum tenendum 
est, — ad corpus illam pertinere, sive occiderit 



LIBER I. CAP. XLIII. XLIV. 79 

animus, sive vigeat. In corpore autem perspi- 
cuum est, vel exstincto animo vel elapso, nullum 
residere sensum. 

XLIV. 105. Sed plena errorum sunt omnia. 
Trahit Hectorem ad currum religatum Achilles ; 
lacerari eum, et sentire, credo, putat. Ergo hie 
ulciscitur, ut quidem sibi videtur. At ilia sicut 
acerbissimam rem maeret: 

Vidi, videre quod me passa aegtrrume, 
Hectorem curru quadrijugo raptdrier. 

Quern Hectorem ? aut quamdiu ille erit Hector? 
Melius Accius et aliquando sapiens Achilles: 

Immo enimvero corpus Priamo rtddidi, Hectorem abstuli. 

Non igitur Hectorem traxisti, sed corpus, quod 
fuerat Hectoris. 106. Ecce alius exoritur e terra, 
qui matrem dormire non sinat: 

Mater, te appello, quae curam somno suspensdm levas, 
Neque te mei miser H: surge et sepeli natural — 

(Haec quum pressis et flebilibus modis, qui totis 
theatris maestitiam 'inferant, concinuntur, diffi- 
cile est, non eos, qui inhumati sunt, miseros ju- 
dicare :) 

prius 
Quam ferae volucrhque 

(Metuit, ne laceratis membris minus bene uta- 
tur; ne combustis, non extimescit:) 

Neil reliquias sic meas siris, dtnudatls ossibus, 
Taitra sanie de'libutas, foide divexarier. 



80 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

107. (Non intelligo, quid metuat, quum tam 
bonos septenarios fundat ad tibiam.) 

Tenendum est igitur, nihil curandum esse post 
mortem, quum multi inimicos etiam mortuos 
poeniuntur. Exsecratur luculentis sane versi- 
bus apud Ennium Thyestes, primum ut naufra- 
gio pereat Atreus; durum hoc sane; talis enim 
interitus non est sine gravi sensu ; ilia inania : 

Ipse summis sdxisjixus dsperis, evisceratus, 

Latere pendens, sdxa spargens tdbo, sanie, et sanguine atro. 

Non ipsa saxa magis sensu omni vacabunt, 
quam ille latere pendens, cui se hie cruciatum 
censet optare. Quam essent dura, si sentiret! 
nulla, sine sensu. Illud vero perquam inane: 

Neque sepulcrum, quo recipiat, habeat, portum corporis, 
Ubi, remissa humana vita, corpus requiescat malis. 

Vides quanto haec in errore versentur. Portum 
esse corporis, et requiescere in sepulcro putat 
mortuum. Magna culpa Pelopis, qui non erudi- 
erit filium nee docuerit, quatenus esset quidque 
curandum. 

XLV. 108. Sed quid singulorum opiniones 
animadvertam, nationum varios errores perspi- 
cere quum liceat? Condiunt Aegyptii mortuos, 
et eos servant domi ; Persae etiam cera circum- 
litos condunt, ut quam maxime permaneant 
diuturna corpora. Magorum mos est, non hu- 
mare corpora suorum, nisi a feris sint ante lani- 
ata. In Hyrcania plebs publicos alit canes, 



LIBER I. CAP. XLV. XLVI. 81 

optimates domesticos; nobile autem genus ca- 
num illud scimus esse ; sed pro sua quisque 
facultate parat, a quibus lanietur ; eamque opti- 
mam illi esse censent sepulturam. Permulta 
alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia 
curiosus; sed ita taetra sunt quaedam, ut ea 
fugiat et reformidet oratio. Totus igitur hie 
locus est contemnendus in nobis, non negligen- 
dus in nostris ; ita tamen, ut mortuorum corpora 
nihil sentire vivi sentiamus. 109. Quantum 
autem consuetudini famaeque dandum sit, id 
curent vivi ; sed ita, ut intelligant, nihil id ad 
mortuos pertinere. 

Sed profecto mors turn aequissimo animo op- 
petitur, quum suis se laudibus vita occidens 
consolari potest. Nemo parum diu vixit, qui 
virtutis perfectae perfecto functus est munere. 
Multa mihi ipsi ad mortem tempestiva fuerunt: 
quae utinam potuissem obire! Nihil enim jam 
acquirebatur, cumulata erant officia vitae, cum 
fortuna bella restabant. Quare si ipsa ratio 
minus perficiet, ut mortem negligere possimas, 
at vita acta perficiat, ut satis superque vixisse 
videamur. Quamquam enim sensus abierit, 
tamen suis et propriis bonis laudis et gloriae, 
quamvis non sentiant, mortui non carent. Etsi 
enim nihil habet in se gloria, cur expetatur, ta- 
men virtutem tamquam umbra sequitur. 

XLVI. 110. Verum multitudinis judicium 
de bonis, si quando est, magis laudandum est, 
6. — Cic. TW. Disp. 



82 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

quam illi ob earn rem beati. Non possum au- 
tem dicere, quoquo modo hoc accipietur, Lycur- 
gum, Solonem, legum et publicae disciplinae 
carere gloria: Themistoclem, Epaminondam,bel- 
licae virtutis. Ante enim Salaminam ipsam 
Neptumus obruet, quam Salaminii tropaei me- 
moriam ; priusque Boeotia Leuctra tollentur, 
quam pugnae Leuctricae gloria. Multo autem 
tardius fama deseret Curium, Fabricium, Calati- 
num, duo Scipiones, duo Africanos, Maximum, 
Marcellum, Paullum, Catonem, Laelium, imm- 
merabiles alios : quorum similitudinem aliquam 
qui arripuerit, non earn fama populari, sed vera 
bonorum laude metiens, fidenti animo, si ita res 
feret, gradietur ad mortem, in qua aut summurn 
bonum, aut nullum malum esse cognovimus. 
Secundis vero suis rebus volet etiam mori ; non 
enim tarn cumulus bonorum jucundus esse po- 
test, quam molesta decessio. 111. Hanc sen- 
tentiam significare videtur Laconis ilia vox, qui, 
quum Rhodius Diagoras, Olympioniees nobilis, 
uno die duo suos filios victores Olympiae vidis- 
set, aceessit ad senem et gratulatus, Morer s e y 
Diag-ora, inquit; non enim in caelum adscensu- 
rus es. Magna haec et nimium fortasse Graeci 
putant, vel turn potius putabant; isque, qui 
hoe Diagorae dixit, permagnum existimans, tres 
Olympionicas una e domo prodire, cunctari il- 
ium diutius in vita, fortunae objectum, inutile 
putabat ipsi. 



LIBER I. CAP. XLVI. XLVII. 83 

Ego autem tibi quidem, quod satis esset, pau- 
cis verbis, ut mihi videbar, responderam. Con- 
cesseras enim, nullo in malo mortuos esse ; sed 
ob earn causam contendi, ut plura dicerem, 
quod in desiderio et luctu haec est consolatio 
maxima. Nostrum enim et nostra causa sus- 
ceptum dolorem modice ferre debemus, ne nos- 
met ipsos amare videamur. Ilia suspicio into- 
lerabili dolore cruciat, si opinamur eos, quibus 
orbati sumus, esse cum aliquo sensu in iis malis, 
quibus vulgo opinantur. Hanc excutere opinio- 
nem mihimet volui radicitus ; eoque fui fortasse 
longior. 

XLVII. 112. A. Tu longior ? non mihi qui- 
dem. Prior enim pars orationis tuae faciebat, 
ut mori cuperem ; posterior, ut modo non nol- 
lem, modo non laborarem ; omni autem oratione 
illud certe perfectum est, ut mortem non duce- 
rfcm in malis. 

M. Num igitur etiam rhetorum epilogum de- 
sideramus? an hanc jam artem plane relinqui- 
mus ? A. Tu vero istam ne reliqueris, quam 
semper ornasti, et quidem jure ; ilia enim te, 
verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat. Sed qui- 
nam est iste epilogus ? aveo enim audire, quid- 
quid est. 113. M. Deorum immortalium judi- 
cia solent in scholis proferre de morte ; nee vero 
ea fingere ipsi, sed Herodoto auctore aliisque 
pluribus. Primum Argiae sacerdotis, Cleobis et 
Bito, filii praedicantur. Nota fabula est. Quum 



84 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

enim illam ad sollenne et statum sacrificium 
curru vehi jus esset satis longe ab oppido ad 
fanum, morarenturque jumenta, tunc juvenes ii, 
quos modo nominavi, veste posita, corpora oleo 
perunxerunt, ad jugum accesserunt. Ita sacer- 
dos advecta in fanum, quum currus esset ductus 
a filiis, precata a dea dicitur, ut illis praemium 
daret pro pietate quod maximum homini dari 
posset a deo ; post epulatos cum matre adole- 
scentes somno se dedisse, mane inventos esse 
mortuos. 114. Simili precatione Trophonius et 
Agamedes usi dicuntur: qui, quum Apollini 
Delphis templum exaedificavissent, venerantes 
deum petiverunt mercedem non parvam quidem 
operis et laboris sui, nihil certi, sed quod esset 
optimum homini. Quibus Apollo se id datu- 
rum ostendit post ejus diei diem tertiam : qui 
ut illuxit, mortui suntreperti. Judicavisse deum 
dicunt, et eum quidem deum, cui reliqui dii con- 
cessissent, ut praeter ceteros divinaret. 

XLVIII. Affertur etiam de Sileno fabella 
quaedam, qui, quum a Mida captus esset, hoc 
ei muneris pro sua missione dedisse scribitur: 
docuisse regem, non nasci homini longe opti- 
mum esse; proximum autem, quam primum 
mori. 115. Qua est sententia in Cresphonte 
usus Euripides : 

Nam nds decebat, cokus celebrantls, domum 
Lug6re, ubi esset dliquis in lucem editus* 
Humdnae vitae vdria reputantts mala ; 
At, qui labor es mdrte finisset graves, 
Hunc omni amicos laude et laetitia 4xsequi. 



LIBER I. CAP. XLVIII. 85 

Simile quiddam est in Consolatione Crantoris: 
ait enim, Terinaeum quendam Elysium, quum 
graviter filii mortem maereret, venisse in psy- 
chomantium, quaerentem, quae fuisset tantae 
calamitatis causa ; huic in tabellis tres hujus- 
modi versiculos datos : 

Ignaris homines in vita mentibus errant : 
Euthynous potitur, fatorum numine, leto. 
Sic fait utilius finiri ipsique, tibique. 

116. His et talibus auctoribus usi, confirmant, 
causam rebus a diis immortalibus judicatam. 
Alcidamas quidem, rhetor antiquus in primis 
nobilis, scripsit etiam laudationem mortis, quae 
constat ex enumeratione humanorum malorum. 
Cui rationes eae, quae exquisitius a philosophis 
colliguntur, defuerunt, ubertas orationis non de- 
fuit. 

Clarae vero mortes, pro patria oppetitae, non 
solum gloriosae rhetoribus, sed etiam beatae 
videri solent. Repetunt ab Erechtheo, cujus 
etiam filiae cupide mortem expetiverunt pro 
vita civium ; Codrum, qui se in medios immisit 
hostes, veste famulari, ne posset agnosci, si esset 
ornatu regio, quod oraculum erat datum, si rex 
interfectus esset, victrices Athenas fore. Menoe- 
ceus non praetermittitur, qui item oraculo edito 
largitus est patriae suum sanguinem. Iphigenia 
Aulide duci se immolandam jubet, ut hostium 
[sanguis] eliciatur suo. Veniunt inde ad pro- 
piora. 



86 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 

XLIX. Harmodius in ore, et Aristogito, La- 
cedaemonius Leonidas, Thebanus Epaminondas 
viget. Nostros non norunt; quos enumerare 
magnum estj ita sunt multi, quibus videmus 
optabiles mortes fuisse cum gloria. 

117. Quae quum ita sint, magna tamen elo- 
quentia est utendum, atque ita velut superiore e 
loco contionandum, ut homines mortem vel opta- 
re incipiant, vel certe timere desistant. Nam 
si supremus ille dies non exstinctionem, sed 
commutationem affert loci, quid optabilius ? sin 
autem perimit ac delet omnino, quid melius, 
quam in mediis vitae laboribus obdormiscere, et 
ita conniventem somno consopiri sempiterno? 
Quod si fiat, melior Ennii, quam Solonis oratio. 
Hie enim noster, 

Nemo me dacrumis decoret, inquit, nee funera fletu 
Faxit ! 

At vero ille sapiens, 

Mors mea ne careat lacrumis ; linquamus amicis 
Maerorem, ut celebrent funera cum gemitu. 

118. Nos vero, si quid tale accident, ut a deo 
denuntiatum videatur, ut exeamus e vita, laeti 
et agentes gratias pareamus, emittique nos e 
custodia et levari vinclis arbitremur, ut aut in 
aeternam et plane in nostram domum remigre- 
mus, aut omni sensu molestiaque careamus; 
sin autem nihil denuntiabitur, eo tamen simus 
animo, ut horribilem ilium diem aliis, nobis fau- 
stum putemus, nihilque in malis ducamus, quod 



LIBER I. CAP. XLIX. 87 

sit vel a diis immortalibus, vel a natura, parente 
omnium, constitutum. Non enim temere nee 
fortuito sati et creati sumus ; sed profecto fuit 
quaedam vis, quae generi consuleret humano, 
nee id gigneret aut aleret, quod, quum exancla- 
visset omnes labores, turn incideret in mortis 
malum sempiternum. Portum potius paratum 
nobis et perfugium putemus* 119. Quo utinam 
velis passis pervehi liceat ! Sin reflantibus 
ventis rejiciemur, tamen eodem paullo tardius 
referamur necesse est. Quod autem omnibus 
necesse est, idne miserum esse uni potest? — 
Habes epilogum, ne quid praetermissum aut 
relictum putes. 

A. Ego vero ; et quidem fecit etiam iste me 
epilogus firmiorem. 31. Optime, inquam. Sed 
nunc quidem valetudini tribuamus aliquid ; eras 
autem, et quot dies erimus in Tusculano, aga- 
mus haec, et ea potissimum, quae levationem 
habeantaegritudinum, formidinum,cupiditatum: 
qui omni e philosophia est fructus uberrimus. 



M. TULLII CICERONIS 

DE RE PUBLICA 
LIBER VI. 

SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 



SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 



Imitatione Platonis 1 Cicero de Re publica scribens, 
locum etiam de Eris Pamphyli reditu in vitain, qui, ut 
ait, rogo impositus revixisset, multaque de inferis se- 
creta narrasset, non fabulosa, ut ille, assimilatione 
commentus est, sed sollertis somnii rationabili quadam 
imaginatione composuit, videlicet scite significans, 
haec quae de animae immortalitate dicerentur caelo- 
que, non somniantium philosophorura esse commenta, 
nee fabulas ineredibiles, quas Epicurei derident, sed 
prudentium conjeeturas. Insinuat, Scipionem ilium, 
qui, Karthagine subjugata, cognomen familiae peperit 
Africanum, huic Scipioni, Paulli filio, futuras a propin- 
quis insidias et fataUs metae denuntiare curriculum, 
quod necessitate numerorum in vitae perfectae tempo- 
ra coartetur ; ponitque ilium aetatis suae quinquagesi- 
mo ac sexto anno, duobus in se coeuntibus numeris, 
absolutam caelo animam, unde acceperat, redditurum, 
etc. — Favonius Eulogius Comm. ad Somn. Scip. 

Nonnulli nostri, propter quoddam praeclarissimum lo- 
quendi genus, et propter nonnulla quae veraciter sensit, 

1 De Rep. t X. xiii. 

91 



92 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 

amantes Platonem, dicunt eum aliquid simile nobis 
etiam de mortuorum resurrectione sensisse. Quod 
quidem sic tangit in libris de Re publica Tullius, ut 
eum lusisse potius, quam id quod verum esset, affirmet 
dicere voluisse. Inducit enim hominem revixisse, et 
narrasse quaedam, quae Platonicis disputationibus con- 
gruebant. — Augustinus C. D. XXII. 28. 

In hoc vel maxime operis similitudinem servavit imita- 
tio, quod, quum Plato in voluminis (de Rep,) conclusione 
a quodam vitae reddito, quam reliquisse videbatur, indi- 
cari faciat qui sit exutarum corporibus status animarum, 
adjecta quadam sphaerarum vel siderum non otiosa 
descriptione, rerum facies non dissimilia significans a 
Tulliano Scipione per quietem sibi ingesta narratur. — 
Macrobius in Somn, Scip. I. 1. 

Hunc ordinem Tullius non minore judicio reservans 
quam ingenio repertus est. Postquam in omni rei publi- 
cae otio ac negotio palmam justitiae disputando dedit, sa- 
cras immortalium animarum sedes, et caelestium arcana 
regionum in ipso consummati operis fastigio locavit; 
indicans quo his perveniendum vel potius revertendum 
sit, qui rem publicam cum prudentia, justitia, fortitudi- 
ne, ac moderatione tractaverint. Sed ille Platonicus 
secretorum relator Er quidam nomine fuit, natione 
Pamphylus, miles officio; qui, quum, vulneribus in 
proelio acceptis vitam effudisse visus, duodecimo die 
demum inter ceteros una peremptos ultimo esset hono- 
randus igne, subito seu recepta anima, seu retenta, quid- 
quid emensis inter utramque vitam diebus egerat vide- 
ratve, tamquam publicum professus indicium, humano 






SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 93 

generi enuntiavit. Hanc fabulam Cicero licet ab in- 
doctis, quasi ipse veri conscius, doleat irrisam, exem- 
plum tamen stolidae reprehensionis vitans, excitari nar- 
raturum, quam reviviscere, maluit. — Idem ibidem. 

Ac prius quam somnii verba consulamus, enodan- 
dum nobis est, a quo genere hominum Tullius me- 
moret vel irrisam Platonis fabulam, vel, ne sibi idem 
eveniat, non vereri. Nee enim his verbis vult impe- 
ritum vulgus intelligi, sed genus hominum veri ignarum 
sub peritiae ostentatione : quippe quos et legisse talia, 
et ad reprehendendum animatos constaret. Dicemus 
igitur et quos in tantum philosophum referat quandam 
censurae exercuisse levitatem, quisve eorum etiam 
scriptam reliquerit accusationem ; etc. Epicureorum 
tota factio, aequo semper errore a vero devia, et ilia 
existimans ridenda quae nesciat, sacrum volumen et 
augustissima irrisit naturae seria. Colotes vero, inter 
Epicuri auditores famosior et loquacitate notabilior, 
etiam in librum retulit quae de hoc amarius reprehendit. 
Sed cetera, quae injuria notavit, siquidem ad somnium, 
de quo hie procedit sermo, non attinent, hoc loco nobis 
omittenda sunt: illam calumniam persequemur, quae, 
nisi supplodatur, manebit Ciceroni cum Platone com- 
munis. Ait, a philosopho fabulam non oportuisse con- 
fingi : quoniam nullum figmenti genus veri professori- 
bus conveniret. Cur enim, inquit, si rerum caelestium 
notionem, si habitum nos animarum docere voluisti, 
non simplici et absoluta hoc insinuatione curatum est, 
sed quaesita persona casusque excogitata novitas, et 
composita advocati scena figmenti, ipsam quaerendi 
veri januam mendacio polluerunt ? Haec quoniam, 



94 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 

quum de Platonico Ere jactantur, etiam quietem Afri- 
cani nostri somniantis incusant, resistamus urgenti, et 
frustra arguens refellatur, etc. — Idem, cap. II. 

Scipionem haec occasio ad narrandum somnium pro- 
vocavit, quod longo tempore se testatus est silentio con- 
didisse. Quum enim Laelius quereretur, nullas Nasicae 
statuas in publico in interfecti tyranni remunerationem 
locatas, respondit Scipio post alia in haec verba : — " Sed 
quamquam sapientibus conscientia ipsa factorum egre- 
giorum amplissimum virtu tis est praemium ; tarn en ilia 
divina virtus non statuas plumbo inhaerentes, nee tri- 
umphos arescentibus laureis, sed stabiliora quaedam et 
viridiora praemiorum genera desiderat." " Quae tandem 
ista sunt? " inquit Laelius. Turn Scipio, " Patimini me," 
inquit, " quoniam tertium diem jam feriati sumus," — et 
cetera, quibus ad narrationem somnii venit, docens ilia 
esse stabiliora et viridiora praemiorum genera, quae 
ipse vidisset in caelo bonis rerum publicarum servata 
rectoribus. — Idem, cap. IV. 



SOMNIUM. 



I. Quum in Africam venissem M.'Manilio con- 
suli ad quartam legionem tribunus, ut scitis, mi- 
litum, nihil mihi potius fuit, quam ut Masinis- 
sam convenirem, regem familiae nostrae justis 
de causis amicissimum. Ad quern ut veni, 
complexus me senex collacrimavit, aliquantoque 
post suspexit in caelum, et, u Grates," inquit, 
"tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque reliqui caelites, 
quod, ante quam ex hac vita migro, conspicio 
in meo regno et his tectis P. Cornelium Scipio- 
nem, cujus ego nomine ipso recreor ; ita nun- 
quam ex animo meo discedit illius optimi atque 
invictissimi viri memoria." Deinde ego ilium de 
suo regno, ille me de nostra re publica perconta- 
tus est ; multisque verbis ultro citroque habitis 
ille nobis consumptus est dies. 

Post autem, regio apparatu accepti, sermonem 
in multam noctem produximus, quum senex 
nihil nisi de Africano loqueretur, omniaque ejus 
non facta solum sed etiam dicta meminisset. 
Deinde, ut cubitum discessimus, me, et de via et 

95 



96 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 

qui ad multam noctem vigilassem, artior, quam 
solebat, somnus complexus est. Hie mihi (credo 
equidem ex hoc, quod eramus locuti: fit enim 
fere ut cogitationes sermonesque nostri pari ant 
aliquid in somno tale, quale de Homero scribit 
Ennius, de quo videlicet saepissime vigilans sole- 
bat cogitare et loqui) Africanus se ostendit, ea 
forma, quae mihi ex imagine ejus, quam ex ipso, 
erat notior. Quern ut agnovi, equidem cohorrui. 
Sed ille, "Ades," in quit, "animo, et omitte ti- 
morem, Scipio, et, quae dicam, trade memoriae. 
II. " Videsne illam urbem, quae, parere populo 
Romano coacta per me, renovat pristina bella, 
nee potest quiescere? (ostendebat autem Kar- 
thaginem de excelso, et pleno stellarum, illustri, 
et claro quod am loco,) ad quam tu oppugnan- 
dam nunc venis paene miles ? Hanc hoc biennio 
consul evertes, eritque cognomen id tibi per te 
partum, quod habes adhuc a nobis hereditarium. 
Quum. autem Karthaginem deleveris, triumphum 
egeris, censorque fueris, et obieris legatus Ae- 
gyptum, Syriam, Asiam, Graeciam, deligere ite- 
rum consul absens, bellumque maximum confi- 
des, Numantiam exscindes. Sed quum eris curru 
in Capitolium invectus, offendes rem publicam 
perturbatam consiliis nepotis mei. Hie tu, Afri- 
cane, ostendas oportebit patriae lumen animi, 
ingenii, consiliique tui. Sed ejus temporis an- 
cipitem video quasi fatorum viam. Nam quum 
aetas tua septenos octies solis anfractus reditus- 



SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 97 

que converterit, duoque hi numeri, quorum uter- 
que plenus, alter altera de causa, habetur, circu- 
itu naturali summam tibi fatalem confecerint, in 
te unum atque in tuum nomen se tota convertet 
civitas; te senatus, te oranes boni, te socii, te 
Latini intuebuntur; tu eris unus, in quo nitatur 
civitatis salus ; ac, ne multa, dictator rem publi- 
cam constituas oportet, si impias propinquorum 
manus effugeris." 

Hie quum exclamasset Laelius, ingemuissent- 
que ceteri vehementius, leniter arridens Scipio, 
rt Quaeso," inquit, "ne me e somno excitetis et 
rumpatis visum. Audite cetera." 

III. " Sed quo sis, Africane, alacrior ad tutan- 
dum rem publicam, sic habeto: omnibus, qui 
patriam conservarint, adjuverint, auxerint, cer- 
tum esse in caelo ac definitum locum, ubi beati 
aevo sempiterno fruantur. Nihil est enim illi 
principi deo, qui omnem hunc mundum regit, 
quod quidem in terris fiat, acceptius, quam con- 
cilia coetusque hominum jure sociati, quae civi- 
tates appellantur. Harum rectores et conserva- 
tors, hinc profecti, hue revertuntur." 

Hie ego, etsi eram perterritus non tarn metu 
mortis, quam insidiarum a meis, quaesivi tamen, 
viveretne ipse et Paullus pater et alii, quos nos 
exstinctos arbitraremur. " Immo vero," inquit, 
"ii vivunt, qui ex corporum vinculis, tamquam 
e carcere, evolaverunt : vestra vero quae dicitur 
vita mors est. Quin tu adspicis ad te venien- 
7. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 



98 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 

tem Paullum patrem?" Quern ubi vidi, equi- 
dem vim lacrimarum profudi ; ille autem me 
eomplexus atque osculans flere prohibebat. 

Atque ego, ut primum, fletu represso, loqui pos- 
se coepi, cc Quaeso," inquam, " pater sanctissime 
atque optime, quoniam haec est vita, ut Africa- 
num audio dicere, quid moror in terris? quin 
hue ad vos venire propero ? " " Non est ita," in- 
quit ille. " Nisi enim deus is, cujus hoc tem- 
plum est omne quod conspieis, istis te corporis 
custodiis libera verit, hue tibi aditus patere non 
potest. Homines enim sunt hac lege generati, 
qui tuerentur ilium globum, quern in hoc templo 
medium vides, quae terra dicitur ; hisque animus 
datus est ex illis sempiternis ignibus, quaesidera 
et stellas vocatis, quae, globosae et rotundae, di- 
vinis animatae mentibus, circulos suos orbesque 
conficiunt celeritate mirabili. Quare et tibi, 
Publi, et piis omnibus retinendus est animus in 
custodia corporis, nee injussu ejus, a quo ille 
est vobis datus, ex hominum vita migrandum 
est, ne munus humanum assignatum a deo de- 
fugisse videamini. Sed sic, Scipio, ut avus hie 
tuus, ut ego, qui te genui, justitiam cole et pie- 
tatem: quae quum sit magna in parentibus et 
propinquis, turn in patria maxima est. Ea vita 
via est in caelum, et in hunc coetum eorum, qui 
jam vixerunt, et corpore laxati ilium incolunt 
locum quern vides," (erat autem is splendidissimo 
candore inter flammas circulus elucens,) a quem 



SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 99 

vos, ut a Graiis accepistis, orbem lacteum nun- 
cupatis' : ex quo omnia mihi contemplanti prae- 
clara cetera et mirabilia videbantur. Erant au- 
tem eae stellae, quas nunquarn ex hoc loco 
vidimus, et eae magnitudines omnium, quas 
esse nunquarn suspicati sumus ; ex quibus erat 
ilia minima, quae ultima a caelo, citima terris, 
luce lucebat aliena. Stellarum autem globi ter- 
rae magnitudinem facile vincebant. Jam ipsa 
terra ita mihi parva visa est, ut me imperii 
nostri, quo quasi punctum ejus attingimus, poe- 
niteret. 

IV. Quam quum magis intuerer, " Quaeso," 
inquit Africanus, " quousque humi defixa tua 
mens erit? Nonne adspicis, quae in templa 
veneris ? Novem tibi orbibus, vel potius globis, 
connexa sunt omnia: quorum unus est caelestis, 
extimus, qui reliquos omnes complectitur, sum- 
mus ipse deus, arcens et continens ceteros, — in 
quo infixi sunt illi, qui volvuntur, stellarum cur- 
sus sempiterni ; cui subjecti sunt septem, qui 
versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum ; 
ex quibus unum globum possidet ilia, quam in 
terris Saturniam nominant; deinde est homi- 
num generi prosperus et salutaris ille fulgor, qui 
dicitur Jovis ; turn rutilus horribilisque terris, 
quern Martium dicitis ; deinde subter mediam 
fere regionem Sol obtinet, dux et princeps et 
moderator luminum reliquorum, mens mundi 
et temperatio, tanta magnitudine, ut cuncta sua 



100 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 

luce collustret et compleat; hunc, ut comites, 
consequuntur Veneris alter, alter Mercurii cur- 
sus ; in infimoque orbe Luna, radiis solis accen- 
sa, convertitur. Infra autem jam nihil est, nisi 
mortale et caducum, praeter animos generi ho- 
minum munere deorum datos : supra Lunam 
sunt aeterna omnia. Nam ea, quae est media 
et nona, Tellus, neque movetur, et infima est, et 
in earn feruntur omnia nutu suo pondera." 

V. Quae quum intuerer stupens, ut me re- 
cepi, " Quis hie," inquam, " quis est, qui complet 
aures meas tantus et tarn dulcis sonus ? " " Hie 
est," inquit, " ille, qui, iiltervallis conjunctus im- 
paribus, sed tamen, pro rata parte, ratione di- 
stinctis, impulsu et motu ipsorum orbium confi- 
citur ; qui, acuta cum gravibus temperans, varios 
aequabiliter concentus efficit. Nee enim silentio 
tanti motus incitari possunt; et natura fert, ut 
extremaex altera parte graviter, ex altera autem 
acute sonent. Quam ob causam summus ille 
caeli stellifer cursus, cujus conversio est concita- 
tior, acuto et excitato movetur sono, gravissimo 
autem hie lunaris atque infimus. Nam terra, 
nona, immobilis manens, ima sede semper haeret, 
complexa medium mundi locum. Illi autem 
octo cursus, in quibus eadem vis est duorum, 
Mercurii et Veneris, septem efficiunt distinctos 
intervallis sonos : qui numerus rerum omnium 
fere nodus est. Quod docti homines nervis 
imitati atque cantibus, aperuere sibi reditum 



SOMXIUM SCIPIONIS. 101 

in hunc locum: sicut alii, qui praestantibus inge- 
niis in vita humana divina studia coluerunt. 
Hoc sonitu oppletae aures hominum obsurdue- 
runt: nee est ullus hebetior sensus in vobis: 
sicut, ubi Nilus ad ilia, quae Catadupa nominan- 
tur, praecipitat ex altissimis montibus, ea gens, 
quae ilium locum accolit, propter magnitudinem 
sonitus, sensu audiendi caret. Hie vero tantus 
est totius mundi incitatissima conversione so- 
nitus, uc eum aures hominum capere non possint, 
sicut intueri solem nequitis adversum, ejusque 
radiis acies vestra sensusque vincitur." 

Haec ego admirans, referebam tamen oculos ad 
terram identidem. VI. Turn Africanus, " Sen- 
tio," inquit, "te sedem etiam nunc hominum ac 
domum contemplari: quae si tibi parva, ut est, 
ita videtur, haec caelestia semper spectato, ilia 
humana contemnito. Tu enim quam celebrita- 
tem sermonis hominum, aut quam expetendam 
gloriam consequi potes ? Vides, habitari in ter- 
ra raris et angustis in locis, et in ipsis quasi ma- 
culis, ubi habitatur, vastas solitudines interjectas: 
hosque, qui incolunt terram, non modo interru- 
pts ita esse, ut nihil inter ipsos ab aliis ad alios 
manare possit, sed partim obliquos, partim aver- 
sos, partim etiam adversos stare vobis : a quibus 
exspectare gloriam certe nullam potestis. Cernis 
autem eandem terram quasi quibusdam redimi- 
tam et circumdatam cingulis; e quibus duos, 
maxime inter se diversos, et caeli verticibus ipsis 



102 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 

ex utraque parte subnixos, obriguisse pruina 
vides ; medium autem ilium et maximum solis 
ardore torreri. Duo sunt habitabiles; quorum 
australis ille, (in quo qui insistunt, adversa vobis 
urgent vestigia,) nihil ad vestrum genus. Hie 
autem alter subjectus aquiloni, quern incolitis, 
cerne quam tenui vos parte contingat. Omnis 
enim terra, quae colitur a vobis, angusta vertici- 
bus, lateribus latior, parva quaedam insula est, 
circumfusa illo mari, quod Atlanticum, quod 
magnum, quern Oceanum appellatis in terris : 
qui tamen, tanto nomine, quam sit parvus, vides. 
Ex his ipsis cultis notisque terris, num auttuum, 
aut cujusquam nostrum nomen, vel Caucasum 
hunc, quern cernis, transscendere potuit, vel il- 
ium Gangem transnatare ? Quis in reliquis 
orientis aut obeuntis solis ultimis aut aquilonis 
austrive partibus tuum nomen audiet? quibus 
amputatis, cernis profecto, quantis in angustiis 
vestra se gloria dilatari velit. Ipsi autem, qui 
de vobis loquuntur, quam diu loquentur ? 

VII. " Quin etiam, si cupiat proles ilia futuro- 
rum hominum deinceps laudes unius cujusque 
nostrum a patribus acceptas posteris prodere, 
tamen propter eluviones exustionesque terrarum, 
quas accidere tempore certo necesse est, non 
modo aeternam, sed ne diuturnam quidem glo- 
riam assequi possumus. Quid autem interest, 
ab iis, qui postea nascentur, sermonem fore de 
te, quum ab iis nullus fuerit, qui ante nati sun/, ? 



SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 103 

qui nee pauciores, et certe meliores fuerunt viri : 
quum praesertim apud eos ipsos, a quibus aadiri 
nomen nostrum potest, nemo unius anni memo- 
riam consequi possit. Homines enim populari- 
ter annum tantummodo solis, id est, unius astri, 
reditu metiuntur: quum autem ad idem, unde 
semel profecta sunt, cuncta astra redierint, ean- 
demque totius caeli descriptionem longis interval- 
lis retulerint, turn ille vere vertens annus appel- 
lari potest: in quo vix dicere audeo, quam multa 
saecula hominum teneantur. Namque, ut olim 
deficere sol hominibus exstinguique visus est, 
quum Romuli animus haec ipsa in templa pene- 
travit, ita, quandoque eadem parte sol eodem- 
que tempore iterum defecerit, turn, signis omni- 
bus ad idem principium stellisque revocatis, 
expletum annum habeto. Hujus quidem anni 
nondum vigesimam partem scito esse conver- 
sant 

" Quocirca, si reditum in hunc locum despera- 
veris, in quo omnia sunt magnis et praestantibus 
viris; quanti tandem est ista hominum gloria, 
quae pertinere vix ad unius anni partem exiguam 
potest ? Igitur alte spectare si voles, atque hanc 
Bedem et aeternam domum contueri; neque te 
sermonibus vulgi dederis, nee in praemiis huma- 
nis spem posueris rerum tuarum : suis te, opor- 
tet, illecebris ipsa virtus trahat ad verum decus. 
Quid de te alii loquantur, ipsi videant ; sed lo- 
quentur tamen. Sermo autem omnis ille et an- 



104 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 

gustiis cingitur iis regionum, quas vides, nee 
unquam de ullo perennis fuit, et obruitur homi- 
nura interitu, et oblivione posteritatis exstin- 
guitur." 

VIII. Quae quum dixisset, "Ego vero," in- 
quam, " O Africane, siquidem bene meritis de 
patria quasi limes ad eaeli aditum patet, quam- 
quam a pueritia vestigiis ingressus patriis et tuis, 
decori vestro non defui, nunc tamen, tanto prae- 
mio proposito, enitar multo vigilantius." Et ille, 
" Tu vero enitere, et sic habeto, non esse te mor- 
talem, sed corpus hoc. Nee enim tu es, quem 
forma ista declarat ; sed mens cujusque, is est 
quisque, non ea figura, quae digito demonstrari 
potest. Deum te igitur scito esse: siquidem 
deus est, qui viget, qui sentit, qui meminit, qui 
providet, qui tarn regit et moderatur et mo vet id 
corpus, cui praepositus est, quam hunc mundum 
ille princeps deus; et ut mundum ex quadam 
parte mortalem ipse deus aeternus, sic fragile 
corpus animus sempiternus movet. Nam quod 
semper movetur, aeternum est; quod autem mo- 
tum affert alicui, quodque ipsum agitatur aliun- 
de, quando finem habet motus, vivendi finem 
habeat necesse est. Solum igitur quod sese 
movet, quia nunquam deseritur a se, nunquam 
ne moveri quidem desinit. Quin etiam cete- 
ris, quae moventur, hie fons, hoc principium est 
movendi. Principio autem nulla est origo : nam 
ex principio oriuntur omnia ; ipsum autem nulla 



SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 105 

ex re : nee enim id esset principium, quod gigne- 
retur aliunde : quod si nunquam oritur, ne occi- 
dit quidem unquam. Nam principium exstin- 
ctum nee ipsum ab alio renascetur, nee ex se 
aliud creabit: siquidem necesse est a principio 
oriri omnia. Ita fit, ut motus principium ex eo 
sit, quod ipsum a se movetur: id autem nee 
nasci potest, nee mori : vel concidat omne cae- 
lum, omnisque natura consistat necesse est, nee 
vim uliam nanciscatur, quae a primo impulsu 
moveatur. 

IX. u Quum pateat igitur, aeternum id esse 
quod a se ipso moveatur, quis est, qui hanc na- 
turam anirnis esse tributam neget? lnanimum 
est enim omne, quod pulsu agitatur externo : 
quod autem animal est, id motu cietur interiore 
et suo. Nam haec est natura propria animi at- 
que vis. Quae si est una ex omnibus, quae 
sese moveat, neque nata est certe, et aeterna est. 
Hanc tu exerce in optimis rebus ; sunt autem 
optimae, curae de salute patriae : quibus agita- 
tus et exercitatus animus velocius in hanc sedem 
et domum suam pervolabit. Idque ocius faciet, 
si jam turn, quum erit inclusus in corpore, emi- 
nebit foras, et ea quae extra erunt contemplans, 
quam maxime se a corpore abstrahet. Nam 
eorum animi, qui se corporis voluptatibus dedi- 
derunt, earumque se quasi ministros praebu- 
erunt, impulsuque libidinum voluptatibus obedi- 






106 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 

entium, deorum et hominum jura violaverunt, 
• corporibus elapsi circum terrain ipsam volutan- 
tur; nee hunc in locum, nisi multis exagitati 
saeculis, revertuntur." 

Ille discessit ; ego somno solutus sum. 






M. TULLII CICERONIS 



CATO MAJOR, 



DE SENECTUTE 



CAP. XXI. -XXIII. 



CATO MAJOR. 

CAP. XXI. -XXIII. 



XXL Equidem non video, cur, quid ipse sen- 
tiam de morte, non audeam vobis dicere : quod 
eo melius mihi cernere videor, quo ab ea propius 
absum. Ego vestros patres, P. Scipio, tuque, 
C. Laeli, viros clarissimos mihique amicissimos, 
vivere arbitror, et earn quidem vitam, quae est 
sola vita nominanda. Nam, dum sumus in his 
inclusi compagibus corporis, munere quodam ne- 
cessitatis et gravi opere perfungimur: est enim 
animus caelestis ex altissimo domicilio depressus 
et quasi demersus in terram, locum divinae na- 
turae aeternitatique contrarium. Sed credo, de- 
os immortales sparsisse animos in corpora hu- 
mana, ut essent, qui terras tuerentur, quique 
caelestium ordinem contemplantes, imitarentur 
eum vitae modo atque constantia. Nee me 
solum ratio ac disputatio impulit, ut ita crede- 
rem, sed nobilitas etiam summorum philoso- 
phorum et auctoritas. Audiebam Pythagoram 
Pythagoreosque, incolas paene nostros, qui es- 
sent Italici philosophi quondam nominati, nun- 

109 



110 CATO MAJOR, 

quam dubitasse, quin ex universa mente divina 
delibatos animos haberemus; demonstrabantur 
mihi praeterea, quae Socrates supremo vitae die 
de immortalitate animorum disseruisset, is, qui 
esset omnium sapientissimus oraculo Apollinis 
judicatus. Quid multa? sic mihi persuasi, sic 
sentio : quum tanta celeritas animorum sit, tanta 
memoria praeteritorum, futurorumque prudentia, 
tot artes tantae scientiae, tot inventa, non posse 
earn naturam, quae res eas contineat, esse mor- 
talem: quumque semper agitetur animus, nee 
principium motus habeat, quia se ipse moveat, 
ne finem quidem habiturum esse motus, quia 
nunquam se ipse sit relicturus : et, quum sim- 
plex animi natura esset, neque haberet in se 
quidquam admixtum dispar sui atque dissimile, 
non posse eum dividi; quod si non possit, non 
posse interire : magnoque esse argumento, homi- 
nes scire pleraque ante quam nati sint, quod jam 
pueri, quum artes difficiles discant, ita celeriter 
res innumerabiles arripiant, ut eas non turn pri- 
mum accipere videantur, sed reminisci et recor- 
dari. Haec Platonis fere. 

XXII. Apud Xenophontem autem moriens 
Cyrus major haec dicit : 

" Nolite arbitrari, O mihi carissimi filii, me, 
quum a vobis discessero, nusquam aut nullum 
fore. Nee enim, dum eram vobiscum, animum 
meum videbatis: sed eum esse in hoc corpore 
ex iis rebus, quas gerebam, intelligebatis. Eun- 



SIVE DE SENECTUTE. Ill 

dem igitur esse creditote, etiam si nullum vide- 
bitis. Nee vero clarorum virorum post mortem 
honores permanerent, si nihil eorum ipsorum 
animi efficerent, quo diutius memoriam sui te- 
neremus. Mihi quidem nunquam persuaderi po- 
tuitj animos, dum in corporibus essent mortali- 
bus, vivere, quum exissent ex iis, emori: nee 
vero, turn animum esse insipientem, quum ex 
insipienti corpore evasisset; sed, quum omni ad- 
mixtione corporis liberatus, purus et integer 
esse coepisset, turn esse sapientem. Atque eti- 
am, quum hominis natura morte dissolvitur, 
ceterarum rerum perspicuum est quo quaeque 
discedant; abeunt enim illuc omnia, unde orta 
sunt: animus autem solus nee, quum adest, nee, 
quum discedit, apparet. Jam vero videtis, nihil 
esse morti tarn simile, quam somnum. Atqui 
dormientium animi maxime declarant divinita- 
tem suam : multa enim, quum remissi et liberi 
sunt, futura prospiciunt. Ex quo intelligitur, 
quales futuri sint, quam se plane corporis vincu- 
lis relaxaverint. Quare, si haec ita sunt, sic me 
colitote ut deum : sin una est interiturus*animus 
cum corpore, vos tamen, deos verentes, qui hanc 
omnem pulchritudinem tuentur et regunt, me- 
moriam nostri pie inviolateque servabitis." 

XXIII. Cyrus quidem haec moriens. Nos, si 
placet, nostra videamus. Nemo unqaam mihi, 
Scipio, persuadebit, aut patrem tuum Paullum, 
aut duos avos, Paullum et Africanum, aut Afri- 



112 CATO MAJOR, 

cani patrem aut patruum, aut multos praestan- 
tes viros, quos enumerare non est necesse, tanta 
esse conatos, quae ad posteritatis memoriam per* 
tinerent, nisi animo cemerent, posteritatem ad 
se pertinere. An censes (ut de me ipso aliquid 
more senum glorier) me tantos labores diurnos 
nocturno§que domi militiaeque suscepturum fu- 
isse, si iisdem finibus gloriam meara, quibus 
vitam, essem terminaturus? Nonne melius 
multo fuisset, otiosam aetatem, et quietam, sine 
ullo labore et contentione traducere? Sed, ne- 
scio quomodo, animus erigens se posteritatem 
ita semper prospiciebat, quasi, quum excessisset 
e vita, turn denique victurus esset. Quod qui- 
dem ni ita se haberet, ut animi immortales es- 
sent, haud optimi cujusque animus maxime ad 
immortalitatem gloriae niteretur. Quid? quod 
sapientissimus quisque aequissimo animo mori- 
tur, stultissimus iniquissimo, nonne vobis vide- 
tur animus is, qui plus cernat et longius, videre 
se ad meliora proficisci: ille autem, cujus obtu- 
sior sit acies, non videre ? Equidem efferor stu- 
dio patres vestros, quos colui et dilexi, videndi : 
neque vero eos solum convenire aveo, quos ipse 
cognovi, sed illos etiam, de quibus audivi, et legi, 
et ipse conscripsi. Quo quidem me proficiscen- 
tem haud sane quis facile retraxerit, neque tam- 
quam Peliam recoxerit. Quod si quis deus mihi 
largiatur, ut ex hac aetate repuerascam et in cu- 
nis vagiam, valde recusem. Nee vero velim, 



SIVE DE SENECTUTE. 113 

quasi decurso spatio, ad carceres a calce revo 
cari. Quid enim habet vita commodi? quid 
non potius laboris? Sed habeat sane; habet 
certe tamen aut satietatem, aut modum. Non 
lubet enim mihi deplorare vitam, quod multi, et 
ii docti, saepe fecerunt; neque me vixisse poeni- 
tet, quoniam ita vixi, ut non frustra me natum 
existimem ; et ex vita ita discedo, tamquam ex 
hospitio, non tamquam ex domo. Commorandi 
enim natura deversorium nobis, non habitandi 
dedit. O praeclarum diem, quum ad illud divi- 
num animorum concilium coetumque proficiscar, 
quumque ex hac turba et colluvione discedam! 
Proficiscar enim non ad eos solum viros, de qui- 
bus ante dixi, verum etiam ad Catonem meum, 
quo nemo vir melior natus est, nemo pietate 
praestantior! cujus a me corpus crematum est; 
(quod contra decuit ab illo meum;) animus vero 
non me deserens, sed respectans, in ea profecto 
loca discessit, quo mihi ipsi cernebat esse veni- 
endum. Quern ego meum casum fortiter ferre 
visus sum : non quo aequo animo ferrem ; sed 
me ipse consolabar, existimans, non longinquum 
inter nos digressum et discessum fore. His mihi 
rebus, Scipio, (id enim te cum Laelio admirari 
solere dixisti,) levis est senectus, nee solum non 
molesta, sed etiam jucunda. Quod si in hoc 
erro, quod animos hominum immortales esse 
credam, lubenter erro ; nee mihi hunc errorem, 
quo delector, dum vivo, extorqueri volo : sin 
8. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 






114 CATO MAJOR, SIVE DE SENECTUTE. 

mortuus, ut quidam minuti philosophi censent, 
nihil sentiam, non vereor, ne hunc errorem me- 
urn mortui philosophi irrideant. Quod si non 
sumus immortales faturi, tamen exstingui homi- 
ni suo tempore optabile est. Nam habet natura, 
ut aliarum omnium rerum, sic vivendi modum. 
Senectus autem aetatis est peractio, tamquam 
fabulae: cujus defatigationem fugere debemus, 
praesertim adjuncta satietate. 



M. TULLII CICERONIS 



LAELIU8, 



D E A M I C I T I A. 

CAP. III., IV. 



LAELITJS 

CAP. III., IV. 



III. Ego, si Scipionis desiderio me moveri ne- 
gem, quam id recte faciam, viderint sapientes; 
sed certe mentiar. Moveor enim tali amico or- 
batus, qualis, ut arbitror, nemo unquam erit ; ut 
confirmare possum, nemo eerte fuit. Sed non 
egeo medicina; me ipse consolor, et maxime 
illo solatio, quod eo errore careo, quo, amicorum 
decessu, plerique angi solent. Nihil enim mali 
aecidisse Scipioni puto ; mihi accidit, si quid 
accidit: suis autem incommodis graviter angi, 
non amicum, sed se ipsum amantis est. Cum 
illo vero quis neget actum esse praeclare ? Nisi 
enim, quod ille minime putabat, immortalitatem 
optare vellet, quid non est adeptus, quod homini 
fas esset optare? qui summam spem civium, 
quam de eo jam puero habuerant, continuo ado- 
lescens incredibili virtute superavit ; qui consu- 
latum petiit nunquam, factus est consul bis; 
primum ante tempus ; iterum sibi suo tempore, 
rei publicae paene sero; qui, duabus urbibus 

117 



118 LAELIUS, 

eversis inimicissimis huic imperio, non modo 
praesentia verum etiam futura bella delevit. 
Quid dicam de moribus facillimis ? de pietate in 
matrem ? liberatitate in sorores ? bonitate in 
suos ? justitia in omnes ? Nota sunt vobis. 
Quam autem civitati cams fuerit, maerore fune- 
ris indicatum est. Quid igitur hunc paucorum 
annorum accessio juvare potuisset? Senectus 
enim, quamvis non sit gravis, ut memini Cato- 
nem anno ante quam mortuus est, mecum et 
cum Scipione disserere, tamen aufert earn viridi- 
tatem, in qua etiamnum erat Scipio. Quamob- 
rem vita quidem talis fuit, vel fortuna, vel glo- 
ria, ut nihil posset accedere: moriendi autem 
sensum celeritas abstulit ; quo de genere mortis 
difficile dictu est ; quid homines suspicentur, vi- 
detis. Hoc tamen vere licet dicere, P. Scipioni, 
ex muitis diebus, quos in vita celeberrimos lae- 
tissimosque viderit, ilium diem clarissimum fu- 
isse, quum, senatu dimisso, domum reductus ad 
vesperum est a patribus conscriptis, populo Ro- 
mano, sociis et Latinis, pridie quam excessit e 
vita : ut ex tarn alto dignitatis gradu ad su« 
peros videatur deos potius, quam ad inferos 
pervenisse. 

IV. Neque enim assentior iis, qui haec nuper 
disserere coeperunt, cum corporibus simul ani- 
mos interire, atque omnia morte deleri. Plus 
apud me antiquorum auctoritas valet, vel nostro- 



SIVE DE AMICITIA. 119 

rum majorum, qui mortuis tarn religiosa jura tri- 
buerunt ; quod rion fecissent profecto, si nihil ad 
eos pertinere arbitrarentur : vel eorum, qui in hac 
terra fuerunt, Magnamque Graeciam, — quae 
nunc quidem deleta est, tunc florebat, — institutis 
et praeceptis suis erudierunt : vel ejus, qui Apol- 
linis oraculo sapientissimus est judicatus, qui 
non turn hoc turn illud, ut in plerisque, sed idem 
semper, animos hominum esse divinos, iisque, 
quum e corpore excessissent, reditum in caelum 
patere, optimoque et justissimo cuique expedi- 
tissimum. Quod item Scipioni videbatur, qui 
quidem, quasi praesagiret, perpaucis ante mor- 
tem diebus, quum et Philus et Manilius ades- 
sent, et alii plures, tuque etiam, Scaevola, me- 
cum venisses, triduum disseruit de re publica: 
cujus disputationis fuit extremum fere de im- 
mortalitate animorum, quae se in quiete per 
visum ex Africano audisse dicebat. Id si ita 
est, ut optimi cujusque animus in morte facilli- 
me evolet, tamquam e custodia vinclisque corpo- 
ris, cui censemus cursum ad deos faciliorem 
fuisse, quam Scipioni ? Quocirca, maerere hoc 
ejus eventu, vereor, ne invidi magis quam amici 
sit. Sin autem ilia veriora, ut idem interitus sit 
animorum et corporum, nee ullus sensus mane- 
at; ut nihil boni est in morte, sic certe nihil 
mali. Sensu enim amisso, fit idem, quasi natus 
non esset omnino ; quern tamen esse natum et 



120 



LAELIUS, SIVE DE AMICITIA. 



nos gaudemus, et haec civitas, dum erit, laeta- 
bitur. Quamobrem cum illo quidem, ut supra 
dixi, actum optime est: mecum incommodius, 
quern fuerat aequius, ut prius introieram, sic 
prius exire de vita. 



NOTES. 



ABBEEVIATIONS. 

A. & G. denotes Allen and Greenough's Latin Grammar. 

A. &S. " Andrews and Stoddard's " " 

B. (pp.209sqq.) Bullions and Morris's " " 
G. denotes Gildersleeve's " " 
H. " Harkness's " " 
M. " Madvig's " " 
R. " Roby's " " 
Z. " Zumpt's " " u 

B. (pages 101-208) denotes Beck's Syntax of the Latin Lan- 
guage. 
The titles of other works referred to are written in full, or with 
such abbreviations as need no explanation. 



ARGUMENT 

OF THE FIRST TUSCULAN. 



The Procemium (i.-iv.) treats of Cicero's purpose to make the 
Greek philosophy accessible to the Romans by works in their 
own language. 

The Disputatio itself (v.-xlvi.) has for its object the refutation 
of the proposition (v. § 9) that death is an evil. 

First: Death is not an evil either to the dead or the living. 
The terrors of the lower world are fictions of poets and painters 
(v., vi.) ; and if death be annihilation, they who are not cannot 
be unhappy (vi.-viii.). 

Secondly : If we are immortal, as there is good reason to believe 
we are, death is even a blessing. The various opinions of philoso- 
phers on the nature of death and on the soul are set forth (ix.-xi.). 
Cicero then proceeds to argue for the Immortality of the Soul, 
first, from historical evidence (xii.-xv.); secondly, after developing 
his own theory of the nature of the future life, and refuting other 
theories, (xvi.-xxii.), from metaphysical considerations (xxiii.- 
xxvii.)v Lastly, the objections urged from different quarters are 
criticized (xxviii.-xxxiii.). 

Thirdly : Even if we are not immortal, death is no evil. New 
arguments are adduced (xxxiv.-xxxix.) for this proposition, 
which had been previously announced. 

Hence, In any case, death is not to be feared ; and, unconcerned 
whether it shall come soon or late, we ought to make virtue the 
sole rale of our conduct (xl.-xlvi.). 

Finally, in the Epilogue (xlvii.-xlix.), it is shown that these 
views have been confirmed by various declarations of the gods, 
and by the examples of illustrious men who have cheerfully 
given their lives for their country. 

122 



NOTES. 



TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
BOOK FIRST. 

The Tusculan Disputations of Cicero consist of five books : 
the first, De contemnenda morte ; the second, De tolerando 
dolore ; the third, De aegrltudine lenienda; the fourth, De 
reliquis animi perturbationibus ; and the fifth supporting the 
thesis, Virtutem ad beate vivendum se ipsa esse contentam. 
The work is a series of discussions upon these subjects, 
represented as having been held, on five successive days, 
in the Tusculan villa of Cicero, soon after M. Junius Bru- 
tus — to whom it is addressed — had departed for the gov- 
ernment of Gallia (b. c. 46). It was given to the world early 
in b. c. 44, a. u. c. 709, the sixty-third year of Cicero's age. 

I. 1. Defensionum laboribus. Although Cicero in several 
instances performed, with distinguished success, the part of an 
accuser, in by far the greater part of his orations he appeared 
in the more popular character of a defender of the accused ; 
and it is in this character that he prefers to allude to himself. 
Kiihner cites De Offic. II. xiv. 49 : (Judiciorum) ratio du- 
plex est. Na?n ex accusatione et defensione constat : quarum 
etsi laudabilior est d efe nsio tamen accusatio probata 
persaepe est. Cf. Quintil. Inst. Orat. XII. vii. 1. 

Magna ex parte. He defended Ligarius in B. c. 46, and Deio- 
tarus B. c. 45. Maneribus, duties. 

123 



124 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Aliquando: at length; like tandem, by which it is often 
strengthened. 

Brute. M. Junius Brutus, who, in the same year in which 
the Tusculanae Disputationes were published, took part in the 
assassination of Csesar. He was a man of extensive knowl- 
edge and great fondness for study, of some reputation as an 
orator, and the author of several philosophical treatises. To 
him Cicero dedicated his Orator, De Finibus, Paradoxa, and 
Be Natura Deorum, as well as this work, and gave his name 
to the dialogue De Clark Oratoribus. 

Remissa temporibus: Discontinued in consequence of the cir- 
cumstances of the times (Zeitumstiinde). Cicero refers not 
only to the civil war between Caesar and Pompey, but also to 
the whole time in which he was himself occupied in public 
affairs. The plural tempora often signifies the circumstances 
— especially the difficulties or necessities — of the times. I 
follow Orelli and Kiihner in considering temporibus as an 
ablative of cause, equivalent to propter tempora. Klotz and 
Moser, following Wolf, take it as a dative. 

Et, quum .... contineretur : And since the method and system 
of training of all the sciences which relate to the right way of 
living, are embraced, etc. Ratio and disciplina here signify the 
method and system of the sciences, with reference to their oper- 
ation upon the mind as means of culture and training. We 
have a similar use of ratio in De Offic. I. ii. 12 : Omnis enim, 
quae a ratio ne suscipitur de aliqua re institutio, etc. ; which 
Prof. Thacher translates, " all teaching (literally, every kind 
of instruction) which is methodically undertaken" Cf. 
Pro Archia, i. 1 : rationem horum studiorum, etc. — " Ratio 
respondet Graeco vocabulo peOodosi h. e. via, qua artes tradun- 
tur vel discuntur. Disciplina est artis vel doctrinae alicujus 
ovo-rrjfia." Kiihner. — Allied to this use of ratio to signify the 
method of teaching, is its use to denote that which is methodi- 
cally learned, systematic theoretical knowledge : of which a good 
example is found in the oration pro Archia, i. 1 : aut si hujusce 
rei ratio aliqua ab optimarum artium studiis ac disciplina 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. I. 125 

profecia, etc., where we have also an example of artes denot- 
ing, as in our passage, sciences, branches of knowledge. 

Quae . . . . pertinerent. " The subjunctive is used in all sub- 
ordinate propositions (whether relative or connected by con- 
junctions), which are added to complete an idea expressed by 
an infinitive, or by a proposition standing in the subjunctive, 
or by an accusative with an infinitive, the contents of which 
subordinate proposition are asserted by the speaker not simply 
as an actual fact, but only as a constituent part of the idea 
stated in the infinitive or subjunctive." M.§369. A.&S.§266. 

Quum .... contineretur. The subjunctive with quum cau- 
sale. A. & S. §263. 5. — B. §169. — Z.§577. Notice, fur- 
ther, both in pertinerent and in contineretur, Cicero's use of the 
subjunctive, to denote, as Moser says, " quid ipse cogitaverit, 
quum hoc consilium caperet." We have also here an inter- 
esting example of the use of the imperfect in a general propo- 
sition expressing what is true in all times, where in English 
we should use the present. By thus making the tenses of 
these two verbs dependent upon that ofputavi, Cicero repre- 
sents the idea contained in the clause quum .... contineretur as 
one which occurred to his mind at the time in which he resolved 
to write upon philosophical subjects ; so that the clause quum 
.... contineretur has this force : Since, as it then occurred to 
my mind, — as I was then thinking, — etc. The same prin- 
ciples apply to posset below : non quia posset : not because 

I thought philosophy cannot, etc. Our English imperfect po- 
tential is adequate to express this idea without any periphrase : 
translate the passage, not that philosophy might not be learned, 
etc. In the clause quae philosophia dicitur, the indicative is 
used because these words are introduced simply as an expla- 
nation, and mav be omitted without prejudice to the leading 
idea. Nostros, our people, (the Romans). Aut .... meliora, 
w Jiave improved those arts which they have received from them. 

Quae quidem digna statuissent: Those at least which they 
had deemed worthy, etc. The subjunctive in a relative prop- 
osition, to limit something that is stated in general terms to 
a certain defined class. See M. § 364. Obs. 2, and p. 209. 



126 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Elaborarent, to spend their labor. B. \ 160. Kuhner states 
the distinction between laborare and elaborare thus : " Laborare 
est in re aliqua studiose atque enixe agenda tractandaque ver- 
sari, notione adjuncta vel molestiae, vel difficultatis, vel fru- 
strationis, vel curae sollicitudinisve ; elaborare contra est e la- 
bore in aliqua re collocato quasi emergere et vel ad speratum 
fructum, vel ad propositum finem pervenire, omninoque labo- 
rando aliquid efficere : hinc semper ponitur, ubi non anxia, 
sed liberior quaedam agendi ratio commemoratur." Ellendt 
— on Brutus vii. 26 : haec est a Graecis elaborata dicendi vis 
atque copia — says that all the examples of the use of these 
two verbs agree in this, " ut elaborare dicatur, cum ad effectum 
labore consequendum spectetur, laborare de quovis labore, cor- 
poris, animi, valetudinis, ut iroveiv et iinrovclv, quorum illud 
cognatum est r<5 ndcrx^v" 

2. Quid loquar? " The subjunctive is used in inquiries as 
to what is to be done, when it is intended to indicate that 
something will not be done." M. J 353. See B. g 138. 

Disciplina, military science. Jam: moreover (vollends). 
In omni genere f of every kind. 

Ut sit .... comparanda. A. & S. § 262. Rem. 1. — B. § 141. 

3. Quum, while. " Quum has the subjunctive, when it ex- 
presses a kind of comparison between the contents of the lead- 
ing proposition and the subordinate, especially a contrast 
(while on the other Jiand, whereas, although)." M. § 358. Obs. 3. 

Siquidem : since, inasmuch as. No doubt is expressed of 
the fact. See Z. § 346, M. § 442, a. 

Homerus. Various dates are assigned to Homer's age, 
from 1184 to 684 b. c. Mr. Grote puts the date of the Iliad 
and Odyssey between 850 and 776 b. c. 

Hesiodus. Most modern critics assume that Hesiod lived 
about a century later than Homer. 

Archilochus. One of the earliest Ionian lyric poets, and a 
writer of satiric iambics. He flourished, according to Bode, 
about 714-676 B. c. 

Annis fere d x. The precise date, according to Cicero, 
Brut, xviii. 72, is A. u. c. 514. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. I. 127 

IAvius (Andronicus). The earliest Roman poet of distinc- 
tion. Fabulam dedit : Exhibited a play. 

Ennius. The father of Roman epic poetry, and distin- 
guished also as a dramatist; born 239 b. c. 

Plautus. The most celebrated comic poet of Rome, born 
about 254 b. c, died 184. 

Naevius. A Roman -epic and dramatic poet, born probably 
between 274 and 264 B. c. 

Qui fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius. This pas- 
sage has given commentators no little difficulty. The posi- 
tion of qui would seem to make it necessary that it should be 
referred to Ennius as its antecedent ; but the fact is, that 
Ennius was not older than Plautus and Naevius, but younger 
than either. If, then, we retain the reading qui fuit .... 
Naevius, we must either suppose, with Davis, that Cicero has 
made here a <7<£a\/xa \lvt)\lqvikqv, or we must, like Orelli, 
Klotz, and Moser, refer the relative to Livius as its antecedent. 
The explanation given by Davis — that Cicero in this pas- 
sage made a mistake in regard to his facts — is rightly re- 
jected by most scholars as altogether improbable, particularly 
since, in his Brutus, xviii., he points out and censures the 
same mistake in the annalist Accius which is here charged 
upon himself. The other alternative, — to refer the qui to 
Livius, — is rejected by Kuhner, because, in the first place, 
he says, such is the nature of the relative pronoun that it 
ought to be referred to the noun next preceding, and, in the 
second place, an addition such as is contained in the clause 
qui fuit .... Naevius is feeble and inappropriate, especially in 
this place, where there is no discussion about the ratio tern- 
porum, but a mere passing allusion is made to the age of 
Livius. Hs thinks, therefore, that the passage was first writ- 
ten on the margin of a MS. by some commentator, to define 
more precisely the age of Livius, and that it afterwards crept 
into the text ; and he encloses these words in brackets in his 
edition. Some other eminent editors take the same view of 
the subject ; and accordingly Wolf omits altogether the words 



128 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

et Naevius, and brackets the rest, and Schiitz and Tregder 
omit the sentence entirely. Nobbe retains the whole clause, 
but punctuates as follows: Livius f. dedit, (C. C, C. /., M. 
T., consulibus, a. a. n. Ennium: qui f. m. n. q. Plautus,) et 
Naevius ; thus making the grammatical construction of Nae- 
vius the same as that of Livius. I see no sufficient reason, 
however, for changing the reading given by the MSS. The 
separation of qui from its antecedent Livius is not without 
precedents in other passages in Cicero (Billerbeck cites Tusc. 
I. xxxv. 86, in Verr. III. xxxiii., xxxvi., lxxxiii. sq., de 
N. D. I. xxiii. 65); nor, granting it to be an inaccuracy in 
style, is it at all incredible that Cicero should have been 
guilty of some inadvertency in composition. The parenthet- 
ical nature of the clause C. Claudio, C.f., M. T. c. a. a. w. 
Ennium, the whole of which is introduced simply to mark 
the time when Livius exhibited his first play, makes the irreg- 
ular position of qui, as it appears to me, a very natural one. 
Nor is there any difficulty in justifying the allusion of Cicero, 
in this place, to the comparative ages of Livius, Naevius, and 
Plautus. The three were nearly contemporaries, Livius ex- 
hibiting his first play when Plautus was about fourteen years 
old, and at least five years before the first drama of Naevius 
was enacted. There appears to have been in Cicero's age 
some dispute in regard to the time when the first play of 
Livius was brought forward, and Accius is censured by Cice- 
ro, in the passage in Brutus before alluded to, for assigning a 
date previous to which plays had been already exhibited by 
both Plautus and Naevius. Cicero may have thought it 
necessary, then, to mention the fact that Livius was older 
than these two dramatists, in order to make clear the point 
so essential to his argument, that Livius was the first Roman 
who could properly be called a poet. 

II. Vel .... veL " Vel . . . . vel denotes a distinction, in 
which, however, both members may be connected (partly .... 
partly), or with which it is indifferent (with reference to what 
is asserted) which member is chosen, or which properly re- 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. II. 129 

lates only to a difference of expression." M. § 436. See also 
Z.§ 339; B. § 236 and 237. 

Origin ibus. The Origines of M. Porcius Cato Censorius, 
an historical work containing a history of the Roman kings, 
of the origin of the Italian towns, and of the first and second 
Punic wars ; the narrative of events was continued also to 
the year of Cato's death, B.C. 149. 

Solitos esse .... viiiutibus. Mr. Macaulay combines the 
information given by ancient writers, in regard to these old 
Roman ballads, (which were much ruder than he seems to sup- 
pose,) in the Preface to his " Lays of Ancient Rome," q. v. 

Huic generi: to this class, i. e. to poets. 

Oratio Catonis. Supposed to be the oration against Ser- 
vius Galba, who was defended by the Fulvii. 

M. Nobiliori. M. Fulvius Kobilior, who conquered the 
JEtolians. Cf. Orat. pro Archia, xi., Brut. xx. 

Quod duxisset. Quod, in this subordinate clause de- 
noting a reason, is followed by the subjunctive, because the 
reason is given according to the views of another party (Cato), 
who is represented as the agent in the proposition (in qua ob- 
jecit, etc.) upon which this depends. M. § 357. a. 

Autem. This word is frequently used by Cicero to intro- 
duce an explanatory parenthesis ; as, infra, iii. 6 : fien autem 
potest, etc. Tischer. — In such cases, however, the clause 
introduced by autem is not a mere subordinate to the preced- 
ing clause, but it adds a new thought, and contains an inde- 
pendent proposition. Kiihner points out the resemblance 
between this Latin particle and the Greek oV. Autem = Now. 

Si qui. An elegant expression for ii qui. (Lit., if any.) 

Extiterunt: stepped forth ; made their appearance (auftraten: 
F. A. Wolf). In eo genere: In this department. 

4. Fabio. C. Fabius Pictor, who painted the temple of 
Salus, which was dedicated b. c. 302. This painting, which 
must have been on the walls of the temple, was probably a 
representation of the battle which Bubulus had gained over 
the Samnites. It is the earliest Roman work of art of this 
kind of which we have any record. 
9.— Cic. Tusc. Disp. 



130 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Si datum esset. The pluperf. subj. is used in the protasis 

of a hypothetical sentence, where the conception is conveyed 
with the suggestion that it did not exist in fact. Z. § 524. 

Quod pingeret. "Quod (but not quid) is put with verbs 
[or phrases] winch signify praise, blame, complaint, surprise, 
with a subjunctive following, where we state both the reason 
and an assertion by another party that the fact is so." M. 
§ 357. a, in fin. This clause is also an essential part of a 
proposition standing in the subjunctive. 

Mult os . . . .futuros fuisse. Z. § 593. n. Notice how much 
more lively the expression is made by this use of the fut. 
part, with fuisse, than it would have been with the simple 
pluperf. subj. fuissent. Futuros fuisse means, not simply 
would have been, but would have been ready to come forward, 

Polycletos et Parrhasios. Polycletus was one of the most 
celebrated statuaries of Greece ; a sculptor, an architect, and 
an artist in toreutic. Parrhasius was one of the most distin- 
guished Greek painters. 

Honos alit artes, etc. The lines of Martial, Epigr. VHI. 
lvi. 5 sq., have been quoted in illustration of this passage: 
Sint Maecenates, non deerunt, Flacce, Mar ones ; 
Virgiliumque tibi vel tua rura dabunt. 
So too Valerius Maximus II. 6. o: Virtutis ubenimum ali- 
mentum est honos. Seneca, Epist. 102: Antiquus poeta ait : 
Laus alit artes. Cf. Oral, pro Archia, xi. in init. 

Jacentque improbantur. A similar sentiment has been 

cited from Plato, Lib. VIII. De Rep. : 'Aovcelrai drj to aei 
Tip.oap.evov, dfteXeirat 8c to aTtpLa^6p.€vov. 

Summam eruditionem in .... cantibus. u Ita ut a/xou- 

<rovs vocarent indoctos, et musices nomine omnem doctrinam 
liberalem complecterentur. Aristophanes, Equit. 188 sq. : 
'AXV, o> y yd0\ ovbe [iovo-lkjjv cmora-fuii, 
HXrjv ypcififjLaTccv. <a\ ravra ixzvtoi Kaica kcikus" 
See Plato, Rep. II. xvii. 

Igitur, accordingly. On the position, see Z. \ 357. 

Et Epaminondas Themistoclesque. " Et que are 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. II. III. 131 

only found as a loose way of connecting two propositions. 
Vid. Be Finn. V. 22." — M. §435. Obs. 1. Cf. Brut. §302. 

Annis. Z. § 476. Ernesti, Kiihner, and some other edi- 
tors, on the authority of several MSS., read annos. 

Quum . . . . recusaret. u Imperfectum significat, Themisto- 
clem eodem temporis puncto, quo lyram recusabat, indoctiorein 
habitum esse, uti vidit Orellius." Kiihner. Ernesti and F. 

A. Wolf read recusasset. 

Indoctior, rather ignorant. Ergo : So then. 

Id. A constructio ad sententiam. By id is to be under- 
stood music, the idea of which is implied in musici. Cf. De 
Nat. Deorum, I. xxxi. 88 : non vestro more, sed dialectic or urn, 
(quae funditus gens vestra non novit,) etc. 

5. Nihil. Often used of persons, in the sense of nemo, par- 
ticularly with a comparative. Terence, Eun. V. viii. 21 sq. : 
Nihil est Thaide hac tua dignius quod ametur. Nepos, Alcib. 
I. : nihil eo fuisse excellentius vel in vitiis vel in virtutibus. 
Cicero ad Famm. IV. 4. Tuscul. III. x. 22. Brutus, xxxix. 
144: nihil erat Crasso copiosius. Liv. III. 14. 5. Quidquam 
is in like manner used for persons, in the sense of quisquam. 
Brutus, xl. 148 : noli existimare his duobus quidquam fuisse 
praestantius. So quid for quis, Catul. ix. 11; quantum for 
quot or quotquot, Ter. Heaut. IV. iv. 6 ; Catul. iii. 2, x. 10. 

Metiendi ratiocinandiqm utilitate: By its usefulness in measur- 
ing and reckoning. 

III. Galbam. Servius Sulpicius Galba, consul B. c. 144. 
See Cicero's Brutus, xxi. -xxiv. 

Africanum. P. Cornelius Scipio Africanus Minor, consul 

B. c. 147, but younger than Galba. See Brutus, xxi. 
Laelium. C. Laelius, surnamed Sapiens, consul B. c. 140 ; 

the intimate friend of Africanus the Younger. See Brutus, 
xxi. -xxiv. 

Catonem. See supra, ii. 3. 

Lepidum. M. Lepidus Porcina, consul b. c. 138. See Bru- 
tus, xxv ii. 

Carbonem, Caius Carbo, consul b. C. 121. See Brutus, 
xxvii., xxxiii. 



132 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Gracchos. The. brothers, Tiberius Sempronius and Caius 
Sempronius. Aut, or rather. See Hand's Tursel. I. p. 537 sq. 

Jacuii !■: Has lain neglected. 

Lumen litterarum. Cf. Orat. pro Archia, vi. 14. 

lllustranda et excitanda. " Elegans verborum delectus ! 
Philosophia, quae jacuii, excitatur, quae nullum babuit lumen 
litterarum, Mustratur" Kubner. For a similar opposition 
of excitare with jacere, see De Amicit. xvi. Qitae, 6i^ #. 

Occupati, (when occupied, i. e.) in my public life. 

Otiosi, in my retirement. 

6. Libri Latini non satis eruditis. Cicero refers to some 

Roman Epicureans w T ho had written books on philosophy. 

Ab optimis Mis quidem viris, sed: By men icho were excel- 
lent, certainly^ but .... The demonstrative Mis used redun- 
dantly with quidem " When the particle quidem stands with 
a concessive signification (indeed, certainly), with a predicate 
(verb or adjective), with sed following, it is in the best writers 
not connected immediately with the verb or adjective, but a 
pronoun is inserted before quidem, which corresponds to the 
word of which the predicate is conceded, namely, equidem (for 
ego quidem*), nos quidem, tu quidem, vos quidem, Me (more 
rarely is) quidem.'' 1 M. § 489. b. Cf. Z. § 744. So ipse qui- 
dem, Brutus, ix. 35 : Turn fuit Lysias, ipse quidem in causis 
forensibus non versatus, sed egregie subtilis scriptor atque ele- 
gans. The formula Me quidem .... sed occurs with particular 
frequency in the Brutus ; so Me quidem .... verumtamen, 
Ixviii. 239, lxi. 220. Optimis is here used ironically ; as bo- 
nus in the Andria of Terence, III. v. 10, V. ii. 5. 

Ut recte quis sentiat eloqui non possit, That a man ("one") 

has good thoughts, and is not able to express what he thinks with 
elegance. See M. \ 416, Obs. 3. — Quis = one. It is here 
the shorter form of the indefinite pronoun, without the char- 
acteristic prefix ali. It is used where an indefinite subject or 
object is to be designated very slightly and without emphasis. 
Z. § 136, § 708.— M. §493. a. 

* See infra, xvi. 38, note on equidem. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. III. IV. 133 

Et id.... polite eloqui non possit. Et is here elegantly 
used in the sense of et tamen. So Tacitus, Hist. II. xx. : spe- 
ciosis et irritis. Mandari quemquam, for any one to commit. 

Delectatione: Charm of composition. 

Cum suis. " H. e. sui similibus." " Mit Gleichgesinnten." 

Oratoriae laudis. So Kiihner, Klotz, Tregder, and others. 
Orelli and Moser, oratoriae laudi. 

Attulimus. Scil. populo Romano. 

Ilia manabant. u Ilia referendum est ad aliquid, in quo 
inest notio numeri pluralis (aliqua, nonnulla)." Kiihner. 

IV. 7. Aristoteles. Cf. ad rem De Or at. III. xxxv. 141. 
Quintilian, Inst. Orat. III. 1. 

Scientia: "multifaria doctrina," learning, erudition. 

Copia : "jlumen orationis aureuin," eloquence. 

Dicere .... jungere: Began to teach young men to speak, also, 
and to add eloquence to philosophy. 

Prudentiam = philosophiam. " Pr. c. eloq. jungere = pru- 
dentiae eloquentiam adjungere." 

Nee et: both not and. M. § 458. c. Z. § 338 in 

fin. Like ovtc .... re in Greek. 

Quae .... posset. For an explanation of the tense of this 
verb, see note on i. 1, pertinerent and contineretur . 

Nos studiose dedimus. Thus most recent editors read, al- 
though the MSS. generally, and many editors, read nos stu- 
dioso operam dedimus. 'Nos' is the object of 'dedimus.' 

Scholas = disputaiiones philosophicae . " Ceterum hae dis- 
putationes, quas Tullius scholas appellat, differunt ab iis, quae 
proprio nomine disputationum vocantur, quales sunt Academi- 
cae, de Finibus, de N. D., de Divinatione. In scholis unus 
est, qui velit doceri, alter, qui doceat ; auditoris partes eae 
sunt, ut parce obloquatur, neque alio consilio, nisi ut alteri 
facultatem praebeat suam explicandi sententiam; in disputa- 
tionibus variarum disciplinarum philosophi inducuntur ita dis- 
putantes, ut suae quisque sectae sententiam defendat." 

Auderemus. We should expect here the present tense in- 
stead of the imperfect ; but, as Moser remarks, Cicero very 



134 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

often, as in this instance, accommodates his expressions, not 
to the idea of the sentence, but to the form of the propo- 
sition ; and thus he makes here the perfect dedimus control 
the tense of auderemus. Very numerous examples of this 
construction might be cited. 

Tuum post discessum. The departure of Brutus into Gallia 
Cisalpina, of which province he was made governor by Cae- 
sar, A. u. c. 707. 

Tusculano. Cicero's favorite villa at Tusculum. Tins 
was " his chosen spot for retirement and study. Here, though 
too far removed from Rome to be himself an object of obser- 
vation, his porticos opened upon the full view of his beloved 
city, from which he could never long bear to take off his 
eyes. From the hill on which this villa stood the spectator 
surveyed a wide and various prospect, rich at once in natural 
beauty and historic associations. The plain at his feet was 
the battle-field of the Roman kings and of the infant common- 
wealth ; it was strown with the marble sepulchres of patri- 
cians and consulars; across it stretched the long, straight 
lines of the military ways which transported the ensigns of 
conquest to Parthia and Arabia. On the right, over meadow 
and woodland, lucid with rivulets, he beheld the white turrets 
of Tibur, iEsulae, Prseneste, strung like a row of pearls 
on the bosom of the Sabine mountains ; on the left, the glis- 
tening waves of Alba, sunk in their green crater, the towering 
cone of the Latian Jupiter, the oaks of Aricia and the pines 
of Laurentum, and the sea, bearing sails of every nation to the 
stiand of Ostia. Before him lay outspread the mighty city, 
mistress of the world, gleaming in the sun with its panoply 
of roofs, and flashing brightness into the blue vault above it. 
The ancient city presented few towers, spires, or domes, such 
as now arrest the eye from a distant eminence ; but the hills 
within its walls were more distinctly marked, and the statues 
of its gods exalted on pillars, or soaring above the peaks of 
its innumerable temples, seemed an army of immortals ar- 
rayed in defence of their eternal abodes. From the bank of 






BOOK FIRST. CHAP. IV. 135 

Lake Regillus to the gates of Tusculum the acclivity was 
studded with the pleasure-houses of the noblest families of 
Rome. The pages of Cicero commemorate the villas of Bal- 
bus, of Brutus, of Julius Cassar ; of Catulus, Metellus, Crassus, 
and Pompeius ; of Gabinius, Lucullus, Lentulus, and Varro. 
Accordingly, the retreat of the literary statesman gazed upon 
the centre of his dearest interests, and was surrounded by the 
haunts of his friends and rivals. It was here that, at a later 
period, when his fortunes were re-established, he composed 
some of the most abstract of his philosophical speculations ; 
but even these, too, partook of the air of the city and the tone 
of practical life ; the interlocutors of his dialogue were the 
same men whom he had just left behind at Rome, or whom 
he might encounter among the shady walks around him ; the 
subject of their conversations never wandered so far from their 
daily concerns as not to admit of constant application to the 
times and illustration from them." — Merivale's History of 
the Romans under the Empire, Vol. I. pp. 366-369. 

Quid .... possem: What I could do in that way. 

Declamitabam : Declamitare means to speak for the sake of 
practice. Cf. Brut. xc. Sic .... declamatio : So, now, this is the 
rhetorical exercise of my old age. Boner e: to propose a subject; 
TiBiiai. Quis, any one. 

Ad id: Ad aliquid d'isputare dicitur, certis rebus vel quae- 
stionibus propositis disserere, et secundum eas certa via ac 
ratione instituere sermonem vel disputationem. — Hand's 
Tursellinus, Vol. I. p. 110. 

Quasi agatur. " The subjunctive is used in all propositions 
annexed by particles of comparison, in which something is 
stated that does not actually exist, but is only assumed for 
the sake of comparison (as if; hypothetical propositions of 
comparison). In English the imperfect and pluperfect are 
employed in such propositions, in order to express what is 
merely assumed ; but in Latin the subordinate is regulated 
by the leading proposition, and has the imperfect or pluper- 



136 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

feet only when the leading proposition belongs to past time." 
M. § 349, and Obs. 

V. 9. A M. These letters are wanting in almost all 

the MSS., and were evidently inserted by some editors to 
mark the parts of the two interlocutors in the dialogue. A. 
is variously taken to demote Auditor, Adolescens, Atticus, and 
Aulus; M. as signifying Master and Marcus. Consider 
A. as standing for Auditor, M. for Magister. 

Malum .... esse mors : Muretus cites the words of Iphi- 
genia in Euripides : 

fMaiverai S' os ei^erai 
Qavelv ' kclkcos ^v Kpelacrov rj Baveiv Ka\£>$. 

Malum, and miserum, below, have the force of substantives. 

TJt morerentur. A substantive clause, subject of evenit. 

10. Nam te ilia terrent. "Sometimes a direct question is 
put after die or quaero, where an indirect one might have 
been employed." M. \ 356, Obs. 3. 

Mento .... Tantalus. A trochaic tetrameter catalectie. 
Order : Turn illud saxum, quod Sisyphus versat, etc. 

Sisyphu 9 . The final s is elided. See A. & S. § 305. 2. Cice- 
ro, in the Orator, xlviii. 161, says : Quin etiam, quod jam sub- 
rusticum videtur, olim au'tem politius, eorum verborum^ quorum 
eaedem erant postremae duae litterae quae sunt in optumus, 
postremam litter am detrahebant, nisi vocalis insequebatur . Ita 
non erat offensio in versibus, quam nunc fugiunt poetae novi. 
Ita enim loquebamur : Qui est omnibu' princeps, non, omnibus 
princeps ; et, Vita ilia dignu* locoque, non, dignus. — Kiihner 
compares with this verse of an old poet the lines in the Odys- 
sey, xi. 593 - 600, and remarks that the words saxum sudans 
nitendo correspond well with the Greek \aav avco dOeo-KG ttot\ 
\6<f>ov, and represent vividly the wearisome labor of Sisyphus. 

Hilum. This word is the root of nihilum (=ne hilum) 
and nihil. It is mostly used with a negation ; e. g. Lucret. 
iii. 843 : Nil igitur mors est, ad nos neque pertinet hilum. lb. 
iii. 221, 785; v. 1408. Enn. apud Varron. iv. L. L. xxii. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. V. VI. 137 

It is sometimes, however, found without a negation. See 
Freund. 

Crassus .... M. Antonius. The most distinguished ora- 
tors of their age. Crassus born B. c. 140, Antonius 143. Cf. 
Brut, xxxvi. -xl., xliii., xliv., liii. 

Corona. The ring of spectators. So used by Cicero, pas- 
sim. Cf. Or at. pro Mil. 1. Be Nat. Deor. II. i. 1. 

VI. Ista: those things you mention; iste being used of 
that which is referred to the person addressed, and hence 
called the demonstrative pronoun of the second person. (B. 
§ 103. Z. § 127. M. § 486.) Notice, also, the propriety of 
the use of the demonstrative of the first person in the next 
sentence ; haec, these things of which I am speaking. The 
Latin derives often a peculiar force and liveliness from the 
signification of its demonstratives. Thus, in the first oration 
against Catilina, vii. 16: Quid? Quod adventu tuo ista sub- 
sellia vacuefacta sunt, quod omnes consulares, qui tibi persaepe 
ad caedem constitud fuerunt, simul atque assediMi, partem 
istam subselliorum nudam atque inanem rdiquerunt, etc. Ista 
subsellia: those benches where you took your seat, — which 
you polluted by your presence. Again, in the Brutus, xi. : 
Ut enim tu nunc de Coriolano, sic Clitarchus, sic Stratocles de 
Themistocle Jinxit. Nam quern Thucydides .... tantum mor- 

tuum scripsit et in Attica clam hiwiatum, hunc isti aiunt, 

quum taurum hnmolavisset, exceplsse sanguinem patera, et eo 
poto mortuum concidisse. Isti, these historians of your school, 
— whom you resemble or imitate; Atticus in this passage 
sportively ranking Cicero with the not particularly veracious 
historians Clitarchus and Stratocles. In the dramatic writers, 
also, we find many beautiful illustrations of the distinction 
between hie, iste, and ille, in passages where the whole point 
consists in the peculiar force of these pronouns. 

Male narras : i. e. You say something I do not like to 
hear. Cic. ad Att. xvi. 14 : male naiTas de Nepotis Jilio. 
Terence, Andria, V. vi. 6: narras probe. F. A. Wolf ren- 
ders : Du sprichst nicht gut. Ei, das ist mir nicht lieb 1 



138 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Possem, si ... . dicer em. Notice this use of the imperfect 
subjunctive. Z. § 524. 

Ista. M. § 486, in fin. See infra, xi. 22, note on apud 
isios. 

11. Quis enim non: For who could not be eloquent? 
The enim implies an ellipsis; as, infra xiii. 30, xxxi. 76, 
xxxii. 78. Supply here Facile credo: I readily believe you; 
for, etc. Quidnegoiii: What difficulty. 

Philosophorum. Kuhner calls attention to the elegance of 
the position of this word at the end of the sentence, whereby 
it is made more emphatic, and the opposition to poetarum et 
pictorum more strongly denoted. 

Quis est enim. The particles enim, autem, and igitur, which 
usually occupy the second place in a sentence, are often 
found in the third place after est or sunt, when the sentence 
is commenced by the interrogative quis, quae, quid. Kuhner, 
note on xxvii. 6G, q. v. 

Tarn excors, quern isia moveant. Tarn with an adjective, 
explained and the idea completed by a relative clause which 
takes the subjunctive. Z. § 556. B § 154. M. § 364. 

Ne sunt quidem .... ulli : There are also no persons, etc. 
Ne . . . . quidem sometimes signifies " also not (as little as the 
preceding or as something else) ; Postero die Curio milites in 
acie collocat. Ne Varus quidem dubitat copias producere. 
(Caesar, £. C. II. 33.)" M. § 457. So, Brutus, liv. 199, 
lllud, quod populo non probatur, ne intelligenti quidem auditori 
probari potest. The most frequent use of ne . . . . quidem, as is 
very well known, is to " give prominence to the object oi 
negation, with the force of not even." 

Quia nulli sunt. An elegant construction, in the sense of 
quia non sunt. In the comic writers, the use of nullus for non 
is very frequent ; e. g. Terence, Fun. II. i. 10 : tametsi nullus 
moneas (i. e. nullus monitor sis). Hec. I. ii. 4 ; nullus dixeris. 
Andr. II. ii. 33. 

12. Jam. " Attende ad vim particulae jam, qua ivepyrj- 
tikos ex antecedentibus transitus et non exspectata ab altero 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. VI. 139 

conclusio significatur. Sic Graece 77S7. Cf. Xen. Symp, 
v. 5. See Hartung's Greek Part. I. p. 239 sqq." — Kuhner. 

Mallem .... quam : I would rather you had feared Cerberus, 
than said, etc. Mallem, Z. § 528, n. 2. M. § 350. b, Obs. 1. 
Metueres, Z. § 624. M. § 372. b, Obs. 2. Diceres, Z. § 560. n. 

Ista. Notice here, besides the peculiar force of the de- 
monstrative of the second person, the use of a plural pronoun, 
to refer, not only to what actually precedes, but also to other 
things like the antecedent (haec et talid). 

Quid dicis igitur? See note on quis est enim, supra, vi. 11. 

M. Crassum. M. Licinius Crassus, surnamed Dives, who 
with Caesar and Pompey formed the first Triumvirate. He 
was distinguished for his immense wealth. 

Qui .... dimiserit: sit orbatus: car eat. For these subjunc- 
tives see M. § 366 ; Z. § 564 ; B. § 158 ; A. & S. § 264. 8. 

lllas. Z. § 701. B. § 102. A. & S. § 207, Rem. 24. 

Dimiserit. On this very rare use of dimittere in the sense 
of to give up, Moser cites Cic. Orat. pro Caecin. 26. 75, pa- 
trimonium unius incommodo dimittitur: jus amitti non po- 
test sine magno incommodo civitatis. 

Cn. Pompeium: Cnaeus Pompeius Magnus, the Triumvir. 

Sint enim oportet. M Exspectes : sint enim necesse est ; sed 
oportel optime sese habet h. 1. ; significat enim ratio postulat, 
ut, qui mortui sint, esse statuamus. Cf. Pro Rose. Am. xxii. 
62; De Orat. i. 6, 20" — Kiihner. When oportet signifies 
duty, it always has the accusative with the infinitive. For 
its construction see M. § 373, Obs. 1 ; Z. § 625 ; B. § 202. n.; 
A. & S. I 273. 4. 

Modo : Just now ; a little while ago. Etiam : Even yet. 

13. Commemini. Moser remarks this word is seldom used 
by Cicero. He cites, however, De Orat. I. 53. 227 ; IH. 22. 
85. In this word, as in cogitare, comminiscu and others, com 
has the force of secum. Commeminisse = secum apud ani- 
mum suum meminisse. 

Commemini . . . . me miserum. " Constat verba existimandi 
et declarandi respuere solere verbum substantivum esse cum 



1-iO TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

partieipio vol adjectivo conjunctum, ut mox: miserrimum pulo 
vii. 13: miser os pittas Most" Kuhner. 

Velirru The wish is modestly expressed by the subjunc- 
tive. M. § 350. b, Obs. 1. 

VII. Immo: On the contrary. This word, allied with the 
superlative imus, means literally on the under side, on the 
other side, on the reverse, — e contrario. It hence ac- 
quires its meaning, in answers conveying a correction, of" no, 
on the other hand," " no indeed," " much rather." Some 
grammarians have considered it as sometimes an affirmative 
particle, to be translated by " yes indeed," " by all means " ; 
but in all the passages where such a meaning has been as- 
signed it, its primary corrective force can be easily distin- 
guished. The answer may convey an assent to the propo- 
sition of the preceding speaker, but immo always, in such 
cases, introduces some stronger expression, and thus, even 
then, denies the weaker expression which precedes. " This 
increase," says Zumpt (Gr. § 277), "may be sometimes ex- 
pressed in English by l nay,' or '•nay even. 9 But this does 
not justify the assertion that immo is an affirmative adverb." 
In consequence of the derivation of this word, some gramma- 
rians prefer the orthography imo, which is adopted by Moser. 
But the adjective itself was sometimes written immus ; and 
the weight of authority is decidedly in favor of immo. 

Quia non sint. The subjunctive of modest and doubtful 
statement. The opponent, says Kuhner, shaken by the ar- 
guments of Cicero, now repeats, with hesitation, the same 
opinion which he had before (§ 11, quia nulli sunt) main- 
tained, with perfect confidence, with the indicative. By the 
use infra of the indicative, quia non sunt, the speaker shows 
his confidence in the truth of his assertion. 

Quid enim .... qui non sit? The construction is quid 
enim tarn pugnat, quam [eum], qui non sit, non modo mise- 
rum, sed om.nino quidquam, esse? Pugnat, is contradictory. 

Porta Capena. A celebrated gate of Rome, in the 
wall of Servius Tullius, from which issued the Via Appia. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. VII. 141 

It took its name from Capena, an old town of Latium. An 
aqueduct was carried over it, whence the expression of Juve- 
nal, madlda Capena (Sat. III. 11). So Martial, Epigr. III. 
xlvii. : Capena grandi porta qua phut gutta. Forcellini. — 
Most of the tombs of the distinguished Roman families during 
the Republican period lay on the Via Appia. The tomb of 
the Scipios was discovered in 1 780 on the left of this Way, 
and near the Porta Capena. 

Calatini. A. Atilius Calatinus, a distinguished Roman 
general in the first Punic War. " His tomb was adorned 
with the inscription, 4 Unum hunc pluriinae consentiunt gen- 
tes populi primarium fuisse.' Cf. De Senect. xvii." 

Serviliorum. The most distinguished of this family were 
Cn. Servilius Caepio, consul b. c. 169, and Q. Servilius Cae- 
pio, consul b. c. 106. 

Metellorum. Among the eminent men of this family were 
L. Caecilius Metellus, who gained a great victory over Has- 
drubal, b. c. 250, Q. Caecilius Metellus Macedonicus, and Q. 
Caecilius Metellus Numidicus. 

Verbo premis = verbo urges : You press me, ply me hard 
with a word (i. e. the word esse). " Translate a re militari 
(hostes premere, i. e. acriter persequi) est dicendo aut dispu- 
tando urgere aliquem." Forcellini. 

14. An tn dialecticis ne imbutus nuidem es? " An stands, 
not only in the second member of disjunctive interrogations, 
but also in simple questions of a supplementary kind, which 
are subjoined to the preceding discourse when an inquiry is 
made, what must be the case otherwise (in case there is some 
objection to be made to the foregoing) or then (in case some 
idea proposed in it is confirmed), or when the speaker him- 
self appends an answer to the question or some suspicion re- 
lating to it under the form of a new question (in which case 
an sometimes assumes the signification of nonne). i% Madvig 
(§ 453), who translates this passage, " Or have you not learned 
even ihz first principles of dialectics ? " 

In primis : h. e. in initiis, elementis, fundamento dialecti- 
corum. Cf. Acad. II. xxix. 95. Kfthner. 



142 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Omne pronuntiatum: every proposition, "A proposition 
is defined logically i a sentence indicative* i. e. affirming or 
denying (this excludes commands and questions). This 
definition relates entirely to the words of a proposition ; with 
Tegard to the matter, its property is to be true or false" 
Whately's Logic, Chap. II. § 1. Moser cites Aulus Gellius, 
a Latin grammarian who flourished in the second century 
after Christ, who says, in his Nodes Atticae, XVI. 8 : 
" Quicquid ita dicitur plena atque perfecta verborum senten- 
tia, ut id necesse sit aut verum aut falsum esse, id a dialecti- 
cis d^toj/xa appellatum est — a M. Cicerone pronuntiatum, 
quo ille vocabulo tantisper uti se attestatus est, quoad melius, 
inquit, invenero" To constitute a proposition, we must have 
a noun in the nominative case, and a verb in the third person. 

In praesentia. Praesentia is a noun in the ablative case ; 
not an adjective in the accusative plural, as some scholars 
have thought. See Hand's Tursellinus, III. pp. 288, 289 ; 
Doderlein's Handbook of Latin Synonymes, I. p. 141. The 
meaning of the phrase here is simply hoc tempore, nunc, in 
opposition to post following. 

Occurrit, ut appellarem. Occurrit is perfect, hence the 
imperfect appellarem. " Sed quum sit perfectum praesens, 
poterat quidem sequi appellem ; hoc vero loco (quod recte 
observavit Billerbeckius) Cicero certe prius cogitaverit pro- 
nuntiatum, quam appellaret." Moser. See Z. § 514. 

Omne pronuntiatum . ... id ergo est pronuntiatum, quod, 
etc. An anacoluthon* M. § 480. Z. §§ 739, 757, 815. A. 
& S. § 323. 3. (5). Id ergo est pronuntiatum, quod: That, as 
I was saying (ergo), is a proposition which, etc. Ergo (like 
igitur and inquani) is often used, as here, after parenthetical 
sentences, to refer back to the leading idea ; " after which the 
interrupted proposition is repeated and concluded, often in a 
form somewhat modified, so that the original commencement of 
the proposition remains without a corresponding conclusion." 

* y Ai>aKo\ov6ia and rb avaKoKovdov are compounded of the 
negative a and aKoXovStco, to follow. 






BOOK FIRST. CHAP. VII. VIII. 143 

Ut possit judicari: So that it can be judged. " It may be 
observed of the particle ut (uti), that it has its root in the 
same interrogative and relative pronominal theme from which 
uter, ubi, &c. are derived, and therefore originally signifies 
how, or (relatively) as. From how is deduced the significa- 
tion that, as applied to express a purpose and the object of 
the verb, and from the relative usage partly the signification 
as soon as (ut veni, abiit), partly that of so that (just as the 
pronoun qui acquires the signification of so that he). Then 
the original signification is still further lost, so that the word 
only marks out a proposition indefinitely and generally as the 
object or complement of another (with verbs of happening)." 
M. § 372. a, Obs. 

Age jam. Hand, in his Tursellinus, Vol. I. p. 209, re- 
marks that age jam is often used when the speaker concedes 
some point, and at the same time, being about to bring up 
some other difficulty or objection, calls attention to the argu- 
ments he is going to use. 

VIII. 15. Ecqui. So Kuhn., Tregd., Tisch., after the 
MS. Regius and several others. Most editors read Ecquid; 
but, as Kiihner says, the rare word ecqui would be very lia- 
ble to be corrupted by the copyists. Ecqui = ecquo modo. 

Quantum mali .... dejtceris: How much evil you have re- 
moved. Kiihner notices the same use of dejicere like detra- 
here in Tusc. II. v. 14 : quantum de doloris terrore dejeceris. 
IV. xxxvii. 80 : vitia ratione a se esse dejecta. 

Mori. Bentley conjectures mors, which Kiihner adopts. 
But this use of mori can be justified by the rendering which 
Tischer gives to etiam mortuis, — " auch in Bezug auf un- 
sern Zustand nach dem Tode," " even in relation to our 
condition after death." 

Calcem: the goal, limit of the race-course. "Ex eo au- 
tem calx curriculi finis [in circo] vocatus est, quod creta aut 
etiam calce notaretur." Cf. Lucretius, VI. 91. Seneca, 
Epist. 108 : hanc quam nunc in circo cretam vocamus, anil- 
qui calcem dicebani. 



Hi TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Epicharmi A distinguished comic poet, born in the island 
of Cos about b. c. 540. At the age of three months lie was 
carried to Sicily, where he spent the remainder of his life. 

Ut Siculi: as being a Sicilian, — inasmuch as he was a 
Sicilian. Cf. infra, xliii. 104: [Diogenes,"] ut Cynic us, 
projici se jussit inhumatum. In regard to the wit of the Si- 
cilians, Tischer cites, Or at. in Verr. II. 4. 43. 95 : Numquam 
tarn male est Siculis, quin aliquid facete et commode dicant. 
Notice the difference between the signification of ut here and 
in Brutus, vii. 27: Clisthenem multum, ut temporibus Mis, 
valuisse dicendo. Sermone, discourse, conversation. 

Emori aestumo. The verse is trochaic tetrameter ca- 

talectic. For the orthography of aestumo see M. § 5, Obs. 
5 ; Z. § 2. Sed me esse mortuum nihil aestumo. Tischer 
cites Plautus, Capt. iv. 5. 83 : Post mortem in morte nihil 
est, quod metuam, mall 

Jam agnosco Graecum. " Jam veniunt in memoriam verba 
Graeca, jam reminiscor verborum Graecorum." So Tusc. II. 
xi. 26 : unde isti versus ? non enim agnosco. 

Moriendum .... putem. Take esse with moriendum. Mi- 
serum putem. See note on commemini . ... me miserum, 
VI. 13. Moriendum esse : The necessity of death. 

16. Cui proximum tempus est post mortem. There has 
been some dispute in regard to the meaning of this passage, 
but the obvious interpretation given by F. A. Wolf is un- 
doubtedly correct: cui [morti] proximum tempus, [tempus] 
est post mortem. 

Confitemur. " Verbum confitemur respondet vocabulo Pla- 
tonico 6uo\oyovfjL€v, estque i. q. convenit inter nos. Diff'ert 
autem haec significatio ab ea, quam habet proximum confi- 
tear: est enim ibi i. q. concedam, quamquam invitus, quia, 
quod reponam, non habeo. Quod vero sequitur assentiar, id 
ex animi sententia fieri existimandum." Moser. — " Recte 
explicat Neidius : Confitemur, si veritatem quidem non per- 
speximus, nihil tamen contra alterius argumentandi rationem 
afferre possumus ; assensus nisi perspecta veritate esse non 
potest." Kiihner. Ut confitear: To yield, give way. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. VIII. 145 

Haec enim spinosiora : For these too subtle, intricate argu- 
ments, etc. Moser remarks upon Cicero's fondness for the use 
of the word spinosus, and cites Orat. XXXII. 114; De Finn. 
III. i. 3 ; Tusc. IV. v. 9. Spinosus (literally Hiorny) in this 
tropical sense corresponds, says Kuhner, to the German 
gpitzfindig. 

Prius = potius . " Habet interdum vim similem adverbii 
potius, aut magis. Cic. Tusc. V. xsvii 78 ; Pro Ligar. xii. ; 
Caes. B. Civ. III. i. ; Balb. ad Cicer. i. ad Jin. post ep. 8. /. ix. 
ad Attic" Forcellini. 

Quae dicis te majora moliri, Gorenz prefers the reading 
te dicis to dicis te* because, as he says, in the construction of 
the accusative with the infinitive, pronouns are usually put 
before verba dicendi. But, as Kuhner remarks, although in 
this construction with verba dicendi et sentiendi, the pronoun 
is put before the verb when there is attached to the pronoun 
itself peculiar force and emphasis, when it has no such em- 
phasis it is placed after the ruling verb, as in our passage. It 
is thus found after the verb in statements of general truths and 
in definitions (as infra, xxxvi. 87 : si sentias te non habere). 

Ut . . . . non ejficias : Even if you do not prove (lit. make 
out), etc. " Ut takes the signification of although, even sup- 
pose that, from first signifying, i even if we suppose the case 
that* ; the proposition is therefore a consecutive proposition, 
and is expressed negatively with ut non" M. § 440. a, Obs. 4. 

Mors ut malum non sit. The position of mors before ut 
gives it a marked emphasis. See Z. § 356. 

Superbum id quidemest: That would indeed be haughty. 
The present indicative, where we should use the imperfect 
potential ; as in the expressions difficile, longum, magnum, 
infinitum est. See Z. § 520, in fin. ; M. § 348. e, Obs. 1, in fin. 

Malo non roges. So Kuhn., Tr., and Tisch., and all the 
MSS. Orelli and other editors read malo n e roges. " Han- 
dius ad Wopkens. p. 71. non h. 1. ab omni iatinitate abhorrere 
censet : quam sententiam calculo suo probavit Moserus. Con- 
stat quidem, post verba volendi sequi ne, quia prohibendi 
10. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 



146 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

notio in ejusmodi enuntiatis inest ; at h. 1. Cicero rectissime 
scripsit non roges, quia haec verba opposita sunt antecedenti- 
bus si te rogavero, ita quidem, ut non roges idem fere 
sit, quod abstineas rogand o." Kuhner. 

IX. Unus e multis : els iv ttoXXoIs, one of many, i. e. a 
common, ordinary man. Cf. Brut, lxxix. 274 : Qui non fuit 
orator unus e multis, potius inter multos prope singularis 
fuit. Horat. Sat. I. ix. «71 : sum paulo injirmior, unus multo- 
rum. So unum e togatis, De Rep. I. xxii. ; unus e togatorum 
numero, De Orat. I. xxiv. 111. 

Probabilia conjectura sequens. After the manner of the 
Academical philosophers. 

Certa dicent, etc. The Stoics professed to attain absolute 
certainty in regard to the objects of knowledge ; the Academ- 
ics only to find what is most probable. 

Tu, ut videtur: " h. e. tu statue, ut tibi videtur." 

18. Mors igitur. Moser refers the conjunction igitur to 
the idea to be mentally supplied quia te ad audiendum para- 
turn esse dicis. 

Sunt enim, qui . . . .putent esse mortem. Cicero refers to 
Plato and the Academics. For the subjunctive see M. § 365 ; 
Z. § 561 ; B. § 157; A. & S. § 264. 6. F. A. Wolf explains 
this subj. by considering qui as equivalent to tales, qui; and all 
grammarians agree in the statement, that, in relative clauses, 
with the subj. introducing the c ; xumstances which character- 
ize the class denoted by an indefinite general expression, a 
demonstrative can generally be supplied before the relative. 

Alii statim dissipari. The opinion of the Epicureans. 
With alii understand censent. 

Diu permanere. As the Stoics thought. 

Alii semper. The doctrine of the immortality of the soul 
was held by Plato. 

Cor ipsum animus. " Qui cor animum esse dicebant, mo- 
vebantur, ut veri simile est, usitata loquendi consuetudine, 
qua cor pro animo ab omnibus nationibus dicitur : poterant 
etiam niti hoc argumento: Principium vitae est animus. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. IX. 1-17 

Cor est principlum vltae : Cor igitur est animus. Prima 
ilia sumptio certa per se videtur. Secunda probatur auctori- 
tate Aristotelis, cujus verba sunt e libro tertio de partibus 
animalium : in corde principium uitae omnisque motus et 
sensus esse censemus [Lib. III. p. 58. ed. Sylburg. : iv rj [rfj 
Kaphiq] rrjv dpxr]V (pafiev ttjs fo^s kol irdans Kivrjaeoi)? kcl\ 
alo-Srja-ecDs^. Plin. quoque Lib. XI. c. 37." Muretus, cited 
by Moser. 

Nasica. P. Cornelius Seipio Nasica Corculum, who mar- 
ried a daughter of Seipio Africanus the Elder. Cf. Brutus, 
xx. 79, lviii. 213. Nasica was called Corculum. 

Catus Aeliu' Sextus. Sextus iElius Paetus, a jurist of 
eminence, and a ready speaker. Brutus, xx. From his 
reputation as a jurist and a prudent man, he got his cogno- 
men Catus. The line here quoted is from the Annates of 
Ennius. Aeliu\ See note on Sysiphu', supra, v. 10. 

Empedocles .... sanguinem. u Imo dicebat Empedocles, 
cordi suffusum sanguinem esse animi sedem." Lambinus. — 
His words are, Alfia yap dvOptoirois nepiicdpdiov eort vonpa. — 
Empedocles was a Sicilian philosopher, who flourished about 
B. C. 444. 

Alii pars quaedam cerebri. Camerarius cites Plautus, 
Menaechn. III. ii. 40, non tibi sanum est, adolescens, sinci- 
put intelligo. Tischer quotes Phaedrus, I. vii. 2 : quanta 
species, inquit, cerebrum non habet! 

Principatum: {jyepovueov. Orelli cites De Nat. Deorum, 
I. xv. 39. See lb. II. xi. 29. The ruling power. 

Alii in corde. The Stoics, Epicureans, and some physi- 
cians. Alii in cerebro: Erasistratus, Herophilus, and the 
Pythagoreans. Davis. 

Animam : " ventum sive aerem. Graece avtuos" 

Ut fere nostri. Declarat nomen. The best MSS., as the 
Ilegius, Vaticanus, and Bernensis, read ut fere nostri decla- 
rant nomen. F. A. Wolf conjectured ut f. n. declarant no- 
mine, and Orelli, Schiitz, Nobbe, Klotz, and Kiihner adopt 
this reading. Some old editors read ut f. n. declarant, nomU 



148 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

nari. The reading I give was suggested by Bentley, and 
has been adopted by Davis, Tregder, and Tischer. The 
change of declarant into declarat obviates all difficulties of 
construction and interpretation, and is justified by the fact to 
which Tischer alludes, that in the Regius MS. the singular 
and plural are often confounded. Moser gives the same 
reading, but brackets the whole sentence Declarat .... sen- 
tentia, as the gloss of some skilful hand. Several editors 
enclose the words between nomen and ipse autem animus in 
brackets ; others mark in the same manner the words et ani- 
mosos et b. a. et ex a. sententia. Orelli's remark on this point, 
however, is based on a sound principle of textual criticism : 
" Praestat tamen in illis et animos, cet., \oyiitbv afiaprniia Ci- 
ceronis ipsius agnoscere, quam glossema." Moser himself suc- 
cessfully vindicates the Ciceronian purity of the words which 
he brackets. The sentiment of the whole passage, as Kiihner 
remarks, is this : There have been philosophers who said that 
the mind was nothing but air ; and this opinion seems to be 
confirmed by the Latin language, which has many words and 
phrases in which the word anima has the same signification 
as animus. The words in italics need not be translated. 

Ipse autem animus. Some editors, thinking that the words 
between nomen and ipse should be omitted, read ipse enim 
animus, — a reading which is not supported by the MSS. 

Zenoni. Zeno, the founder of the Stoic philosophy. 

Zenoni .... animus ignis videtur. " Ignis intelligitur irvev- 
fia evdepfjLou. Diog. L. vii. 157." Kiihner. Zeno regarded 
individual souls as being what the soul of the universe was ; 
as of the nature of fire, or as warm breath ; and therefore 
as perishable. Smiths Diet, of Biog. and Mythol. Fire 
was very naturally regarded by the ancients as the symbol of 
all immaterial forces. 

X. Vulgo: scil. animum statuunt esse. Reliqua fere sin- 
guli: scil. dicunt. The idea is: The opinions I have thus 
far stated concerning the nature of the mind have been com- 
monly accepted ; those I am now about to state have been 
advanced almost by single individuals. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. X. 149 

20. Ut: as for example. Ut . . . . quandam. Kiihner in- 
terprets : " Veluti multi veteres philosophi suam quisque de 
animi natura protulerunt opinionem, proxime autem Aristo- 
xenus animum ipsius corporis intentionem esse quandam esse 
dicebat." 

Aristoxenus. A Peripatetic philosopher and a celebrated 
musician of Tarentum, who flourished about B. c. 318. 

Corporis intentionem: scil. animum esse censebat. 

Velut in caniu et Jidibus. Understand cieatur. 

A Platone. In the Phaedo, p. 92 sqq. 

Xenocrates. Born at Chalcedon, b. c. 396. He was a 
pupil of Plato, and became president of the Academy. 

Pythagorae. " Since of all things numbers are by nature 
the first, in numbers (the Pythagoreans) thought they per- 
ceived many analogies to things that exist and are produced, 
more than in fire, and earth, and water ; as that a certain 
affection of numbers was justice ; a certain other affection, 
soul and intellect ; another, opportunity ; and of the rest, so 
to say, each in like manner ; and moreover, seeing the affec- 
tions and ratios of what pertains to harmony to consist in 
numbers, since other things seemed in their entire nature to 
be formed in the likeness of numbers, and in all nature num- 
bers are the first, they supposed the elements of numbers to 
be the elements of all things." Aristotle, Met. I. 5, cited in 
Smith's Diet. Pythagorae visum erat: Pythagoras had thought. 

Triplicem jinxit animum. The three parts are ratio, vovs 
(to XoyiKov, to rjyepoviKov), ira 6vp6s (to OvyuKov), cupiditas, 
crrt^u/xm (to €7rt.6vfir]TiK6v). Many editions and MSS. read 
anijnam ; but wrongly. 

Sicut in arce. Cf. De Nat. Deor. II. lvi. 140, where Moser 
says, " haec comparatio ducta est a Platone apud Longinum 
Uepi "Yfovs. § 32." 

21. Dicaearchus. A Peripatetic philosopher, a geogra- 
pher, and an historian ; a pupil of Aristotle. He wrote 
three books He pi ¥yx?}s, and a book on death. Cicero, in his 
letters, often alludes to him in complimentary terms. See 
infra, xxxi. 77. 



150 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Frustra = sine causa. 

Et animalia et animantes : Both animals and living 
things ; animantes including plants, as well as men and 
beasts. " Inter animal et animans hoc interest, quod ani- 
mal dicitur de iis tantum, quae sensitivam habent animam : 
animans aliquando latius patet, et plantas etiam complecti- 
tur." Forcellini. 

Animum vel animam. To show the distinction between 
the signification of these two words, Davis cites Juvenal, on 
the difference between men and brutes, Sat. xv. 148 
Indulsit communis conditor illis 
Tantum animas, nobis animum quo que. 

Quippe quae nulla sit. The assigning of the reason by the 
relative clause with the subjunctive, is strengthened by the 
addition of quippe. M. § 366, Obs. 2. Z. § 365. B. § 158. 
n. 1. A. & S. § 264. 8. 

Temperatione = organization. 

22. Quattuor .... genera principiorum : Those four well-known 
classes of elements : viz., earth, air, fire, and water. 

Quintam naturam. Cf. infra, xvii. 41, xxvi. 65, xxvii. 66 ; 
Acad. I. vii. 26; Finn. IV. v. 12. 

, Ei>re\exeiaz>. Many' editors read eVSeXe'xeiai/, but eVreXc'- 
%€ia is the word used by Aristotle, although Cicero misin- 
terprets him, — for Aristotle denies to the mind all motion 
(De Anima, I. 3). Motionem: activity, power of action. 

XL Hae sunt fere .... sententiae: These are nearly all 
the opinions, etc. 

Democritum. An atomistic philosopher, born at Abdera 
in Thrace, B. c. 490. 

Magnum ilium quidem, sed. See supra, note on iii. 6 : 
ab optimis illis quidem viris, sed. Levibus : e : smooth. 

Corpusculis: i. e. atoms. Cf. De Nat. Deor. I. xxiv. 66. 

Apud istos. The plural pronoun here refers, not only to 
the individual who has been mentioned (Democritus), but 
also to those who entertain similar views (the atomistic phi- 
losophers generally, conspicuous among whom are the Epi- 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XI. 151 

curean). For a similar use of the plural pronoun, see supra, 
vi. 12, ista. We have also an instance here of the use of 
iste without reference to the second person, according to the 
rule stated by Madvig, § 486 in fin. : " Iste is also used of a 
thing which is near or present to the speaker, but which he 
(contemptuously) motions from him (as, e. g., by the com- 
plainant of the defendant in a court of justice), or of a thing 
which we have ourselves recently named or mentioned (and 
think of as more remote)-." 

23. Deus aliqui viderit: Let some god see. Notice the 
adjective form of the pronoun. Aliquis, however, like quis, 
is used in Cicero both as a substantive and as an adjective ; 
and this double use became in later writers frequent. 

Utrum . ... an. See Arnold's Latin Prose Composition, 
§19. 

Si posset: sc\\. fieri. So often solet for fieri solet. 

Conf under e = conj unger e, to unite the two. Compare De Nat. 
Deor. III. viii. 19; Orat. pro Sest. ii. 5; De Off. I. xxvii. 95. 
So De Fin. V. xxiii. 67 : confusio virtutum. 

Ut ista. Another instance of the concessive use of ut = 
even if although. Id agamus: Let us aim at that point. 

Si videtur : scil. tibi. The pronoun is omitted also infra 
xxxii. 77. 

Nunc hoc, illud alias. Bouhier thus explains this pas- 
sage : " Nunc, si videtur tibi, hoc agamus, et in quaestione 
animorum immoremur ; illud argumentum de mortis abigen- 
do metu exsequemur alias." 

24. His sententiis omnibus. The ablative is here used in 
the same manner as we say meo judicio, mea sententia, etc., 
instead of ex mea sententia. See Ramshorn's Lat. Gr. § 145, 
p. 443, ed. 2 ; Kilmer's Lat. Gr. § 115, not. 10, p. 222, ed. 2. 
— Kiihner. Cf. Z. §457; A. & S. § 249. II. 

Ullam in partem quod intersit. The position of the rela- 
tive after ullam in partem gives emphasis to those words. 
Eum librum. The Phaedo, which is entitled <f»ai'6W fj nepl 



152 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

25. Dasne: do you grant? Cf. Tusc. II. xn. 28; Finn 
V xxviii. 

Quoniam ne sint quidem. Quoniam is here joined with 
the subjunctive, because the Auditor gives the reason which 
would hold good in the case supposed by Cicero, and not the 
aci ual reason according to his own views of the facts. 

XII. 26. Si minus id obtinebis : If you do not prove that 
" In English the expression of the future is commonly omitted 
in subordinate propositions, if it is found in the leading propo- 
sition ; but this omission may not take place in Latin." M. 
§ 339, Obs. 1. 

Docebis. " Eleganter et cum urbanitate quadam futurum 
vices sustinet imperativi", quum speramus, fore, ut id, quod ab 
altero fieri volumus, efficiatur. V. Ramsh. Lat. Gr. § 167, 
not. 2, ed. 2 ; Kuhn. L. Gr. § 107. 9, p. 157 sq., ed. 2." Kuh- 
ner. See Z. §586; E. § 178; A. & S. § 26 1\ Rem. 2. 

Quod : A thing which. 

27. Unum illud. F. A. Wolf remarks that unus is added 
to superlatives and other words to denote a superiority, either, 
Orelli adds, in a good or in a bad quality. 

Cascos. " Varro de lingua Latina, VII. § 28 : Cascum si- 
gnificat vetus ; ejus origo Sabina, quae usque radices in 
Oscam linguam egit. Cascum vetus esse significat Ennius y 
quod cat : Quam prisci casci populi tenuere Latini. Cf. A. 
Gell. Noct. Att. I. 10: Adolescens casce nimis et vetuste Zo- 
quens." Tischer. 

E pontificio jure et caerimoniis sepulcrorum. " The col- 
lege of pontiffs at Rome had the supreme superintendence of 
all matters of religion, and of things and persons connected 
with public, as well as private worship. They had to guard 
against any irregularity in the observance of religious rites 
that might arise from a neglect of the ancient customs, or 
from the introduction of foreign rites. They had not only to 
determine in what manner the heavenly gods should be wor- 
shipped, but also the proper form of burials, and how the 
souls of the departed (manes) were to be appeased." Smith's 
Diet, of Anliq., p. 940, q. v. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XII. 153 

" A sepulchre, or any place in which a person was buried, 
was reU'jiosus : all things which were left or belonged to the 
Dii Manes were religiosae ; those consecrated to the Dii 
Superi were called sacrae. Even the place in which a slave 
was buried was considered as religious. Whoever violated 
a sepulchre was subject to an action termed sepulcri violati 
actio. Those who removed the bodies or bones from the 
sepulchre were punished by death or deportatio in insulam, 
according to their rank : if the sepulchre was violated in any 
other way, they were punished by deportatio, or condemnation 
to the mines." Ibid. p. 502. 

Cf. Laelius, it. 13 (supra, p. 97). See, also, Creuzer, on 
Cic. de Legg. I. xxii. 55, p. 321 ; and the authorities cited 
by Moser, in his note on the fragment in De Re Publico, IV. 
viii. : sic pontijicio jure sanctitudo sepulturae (p. 429 of his 
edition). 

Nee violatas .... religione sanxissent : M h. e. nee sanxis- 
sent, ut. si qui sepulcrorum caerimonias violassent, eulpam, 
quae nullo piaculo solvi posset, contraxisse putarentur. Re- 
ligio enim est culpa, quae, quum religiones violantur, con- 
trahitur." Translate: Xor would they have forbidden their isola- 
tion under the penalty of so inexpiable a crime. 

Nisi haereret. After coluissent and sanxissent, we should 
expect the pluperfect haesisset : but, as Ktihner remarks, the 
imperfect is here used to refer the idea to that very time in 
which the ancient Romans attached such sanctity to funeral 
rites. He cites a similar case from Laelius, iv. 13 (supra, 

p. 97) : quod non fecissent ri .... arbitrarentur. Intra. 

xxxvii. 89 : si timeretur . . . . non concidisset. Orat. pro Mil. 
xvii. 45 : nisi .... approperaret, nunquam reliquisset. See 
Z. § 525. Haereret: It was fixed. 

In ceteris humi retineretur et permaneret tamen. Retain- 
ing this reading (which is given by some of the best MSS., as 
the Regius. Bernensis, and Gudianus I., and adopted by 
Orelli. Moser, Kuhner, Tischer, and many others), quae. 
the subject of the verbs retineretur and permaneret, must be 



154 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

referred to vitae as its antecedent. Kiihner explains the 
passage thus : Vita e virtutis praeceptis acta dicitur esse dux 
in caelum: vita hominum vitiis ac voluptatibus deditorum 
dicitur humi retineri et permanere tamen, h. e. vita ejusmodi 
hominum etiam post mortem in his terris continuatur, — quia 
eorum animi, terrestria amplexati, in caelum evolare non pos- 
sunt, sed circum terram volutantur, — ita tamen, ut ea non 
altera morto exstinguatur, sed permaneat. 

It cannot' be denied that the construction with our reading 
is harsh. Some old editors read retineret ; some MSS. red- 
neret et permanerent tamen, Lambinus, in his ed. of 1566, 
in ceteris eos humi retineret, ut permanerent tamen. One MS. 
gives et retinerentur et permanerent. F. A. Wolf conjectures, 
quum ceteri humi retinerentur, ut permanerent tamen. Kiih- 
ner suggests, quae, ut claris v. etf. d. i. c. s. esse, ita ceteros 
humi retineret, ut permanerent tamen. Whatever be the cor- 
rect reading, however, the idea is evident. It was a common 
belief among the Greeks and Romans, that the souls of those 
who, in this life, enslave themselves to sensuality, unable 
to rise, after death, to the abodes of pure spirits, linger 
around their old bodies, or become joined to new and inferior 
ones. Cf Plato, Phaedo, 69, 70, 131 ; Servius on the iEneid, 
VI. 127; and Macrobius on Scipio's Dream, Lib. I. c. 9. 
Souls of this character, says Plato {Phaedo, 69, 70, Cary's 
trans.), " impressed with that which is corporeal, which the 
intercourse and communion of the body, through constant as- 
sociation and great attention, have made natural to them, .... 
by possessing which [they] are weighed down, and drawn 
again into the visible world through dread of the invisible 
and of Hades, — wander, it is said, amongst monuments and 
tombs ; about which, indeed, certain shadowy phantoms of 
souls have been seen, being such images as those souls pro- 
duced which have not departed pure from the body, but which 
partake of the visible, on which account, also, they are visi- 
ble These are the souls of the wicked, which are com- 
pelled to wander about such places, paying the penalty of 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XII. 155 

their former conduct, which was evil ; and they wander about 
so long, until, through the desire of the corporeal nature which 
accompanies them, they are again united to a body ; and they 
are united, as it is probable, to animals having the same hab- 
its as those they have given themselves up to during life." 

" Such are those thick and gloomy shadows damp 
Oft seen in charnel vaults, and sepulchres, 
Lingering and sitting by a new-made grave, 
As loath to leave the body that it loved, 
And linked itself by carnal sensuality 
To a degenerate and degraded state." 

Milton, Comus, 470-475. 

28. Romulus .... aevom. A verse of Ennius, which Ser- 
vius gives thus : — 

" Romulus in caelo cum dis genitalibus aevum 
Degit." 
Cicero, and the ancient writers generally, in quoting from 
memory, were satisfied with expressing accurately the senti- 
ment, without being scrupulous in giving the words. Aevom. 
For the old use of o for u after the letter v, see Z. § 2. 

Oceanian. The Atlantic. Hercules was worshipped, as 
Davis shows, at Gades. 

Praesens (near at hand) = help-giving, reach/ to help. Cause 
for effect. Cf. Orel I i on Horat. Curm. I. xxxv. 2. 

Semela. This Latin form of the ablative is given by the 
best MSS. and editors, instead of the Greek form Seniele, 
which many editions have. It was not until the Augustan 
age, says Kuhner, that the Greek termination came into com- 
mon use in prose. See Z. § 46. 1. n. 

Tyndaridae fratres : Castor and Pollux. Cf. Cic. de Nat. 
Deor. IT. ii. 6 : praesentiam saepe divi suam declarant, ut et 
apud Begillum hello Latinorum quum A. Postumius dictator 
cum Octavio Mamilio Tusculano proelio dimicaret, in nostra 
acie Castor et Pollux ex equis pugnare visi sunt; et recenti- 
ore memoria iidem Tyndaridae Persen victum nuntiaverunt. 

Adjutores .... Romani. Adjutores is here construed with 



156 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

two genitives, victor lae and populi Romani. See M. § 283, 
Obs. 3. The construction adjutor victoriae is similar to adju* 
tor ... . iracundiae, Terent. Adel. I. i. 66 ; honoris . ... ad- 
jutorem, Cic. pro Flacc. i. 1. 

Ino. See Smith's Classical Dictionary, under Aihamas. 
The idea of the passage Ino .... nostris, as Kiihner expresses 
it, is this : Nonne Ino, Cadmi filia, divino honore fruitur ? 

XIII. 29. Major um gentium dii. The origin of this 
phrase is given in the Lexicons, s. v. gens. Ennius enumer- 
ates the names of these gods as follows : — 

Juno, Vesta, Minerva, Ceres, Diana, Venus, Mars, 
Mercurius, Jov'C, Neptunus, Volcanus, Apollo. 

Quaere .... Graecia = Adi sepulcra deorum, quae hodie 
demonstrantur in Graecia. Moser. — The Cretans pointed 
out a certain sepulchre as that of Jupiter (Callim. Hymn, in 
Jov. v. 8). Ceres was said to have been buried at Eleusis. 
See, further, De Nat. Deor. III. xxxii. 57. Some editors 
read demonstrentur . 

Quae traduntur. So Orelli, Moser, and many manuscripts. 
Kiihner, and many other editors, read tradantur. 

Quae .... mysteriis. u . Ad rem v. Cic. Legg II. xiv. 36 : 
mihi quum multa eximia divinaque videantur Aihenae tuae 
peperisse atque in vita hominum attulisse, turn nihil melius 
illis mysteriis, quibus ex agresti immanique vita exculti ad 
humanitatem et mitigati sumus ; initiaque ut appellantur, ita 
re vera principia vitae cognovimus, neque solum cum laetitia 
vivendi rationem accepimus, sed etiam cum spe meliore mo- 
riendi" Cf. Isocrates, Paneg. p. 10, Felton's ed., and note 
p. 71 sqq. 

Tractari coepissent. Madvig conjectures coepta sunt, which 
reading, though not supported by the MSS., Tregder, Kiih- 
ner, and Tischer adopt. 

Sed qui .... tenebant, etc. : But since they (the ancients) 
had not yet learned that philosophy which began to be investi- 
gated many years afterwards, they had convinced themselves 
of only so much as they had become acquainted iciih through 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XIII. XIV. 157 

the instructions of nature ; they did not understand the rela- 
tions and causes of things; [and~] they were often disturbed, 
etc. " Physica = metaphysical Qui .... didicissent. Rains- 
horn's Lat. Gr. § 183, p. 764 sq., ed. 2. 

30. Utporro: As, then. 

Quod . . . .sit. " The subjunctive is here used because the 
sentiment is stated according to the opinion of another party." 
Ktihner. 

Deorum opinio: h. e. opinio de diis. Objective genitive. 
So, De Nat. Deor. I. xii. 29 : Empedocles in deorum opim- 
one turpissime labitur. 

Multi . . . .putanda est ; — quis est igitur. The whole clause 
multi . . . . putanda est is parenthetical. Quis est igitur: who 
is there, I say. Observe the use of igitur, to refer back to 

the clause {Ut opinio) which had been broken off by the 

parenthetical sentence. We have here an anacoluthon, inas- 
much as ut would regularly be followed by ita, and, if Cicero 
had bound himself down to formal rules of construction, we 
should read, instead of " quis est igitur," ita nemo est, qui etc. 
There is, however, nothing harsh or unnatural in this turn of 
the sentence ; on the contrary, it is an instance of the success 
with which Cicero in his dialogues imitates the freedom of 
conversational language, — an imitation particularly conspic- 
uous and happy in his Brutus, and which completely vindi- 
cates the capabilities of the Latin language for elegant ease 
in style and diction. Eo: On that account, 

Maeret .... dolent anguntur. The verb maerere sig- 
nifies, not only to lament, but also to express grief openly, by 
visible signs. Forcellini defines maereo : tristis sum, aegre- 
sco, in moestitia sum ; ej us que aegritudinis signa 
do querendo, lament an d o, luge n d o. Dolere and 
angi indicate the feeling of pain, but not so much its expres- 
sion. Cf. Laelius, iii. 11 (supra, p. 9G) : Quam autem civi- 
tati cants fuerit, m aerore fu n eris indicatum est. Tusc, 
IV. viii. 18; Ad Attic. XII. 28. 

XIV. 31. Omnibus curae. A. & S. § 227. Maximae; 
sc. curae. So Fam. X. 1 : mild maximae curae est. 



158 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Quae futura sint. Indirect question. 

Ut ait in Synephebis. The Synephebi is the name of a 
translation by Statius Caecilius of a comedy of Menander, 
2w€(f)TjftoL. After ait some editors and MSS. read Me, some 
Statius, and some Ennius. Our reading is found in the Re- 
gius and Bernensis MSS. 

Ergo : So, then. This particle is here used " in interrog- 
ative argumentation a minore ad majus." (Andrews's Lat. 
Lex. s. v.) See Hand's Tursellinus, II. p. 460, v. 2. 

Bacam. The best MSS. give this orthography, instead of 
bacca. Vid. Grotefend. Orthograph. § 142. 

Leges .... seret. " Venusta metaphora ! Legg. I. vi. 20 : 
serendi etiam mores, nee scriptis omnia sancienda. Si- 
militer Graece : Plat. Pliaedr. p. 276. E. : orav tls q^vrevrj 

re kcu (nrelpr] fier tmoTrjiJLrjs Xoyoi;?." Kuhner. 

Elogia. Inscriptions on monuments to the dead. Orelli 
thinks that elogium is corrupted from the Greek iXcyelov, 
and was introduced into the Latin language after the wars in 
Magna Graecia and Sicily. 

XV. 32. Cogitasse: had in view. Cf. Nep. Vit. Dion. 
IX. 2 : navem agitari jubet, cogitans . . . . ut hdberet, quo fu- 
geret. 

Iisdemne ut : Was it, that . . . . by the same, etc. For the 
sentiment, cf. Be Sen. xxiii. ; Pro Arch. xi. 

33. Sine . . immortalitatis. The protasis of nemo .... offer' 
ret. Ne .... quaeram: Not to seek for examples both ancient 
and foreign. 

34. Principibus : distinguished statesmen; as, infra, xlii. 
101. 

Illud : that (epitaph) . This neuter pronoun is often used 
in references to quotations, to signify that (well-know?i) say- 
ing, verse, sentence, etc. 

Adspicite .... virum. These four elegiac lines are said 
to have been written by Ennius himself, as his epitaph. They 
were probably attached to his bust, which was placed among 
the effigies of the Scipios, in whose tomb he was buried. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XV. 159 

We have in the first line another instance of the elision of s. 
In the second, notice the old forms vostrum for vestrum, and 
maxuma for maxima. Panxit = composuit. The allusion 
is to the Annates of Ennius, a history of Rome in hexame- 
ters. In the third line notice the old form dacrumisz=lac- 
rimis; in the fourth, vivo 9 = vivos, Faxit. See M. \ 115. 
f. It is here a present subjunctive used like an imperative. 
This epitaph has been thus translated : 

" Romans, the form of Ennius here behold, 
Who sung your fathers' matchless deeds of old. 
My fate let no lament or tear deplore ; 
I live in fame, although I breathe no more." 

Another translation will be found in the article on Ennius in 
Smith's Diet, of Gr. and Rom. Biog. and Mythol. Compare 
with these lines Horace, Carm. II. xx. 21-24. 

Sed quid poetas ? Seil. profero or persequor. Tischer. 

Phidias. The magnificent colossal statue of Athena in the 
Parthenon, made of ivory and gold, was the greatest of the 
works of Phidias at Athens, and second only to his statue of 
Zeus at Olympia. (For a description of this noble work of 
art, see Smith's Diet, of Biog. and Myth. III. p. 250. 8.) The 
shield was ornamented on both sides with embossed work, 
representing, on the inner side, the battle of the giants with 
the gods, and on the outer, the battle of the Amazons with 
the Athenians. Among these figures the artist introduced his 
own likeness, in such a way that it could not be removed with- 
out destroying the whole shield. (Aristotle, De Mundo, vi.) 

Sui similem. The rule as commonly stated, that similis 
takes the genitive when it denotes an internal resemblance, 
or one of character or quality, and the dative when it denotes 
an external resemblance, or one of figure or appearance, will 
not hold without exceptions. In Cicero and the older writers, 
whichever kind of resemblance it denote, it almost always 
takes a genitive of the names of living beings (especially 
gods and men), and is found with the genitive and dative 
promiscuously of other nouns. (See M. § 219, Obs. 2, § 247. 



160 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

b, Obs. 2.) Infra, xxxiii. 81 : facie vel patris, vita omnium 
perditorum ita simi/is, etc., although the two kinds of resem- 
blance are contrasted, the adjective is construed with the 
same case in both instances. In the following paragraph, we 
find it followed by the two cases in the same sentence, al- 
though the same kind of resemblance is meant : Itaque plectri 
similem linguam nostri solent dicere, chordarum dentes, nares 
cornibus iis, quae ad nervos resonant in cantibus (Cic. de Nat. 
Deor. II. lix. 149). From the age of Livy, says Madvig (ad 
Finn, V. v. 12), the use of the dative in the names of living 
beings became more and more frequent, so that there is 
scarcely a single passage in Virgil, Horace, and the Meta- 
morphoses of Ovid, in which the genitive occurs. 

Sua nomina inscribunt. Cf. Pro Archia, xi. 26. 

35. Arbitramur. Kiihner and Tischer read arbitrabimur. 

Natura optima. Ablative. A. & S. § 211, Rem. 6. 

XVI. 36. Natura. Ablative. 

Formidines : images of terror ; " Schreckbilder " ; i. e. Cer- 
berus, Cocytus, Acheron, etc. — Kiihner. 

Consecuti sunt. " H. e. hanc opinionem magni errores, 
cum ea conjuncti, secuti sunt." Such is Kiihner's correct 
explanation of the meaning of this compound verb. 

Videbare. Supra, vi. 10. 

37. Grande: lofty, high-sounding (hochtonend) ; espe- 
cially on account of the accumulated a in the first line, and 
s in the second. F. A. Wolf. 

Adsum inferum. The verse is trochaic tetrameter cat- 

alectic. These lines are probably from the Hecuba, a trage- 
dy of Ennius, and amplified from the Hecuba of Euripides. 
Aclxcrurde. A. & S. § 255, Rem. 3 in fin. Z § 481 in fin. 
Constat: like (TwicrraTaL. F. A. Wolf. Inferum. Genitive 
plural. 

Poxsent. Although in the sentence quae possent, Cice- 
ro gives his own opinion, and not that of the superstitious 
persons to whom he refers as the subject of the verb finge- 
renty the verb possent is placed in the subjunctive imperfect, 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XVI. 161 

as Kiihner observes, by a kind of attraction to the form of the 
preceding clause with which it is united. 

Ilomeri .... ptKvla. This was the common name for the 
eleventh book of the Odyssey, in which the descent of Ulys- 
ses into Hades is described. 

Appius. Appius Claudius Pulcher, consul A. u. C. 700. 
Cf. Be Divin. I. lviii. 132. (See Smith's Class. Diet, s. 
Claudius, 19.) 

Ea .... veKpofiavrela faciebat : That necromancy, ichich my 
friend Appius teas icont to practise. 

Unde .... imagines. The verse is trochaic tetrameter cat- 
alectic. In aperto the final o in the thesis is shortened before 
the following vowel, but not elided. Cf. Virgil, Georg. I. 
281. Pelio Ossan. Kiihner. For numerous instances of 
similar hiatus, see Orelli's note on Horace, Carm. II. xx. 13. 
Madvig's conjecture, aperto ex ostio, is plausible, but unne- 
cessary. — Obscura umbra : In dark, shadowy form (in duste- 
rer Schattengestalt. Klotz). Wolf thinks these words ex- 
plain the preceding unde, and renders them : " wo aus dem 
dustern Schatten her." — Alti. Klotz, Tregder, and Kiihner, 
from the MSS. Regius and Gudianus I., read altae. Nonius 
shows that Acherons is used as feminine by Plautus, Capt. V. 
iv. 1. — Falso sanguine : with unreal blood. Falso. So Moser, 
Kiihner, Tischer, several MSS., and many old editors. Many 
editions and good MSS. read salso. Wolf says, 4i salsus is 
a constant epithet of tears, blood, and sweat " ; but Kiihner 
shows that falsus is a more appropriate epithet in this place. 
Moser reads sanguine falso, to avoid the dactyle in the fourth 
foot ; but this change is not authorized by the MSS. 

38. Equidem." "Compounded of the demonstrative prefix e 
and quidem ; as enim from nam; ehem, eheu ; ecqui, ecquando 
(i. e. e-quis, e-quando)... The syllable e, similar in many 
respects to the Greek tj, has a demonstrative force, which in 
composition is rendered intensive." Hand's Tursellinus, Vol. 
II. p. 341. See also lb. p. 342, and pp. 422 et seqq., for a 
full and able examination of the whole subject. " Quidem, 
11. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 



162 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

compounded of qui and dem," (lb. pp. 424, 425,) while it 
either restricts the idea to which it is added, or marks out a 
tiling prominently, and thus either strengthens the sentiment 
or adds force to the expression (like the German eben), 
receives again a greater demonstrative power by the prefixing 
of the vowel e. Thus is formed a particle adapted to con- 
firm the sentiment in various ways. But that demonstrative 
power which is inherent in the particle was particularly em- 
ployed by ancient usage in such a manner, that by it the 
speaker marked x with a certain affirmative force those things 
which he avowed concerning himself and his own opinion, or 
in regard to his own affairs. Hence it happened that equidem 
was joined, as a general rule, with the first person of the 
verb. The Latins, then, had an appropriate word by which 
the speaker might turn the attention of his hearers to his 
own subject or his own opinion, and add weight to his dec- 
laration in regard to himself. When this had become estab- 
lished by use, the vulgar opinion hit upon the explanation, 
that the word had been compounded of ego and quidem ; and 
to this notion, adopted even in antiquity by the grammarians, 
certain writers accommodated their language." 

See also Haase's note 302 on Reisig's Vorlesungen, § 157. 
Fritsch inclines to the derivation from ce and quidem; Eoby, 
(with a query), revives an old explanation, et quidem. 

Alios. Scil. dixisse animos hominum sempiternos esse. 
Dixisse is supplied from the following dixit. 

Quod exstet: So far as it appears, etc. M. § 364, Obs 

2. Z. § 559. A. & S. § 264. 3. For a similar use of 
exstet impersonally, see Brutus, xv. 57; Philipp. IX. iii. 7. 

Pherecydes, born in the island Syros, one of the Cyclades, 
said to have been the earliest prose writer in Greece. He 
flourished about B. c. 544. 

Meo regnante gentili. I. e. in the reign of Servius Tullius. 
Meo gentili is probably only a sportive expression of Cicero. 
Translate : In the reign of my clansman. 

Honor e et disciplina. *Ei> dia dvolv for honor e disc iplinae 
Z. § 741. B. § 244. A. & S. § 323. 2. (3). 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XVII. 163 

XVII. Rcdeo ad antiquos. Scil. Pythagoreos. 
Quid: something. The indefinite quis after nisi. 
Numeiis. By numbers, i. e. by arithmetical demonstrations. 
Descriptionibus. By drawings, diagrams ; i. e. by geomet- 
rical demonstrations. 

39. Quod Pythagoram. Scil. sensisse ferunt. 

Quern ex tuo ore admiror. " Je le trouve admirable dans ta 
bouche." Ex tuo ore: From thy lips. 

40. Made virtute! Orelli thinks this phrase is derived 
from the customary formula in sacrifices, Jupiter Optime 
Maxime, macte hac hostia esto. — See Lincoln's note on Livy 
II. xii. 

Erraverim. Z. § 527. B. § 137. A. & S. § 260. II. 
Rem. 4. This subjunctive is used "to denote that to which 
one is inclined." M. § 350. b. 

Num igitur dubitamus, an, sicut pleraque ? quamquam, etc. 
The sense is : We do not doubt, then, (the question with 
num implying a negative answer,) [that the earth has the ap- 
pearance of a point, etc.]; or do tee (doubt it), as (like the 
Academics) we dcubt very many things f although this at 
least can by no means be doubted ; for the mathematicians (by 
their unerring demonstrations) convince us, etc. On the ana- 
coluthon, see infra, xxxvi. 88, note on confirmato illo .... 
quin .... sit. Our reading is given by many of the best MSS., 
as the Regius and Gudiani I. and II., and adopted by Kiihner 
and Klotz. Some editors insert between pleraque and quam- 
quam the words sic et hoc. Ernesti, Moser, and Tregder 
omit an. 

In medio mundo : In the middle of the universe. 

Ad: in comparison with; like the Greek npos. So Ter- 
ence, Eun. IV. iv. 14: ne comparandus hie quidem ad ilium 
est. Cic. pro De'iot. viii. 24 : addidit etiam Mud, equites non 
optimos misisse : veteres, credo, Caesar: nihil ad tuum equita- 
tarn. See Hand's Tursellinus, Vol. I. pp. 104, 195. 

Quasi puncti instar obtinere : " Has almost the appearance 
of a point" On the word instar, see Zumpt's Grammar, 
§ 89. 



164 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Quasi .... habeant. See supra, note on quasi agatur, iv 81 

Momenta. The principles or laws of motion. See Horace, 
Ep. I. vi. 4. 

TeiTena. Orelli, ut terrena. 

Nutu: tendency. Cf. De Nat. Deor. II. xxxix. 98: terra 
.... locata in media mundi sede, solida et globosa, et undique 
ipsa in sese nutibus suis conglobata. 

Ad pares angulos. " H. e. ad rectos angulos, ad perpen- 
diculum." Kiihner. 

Illae super lores. " Scil. terra et aqua. Hae sc. ignis et 
aer." Kiihner. 

Rursum : on the other hand. Orelli and some editors read 
sursum; but our reading is found in the best MSS. 

Sublime. B. § 82. Z. § 267. A. & S. § 192. II. 4. (b). 
Cf. De Nat. Deor. II. xxxix. 101, lvi. 141. 

41. Qulnta Ilia. See supra, x. 22. 

Non nominata magis quam non intellecta. I. e. more easily 
understood than named. 

Integriora : more unmixed. Ut : so that, 

Ne . . . . jaceat. " Significare vult Cicero, nisi horum ali- 
quid animum esse statuamus, verendum esse, ne tarn vegeta 
mens .... jaceat. R. Klotz." Kiihner. " A proposition 
denoting a design is sometimes employed, from a conciseness 
of expression, not to indicate the design of the action men- 
tioned in the leading proposition, but the design with which 
the statement is made." M. \ 440. b. — Translate: Not to as- 
sume that so active a mind lies, etc. 

XVIII. Condoluisse. Cum, in composition, often gives 
intensity to the signification of the simple word. Kiihner 
gives collaudare and conniti as examples ; Moser conticere 
and concalefacere. 

Qui non sentiat : Because he does not perceive, etc. Qui 

with the subjunctive giving the reason; as, supra, xi. 24; 
Tusc. III. xii. 27 : Tarquinio vero quid imprudentius, qui 
helium gereret cum iis qui ejus non tulerant superbiam ? where 
qui =for he ; the construction, with the relative, being more 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XVIII. XIX. 165 

compact and elegant than it would be with the demonstrative 
pronoun and a conjunction. 

Haec. I. e. philosophical speculations. 

Quam .... exerceat. Aristophanes, Vespae, 1422 (1431 
Dindorf.) : 

"Epboi tls fjv ewKTTOS eiSeir; riyyrfv. 

42. Autem. " Particula autem inservit transitioni, et saepe 
ita, ut sententiarum contextum interruptum repetat. Vid. 
Hand. Tursell. I. p. 564 sq." Kuhner. 

Panaetius. A celebrated Stoic philosopher, born at Rhodes. 
"He afterwards went to Rome, where he became the inti- 
mate friend of La3lius and of Scipio Africanus the young- 
er." From his treatise Ilepi tov KadrjKovros Cicero took the 
greater part of his work De Ojficiis. 

Haec duo genera. Fire and air; implied in inflammata 
anima (nutv^a nvpoeidef). Hoc: in this case. 

XIX. 43. Accedit ut: Furthermore, (or: to this is to be added, 
that) the soul must so much the more easiiy make its way out, etc. 
The difference between accedit quod with the indicative, and 
accedit ut with the subjunctive, can be easily seen from our 
passage. Accedit, quod facilius animus evadit, would desig- 
nate a fact as actually existing, or at least as having been 
already thought of; accedit ut f. a. evadat, denotes a thing 
which is not stated as existing in fact, but which is to be so 
conceived of in the mind, or which is to be understood as 
something added which had not before been thought of." 
Kuhner. Cf. M. § 373, Obs. 3, § 398. b. Z. § 621, 622, 626. 

Nihil est animo velocius. Cf. Odyssey, VII. 36 : Tcov vies 
oxelai. wcret nrepov rje vorjfia. 

Caelum. The atmosphere. 

Junctis = " compositis." 

Ignibus. Ignes caelestes ; the stars and the aether. F. A. 
Wolf. 

Quum .... adeptus est. Orelli, Turn .... adeptus. 

Tamquam paribus examinatus ptnderibus: As if poised m 
equilibrium. 



166 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Qaibus astra, etc. Cf. ad rem De Nat. Deor. II. xlvi. 118 : 
Sunt autem stellae natura flammeae ; quocirca terrae, maris, 
aquarum vaporibus aluntur Us, qui a sole ex agris tepefactis et 
ex aquis excitantur ; quibus altae renovataeque stellae atque 
omnis aether refundunt eadem et rursus trahunt indidem, nihil 
ut intereat aut admodum paullulum, quod astrorum ignis et 
aetheris flamma consumat. 

44. Aemulemur. Aemulari with the dative, in a bad sense. 
See Andrews's or Kiddle's Lexicon. 

Ut : namely, that. The clause is appositive to quod, 
Visere. " Hoc verbum nunquam idem significat, quod vi~ 
dere, sed semper adjunctam habet notionem aliquid diligenter 
et accurate inspiciendi, explorandi, examinandi. Est enim 
verbum intensivum, ductum a verbo videndi. Sic Pro Leg. 
Manil. xxi 61 : earn quoque rem populus Romanus non modo 
vidit, sed etiam omni studio visendam et concele- 
brandam putavit." Kiihner. See Freund, or either of his 
translators. Translate : To examine ; observe closely. 
Natura. Ablative. 

45. Haec pulchritudo. u H. e. harum rerum caelestium 
pulchritudo." So Or at. pro Mil. xxxvi. 108 : quae oblivio 
for cujus rei oblivio. We have a similar use of the demon- 
strative in English. 

Patriam. He means particularly the Ionic or Thalesian 
philosophy. F. A. Wolf. Kiihner, Klotz, and Tregder 
read patritam, after Nonius. Patriam: native, 

Theophraslus. A Greek philosopher; died b. c. 287. 

Dispicere. See Andrews's Lexicon, under this word, L, and 
Ernesti, Clav. Cic. Translate : To see through it. 

XX. Aliquid assequi. " Aliquid est quod operae pretium 
sit. Pari modo Graeci dicunt W." So with dicer e, Tusc. HI. 
xvi. 35. IV. xxix. 46. V. xxxvi. 104. See Andrews's Lex. 
under this word, 3 ; Riddle's Lex. 2. II ; White's Lex. 3. 

Eas angustias. The Hellespont and the Thracian Bospo- 
rus ; the latter is here called ostium Ponti, the gate of the 
Euxine Sea. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XX. XXI. 167 

Delecti .... arietis. From the Medea of Eimius, but al- 
tered by Cicero. 

Europam .... unda. From Ennius, Annates, II. 46. 
Contueri. Notice the force of this compound verb. 

46. Cer minus .... videmus. " Cernere (a gr. Kpivtw ortum) 
est rem aliquam ejusque singulas notas perspicere et dijudi- 
care (discernere). Apposite Billerbeckius contulit Mil. 29 : ut 
ea cemimus, quae videmus. Acad. II. 25: ego Cumanam 
regionem video, Pompeianum non cer no." Kuhner. 

Ista aperta et patefacta viderunt. I. e. in their dissections. 

Viae . . . .perforatae. Cf. De Nat. Deor. III. iv. 9 : duo lu~ 
mina ab animo ad oculos perforata (Jiabemus) . Plin. H. N. 
xi. 54. 

Itaque .... fenestrae sunt animi. Moser cites ad rem 
Pliny, H. N. XI. 54. 

Animum et videre et audire. Epicharmus : 

voiis opfj kclL vovs clkovci, roXXa K<o(f)a kol rv(f>Xd. 

Nisi id agat, et adsit : Unless it gives attention to it, and 
is at hand. Agere with hoc or id denotes " to give attention 
to," "to be intent upon," " to aim at," " to have in view." 
For an explanation of this use, see Andrews's Lexicon, under 
ago, 7. Let the student turn to the Oration for Ligarius, and 
examine similar uses of ago, in chapters iii., iv., vi., xii. 

Et is. Orelli, nt idem. 

47. Quale quidque sit : Of what character each thing is. 
XXI. Quamvis copiose = iam copiose, quam vis. 

48. Nonnullorum . . . . philosophorum. I. e. the Epicureans. 
Ejusque inventori et principi .... venerantur ut deum. The 

reference is to Epicurus. Davis cites Lucretius, V. 8 sqq.: 

" Deus ille fuit, Deus, inclyte Memmi, 
Qui princeps vitae rationem invenit earn, quae 
Nunc appellatur sapientia ; quique per artem 
Fluctibus e tantis vitam tantisque tenebris 
In tarn tranquillo et tarn clara luce locavit. ,, 

Cf. Cic. de Nat. Deor. I. xvi. 43. 



16S TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Videlicet. See this word in Andrews's Latin Lexicon, B 

Acherunsia .... loca. From the Andromache of Ennius 
The poetical form of the original is destroyed by the omis- 
sions of Cicero, who quotes only those words which are ap- 
plicable to his purpose. These readings are found in various 
oditions : Acherusia, Acheruntia, Acherontia, — Pallida, Le- 
ihaea, — obnubila obsita tenebris, and nubila tenebris. 

Quod .... cognoverit. Timeat and cognoverit are in the 
subjunctive after the causal conjunction quod, because the 
sentiment is alleged as that of the person spoken of (philoso- 
phurri), and not of the author. See Beck's Syntax, § 151. 

Quoniam .... credituri fuerunt. So Davis, Klotz, Tregder, 
Moser, Kiihner, and the best MSS. Orelli and others, qui 
.... credituri fuerint . 

49. Praeclarum autem. Kiihner considers the words Libe- 
rates .... credituri fuerunt as thrown in parenthetically, and 
autem as a continuing particle, resuming the train of thought 
interrupted by the parenthesis: however; yet. 

Venisset. " If past time be spoken of (after a leading prop- 
osition in the preterite), the pluperfect is used .... to denote 
an action which was to be completed before another ; Promisi 
me, quum librum perlegissem, sententiam meam dicturum esse 
(when I had read = when I should have read) .... In English 
the imperfect alone is often employed ; the completion of the 
action before the other being not so accurately noted." M. 
§ 379, in fin. Cf. Z. § 505. 

Quod ut ita sit : Admitting that it is so. 

Ut enim : For even if. 

Vdle ceteris. Supply persuadere, from the following per- 
suasisse. Tischer. 

Videatur. The present videatur, says Moser, is used after 
attulit instead of the imperfect videretur, " ut significetur non 
quodnam fuerit ejus consilium, sed quid allatis rationibus ita 
effectum sit, ut nobis etiam nunc videatur id sibi persua- 
asse." 

XXII. 50. Quasi capite damnatos. A Roman citizen 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXII. 169 

was said to be capite damnatus, when he was deprived of his 
rights of liberty, of citizenship, and of family. By the Ro- 
man law, as Wolf shows, if any one was to be punished with 
death (morte multatus), he had first to be capite damnatus. 
Kiihner. Capite damnari is more rarely used than capitis 
damnari. Moser. 

Quasi vero .... aciem: As if, forsooth, tliey understand 
what it is in the body itse/f what its form, what its size, what 
its position ; for example, whether, if at this moment all things 
in a living man, which are now covered, could be seen, the 
mind wovld appear ready to come under view, or whether its 
thinness is so great as to elude the keenness of sight. " Quasi 
{quasi vero) is particularly used, when by way of jest, or to 
correct an erroneous supposition, we state what is not the 
case." M. § 444, Obs. 1. I agree with Hottinger, Orelli, 
and Moser, in regard to the rendering to be given ut in this 
passage : — [as if they understand,] for example, whether, etc. 

In homine vivo. Vivo, a conjecture of Bentley, adopted by 
F. A. Wolf, Nobbe, Orelli, Kiihner, et all. The MSS. uno. 

51. Quern intelligant. I. e. how far they understand it. 

51. Alienae domui. This form of the old locative case is 
adopted here by Klotz, Kiihner, and in many old editions, 
it being found in the best MSS. ; other editors read domi. 
See Andrews's Latin Lexicon, under domus, 2. a. 

Quasi domum suam. Cf. supra, xi. 24 : animos, quum e 
corporibus excesserint, in caelum, quasi in domicilium 
suum, per venire, 

52. Nimirum: " certe, utique." " Nimirum is to be taken 
in the sense of mirum ni: ni esset, mirum foret: so that it 
properly contains a thought in itself." Reisig, Vorles. 
$ 271. Fritsch says that nimirum— ne mirum sit. 

Neque nos corpora summ. Cf. Somnium Scipionis, viii. 
Acrioris, particularly acute; more acute than common. 
Aliquod. Notice the adjective form of the pronoun. 
Sic ut tributum deo sit. So Kiihner and Tisuher, instead 
of the reading of many MSS. : sic ut tributum a deo sit hoc se 



170 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

ipsum posse cognoscere. There is great variance in the readings. 
Translate : So as to have been attributed to a god. 

53. Ratio = ratioc in atio, argumentation 
In Phaedro, p. 245, ed. Steph. 

De Re publica. In the Somnium Scipionis (pp. 82, 83). 

XXIII. Nunquam ne moveri quidem.. " Two negatives do 
not destroy one another, if a proposition begins with a general 
negation, and a single idea is then brought prominently for- 
ward by ne — quidem" M. § 460, Obs. 2. So infra, xxvii. 
66 : nihil ne aut humidum quidem aut flabile. 

54. Vel: otherwise, else. Primo: originally. 

Neque nata est et aeterna est. " The combination of an 

affirmative and negative member is denoted by et — neque, 
both — and not, neque — et, both not — and (less frequently 
neque — que)" 55. Hoc ipsum. See the following note. 

XXIV. 56. Sanguinem, bilem .... dicere, unde concreta 
, . . sint. " In objective propositions with conjunctions, or in 

dependent interrogative propositions [as here, unde sint], 

we sometimes find the irregularity that a substantive (or pro- 
noun), that ought to be the subject in the objective proposition, 
is drawn into the leading proposition, either as the object of the 
verb, or as the subject, in case the verb otherwise stands imper- 
sonally (as intransitive) or in the passive voice. In good prose, 
however, this attraction is very rare, and is found after an ac- 
tive verb only where the writer at first contemplated another 
turn of the discourse, and afterwards added the subordinate 
proposition : Simul vereor Pampldlum, ne orata nostra neque- 
at diutius celare (Ter. Hec. IV. i. 60 = ne Pamphilus)." M. 
§ 439, Obs. 1. This kind of attraction is one of those easy, 
careless forms of expression which are very natural in con- 
versation, and often have a peculiar force and beauty above 
more formal constructions. It is very frequent in Plautus 
and Terence, though rarer in later writers, — occurring 
often, however, in the dialogues and letters of Cicero. The 
verbs with which it is generally found are v. sentiendi et de- 
darandi and sometimes efficiendi, including verbs of knowing, 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXIV. 171 

perceiving, icishing, fearing, saying, hearing, causing, and 
effecting. Cic. de Nat. Deor. I. xxvi. 73 : Istud quasi corpus 
et quasi sanguinem, quid sit, intelligis ? Fam. VIII. x. 3 . 
Nosti Alarcellum, quam tardus sit. Terence, Adelph. V. ii. 
20 : Ilium ut vivat optant Eun. III. v. 62, 63 : Metuo 
fratrem ne intus sit. Cic. pro Deiot. xi. 30 : Quis tuum 
patrem antea qui esset, quam cujus gener esset, audivit? 

Ter. Heaut. I. i. 4 - 6 : Virtus tua me facit, ut te audacter 

moneam. I cannot refrain from extracting a part of the 
acute note of Reinhardt on the passage last cited : " Eo aptius 
poeta oiationem vinxit, quod me, unde in proxime subse- 
quenti inciso ego mente repetendum est, ad prius^ incisum 
transscriptum tradidit. Pondere aequabiliore incisa descripsit, 
quod mei cogitationem ex posteriore inciso in prius et brevius 
incisum transtulit, et eo amplius aliquid lectoribus intelligen- 
dum praebuit, quoniam me facit, ut te moneam, efficit me 
talem est, qui te moneat, quum [altera dicendi ratio] simpliciter 
sit, efficit, ut te moneam. Tantum veteres etiam in minutissi- 
mis rebus cultissimis nostris Unguis prudentia et arte antece- 
dunt!" 

Animum ipsum, si nihil esset in eo. An anacoluthon [for 
in animo ipso si nihil esset]. F. A. Wolf. Rarnshorn (Lat. 
Gr. § 132, note, p. 393, ed. 2) considers this as an accusative 
absolute, which he explains by quod attinet ad. The best 
explanation, however, is, that this accusative (animurri) is 
attracted by the construction of the preceding proposition. 
An instance of this attraction has been cited from Homer, 
Odys. I. 275: 

Mnrepa S\ et ol 6vfios €<pop^arai ya/xeW#cu, 
*A\J/' tra) eis peyapov, 
where the accusative firjrepa is attracted by the construction 
of the preceding verse : 

Mvnorrjpas /zeV in\ acperepa (TKidvaaOai. avaxOi. 
Kiihner. 

Tarn natura. Ablative. 

Haec enim : for these things The neuter plural pronoun 



172 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

is here used after two feminine nouns, because Cicero refers 
net only to vines and trees, but to all kinds of plants (haec 
= haec et (alia) . 

57. Et earn, and that. Plato. In the Meno, and the Ph-aedo. 
Cf. Cic. de Senect. xxi. in fin. (p. 110). Locum, topic, point. 

In eo sermone. See the Phaedo of Plato. 

A pueris : from boyhood. See Hand's Tursellinus, I. p. 22. 

58. Quumque nihil esset : A nd since as he thought nothing 
really exists (Ovdevbs ovrcos ovtos). As Olivet says, the word 
esset is not to be taken here in its common signification, but 
m accordance with the sentiment of Plato, who said that 
nothing really exists except ideas. Plato distinguished care- 
fully between the to ov and the to firf ov, — the to ovtus ov 
and the to (patvofievov. Of the phenomenon he does not say 
that it is (eort), but that it appears, happens (ylyvcrai). The 
imperfect esset is used to accommodate the construction to 
the tense of potuit agnoscere. 

Quod semper tale sit, quale Ideav appellat ille. A shorter 
expression for " quod semper tale sit, quale est : quod (seu 
quam) Ideav appellat ille." Runner. Cf. Acad. I. viii. 30: 
Mentem volebat rerum esse judicem; solam censebat idoneam, 
cui crederetur ; quia sola cemeret id, quod semper esset sim- 
plex et unius modi et tale, quale esset. Hanc illi ISiav appel- 
labant, jam a Platonc ita nominatam; nos recte speciem 
possumus dicer e. 

Haec .... agnoscere. " Haec and cognita are the Ideal ; 
agnoscere here = cognoscere" Tischer. 

Admiratio : the tconder at ; not the admiration of. 

Neque = neque vero : but not, and get not. 

59. Aid unde naturam ? So the best MSS., Kiihner, Treg., 
Tisch. Some editors read natam. 

Sbnonides, of Ceos, the celebrated lyric poet, is said to have 
been the inventor of the mnemonic art. Kiihner compares 
Quintil. Inst. Orat. XL ii. ; Plin. //. iV. VIII. xxiv. ; Aeli- 
an. V. H. VI. x ; Cic. de Divin. I. xxvii. ; de Orat. II 
Ixxiv. 299. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXIV. XXV. 173 

Theodectes, of Fhaselis. " Quin semel auditos quamlibet 
multos versus protinus dicitur reddidisse Theodectes." Quin- 
til. Inst. Oral. XL ii. 51. — Cf. Aeiian. V. H. VI. x. 

Cineas. " Cineas .... missus a Fvrrho legatus ad Roma- 
nos, postero die novus homo et senatum et omnem urbanam 
circumfusam plebem nominibus suis persalutavit." Seneca, 
Controv. I. Prooem. Cf. Plin. H. N. VII. 24. 

Charmadas, an Academic philosopher, the pupil of Came- 
ades. He was at Rome b. c. 111. Scepsius Metrodorus. 
Metrodorus of Scepsis in the Troad. Both were famed for 
their memory aided by mnemonics. Cic. de Oral. II. lxxxviii. 
360 ; Quintil. XI. ii. 26 and X. vi. 4 ; Plin. H. X. VII. 24. 

Hortensius. " Hortensius a Sisenna provocatus, in aucti- 
one persedit diem totum, et omnes res, et pretia, et emptores 
ordine suo recensuit, argentariis recognoscentibus, ita ut in 
nullo falleretur." Seneca, Controv. Prooem. Cf. Cic. Brut. 
lxxxviii. 301 ; Quintil. X. vi. 4, XI. ii. 24. 

XXV. 60. Ilia vis. " Non memoriae solum, sed totius 
mentis atque animi." 

Non est certe nee nee, etc. Z. § 754. n. M. § 460, Obs. 2. 

Istos. I. e. those who pretend to understand what the 
mind is. Supply pudet. 

Nescire. Supply me. " The pronouns me, te, se, eum, eos 1 
where no great stress is placed upon them, in the construction 
of the accusative with the infinitive are often omitted, particu- 
larly by later writers. In Cicero this omission of the pro- 
nouns seldom occurs, except where the infinitive depends upon 
verba dicendi, fatendu existimandi, opinandi, negandi, and the 
like.'' Kuhner. Such omissions are common in the early 
dramatists ; and in some cases both the subject and the object 
of the infinitive are left to be mentally supplied. 

Illud. An anacoluthon. The full construction is thus 
given by Moser: Illud certe facer em, si . . . .animus: 
jurarem equidem eum esse divinum. 

Terrane, etc. Terra is in the abl. depending upon sata 
and concreta. Hoc nebuloso et caligincso caelo, abl. absolute 
of attending circumstance. Hoc (with quid sit), i. e. memory. 



17J: TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

61. Capacitatem. "Semper significat spatium vel ampli- 
tudinem loci, qui capere aliquid et continere potest. Vid. 
Plexiaci Lexicon Philosophicum, p. 195." Moser. 

Effingere. " A more precise expression would be, efficta 
continere" F. A. Wolf. Kiihner thinks this use of effin- 
gere very elegant : " Memoria comparatur cum tabula cerea, 
cui res imprimuntur. Multo vividius ipsa tabula res ei im- 
pressas effingere et quasi ex sese efferre dicitur. quam res in 
tabula effingi." 

62. Aut qui .... nominal Supply ejusne tibi animus ex 
hac terrena natura concretus videtur? 

Imposuit nomina. Plato (in the Cratylus), and the Stoic 
philosophers, held that the names of things had their origin 
<t>v(T€i, and not, as Pythagoras thought, Beaci. 

Praegressiones, institiones. Other readings : progressions, 
institutiones[que~\. Superior es: their predecessors; those who 
lived in times more ancient. Oultum vitae, civilization. 

Non re, sed vocabulo errantia Cf De Nat. Deor. II. xx. 
51 : Maxime vero sunt admirabiles motus earum quinque steU 
larum, quae f also vocantur err antes; nihil enim e?rat quod 
in omni aeiernitate conservat progressus reliquosque motus con- 
stanf.es et ratos. 

\_Animus']. Orelli, Moser, and Kiihner bracket this word, 
which, though found in all the good MSS., seems out of 
place here. Some editors read animo, and some omit the 
word altogether. 

63. Archimedes constructed a kind of orrery, representing 
the movements of the heavenly bodies. Cf. De Nat. Deor. II. 
xxxv. Quinque. Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn. 

Quod si . . . .fieri non potest, ne . . . . potuisset imitari. Ob- 
serve this singular form of a conditional proposition, in which 
the present indicative is placed in the protasis, the pluperfect 
subjunctive in the apodosis. " The condition," says Kiihner, 
" is expressed by the indicative as a fact that is certain ; the 
consequence is expressed as dependent upon certain fixed 
conditions. The sentiment might be given in other words 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXV. XXVI. 175 

as follows: ' Quod si pro certo ponhnus, hoc in mundo fieri 
sine deo non posse; sequitur, ut Archimedes, nisi divinum 
ingenium habuisset, eosdem motus non potuisset imitari. , The 
passage can be thus expressed in Greek : el fiev ovv tovto iv 
tovtcd tco Koo-fico avev deov ylyveaSat, ov dvvarai, ov& av 
iv rrj (T(f)aLpa ras avras Kivrjaeis 6 ' Apx^M^s avev Beiov vov 
fitfielaOaL i dv vrj 6 rj." 

XXVI. Poetam . . . .fundere. Orat. pro Arch. viii. : poe- 
tam natura ipsa valere, et mentis viribus excitari, et quasi di- 
vino quodam spiritu inflari. De Orat. II. xlvi. 194: Saepe 
audivi poetam bonum neminem .... sine inflammatione animo- 
rum exsisiere posse et sine quodam afflatu furor is. Ovid, Fast. 
VI. 5: 

Est Deus in nobis, agitante calescimus illo, 
Impetus hie sacrae semina mentis habet. 

Ut Plato. Some editors add ait. Plato, Timaeus: ry 
0*>/r4» yivei hoip))Bt¥ i< dtwv. Cultum, worship, (culte). 

Jus hominum, natural justice; distinguised from jus civile. 

Eademque. Que = and in short. See Arnold's Introd. 
to Latin Prose Comp., Part II. § 39, 239 For similar uses 
of this conjunction see infra, xxxiv. 82, toiumque: xliii. 104, 
totaque : xlix. 118, nihilque. 

65. Ne in deo quidem So Klotz, Tregder, Kuhner, and 
Tischer, with the authority of a few MSS., instead of the 
common reading, nee in deo. The use of nee for ne — quidem 
is undoubtedly unciceronian, though common in the silver 
age. 

Juventate. Juventas, the Hebe of the Greeks. 

Bibere ministraret. A Greek construction, for potum mini- 
siraret. So Liv. xl. 47 : ut bibere sibi juberet dari. Terent. 
Andr. III. ii. 4 : Quod jussi ei dari bibere. 

Laomedonti. Laomedon, king of Troy, and father of Pri- 
am. In making Ganymedes the son of Laomedon, Cicero 
differs from the Homeric account, which represents him ad 
the son of Tros. 

[Qwi]. Orelli omits this word, although it is found in 



170 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

almost all the best MSS. If we retain it, we must supply 
est with deus, to complete a predicate for the subject animus, 
dirinus est being, of course, the predicate of qui. 

Euripides. Kuhner cites this fragment from Euripides: 
Bios ydp tls iv Tjfuv. For the sentiment, compare Seneca, 
Epist. 41 : Sacer intra ?ios spiritus sedet, malorum bonorumque 
nostrorum observator et custos : hie prout a nobis tractatus est, 
ita nos ipse tractat. Cic. Somn. Scip. viii. : Deum ie igitur 
scito esse, etc. (p. 88). See other extracts referred to by- 
Davis, whose edition of the Tusculan Disputations is particu- 
larly rich in citations of illustrative passages. 

Quinta quaedam natura. See supra, x. 22. 

In Consolatione. The treatise De Consolatione, sive de 
Luctu minuendo, which Cicero composed, to assuage his own 
grief, upon the death of his daughter Tullia, is now lost. 

XXVII. 66. Quae sola dicina sunt: Which are wholly 
divine. 

His usitatis notisque natur'ts. The four elements. 

Quod viget. " Verbo vigendi continetur notio motus, mu- 
tationis, crescendi." Qui=.so far as he. 

67. Quae vellem. The full idea conveyed here by the 

use of the imperf. subj. is, quae habere vellem, si fieri posset. 

Ut se ipsum ipse videat. So Moser, Kuhner, and Tischer, 
from the best MSS. F. A. Wolf, Orelli, and Nobbe, Ut 
sese ipse videat. 

Fortasse: quamquam id quoque. " H. e. fortasse formam 
suam non videt; quamquam id quoque fieri potest, sc. ut ani- 
mi forma aliqua mente eomprehendatur." Kuhner. Id re- 
fers to videre fonnam suam. Beck. 

Motum : its susceptibility. " The internal power of motion 
of the soul, as a res vegeta." F. A. AVolf. " The suscep- 
tibility of the soul for every impression." Orelli. 

Qua facie quidem. Quidem — but. See Riddle's Lexicon, 
s. h. v. D. The adversative signification of this particle 
maybe seen in the following passages: Infra, xli. 99: dii 
immortales sciunt; hominem quidem scire arbitror neminem, 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXVII. XXVIII. 177 

xliil. 102: Theodori quidem, etc. The peculiar general sig- 
nification of this word, however, is distinguishable here in 
addition to its adversative force. 

XXVIII. 68. Ut corresponds with sic mentem hominis, 
CtR. (§ 70). Ki'ihner. 

Dernimitione. So Orelli, Moser, and Kuhner, instead of 
diminutione, which many editions read. The difference of 
signification between diminui and deminui is, as Kuhner 
shows, a strong argument in favor of our reading. See 
Andrews's Latin Lexicon, s. v. deminuo, in init. 

Quasi fastorum : As if of a calendar. In apposition with 
luminis. " Lumen lunae comparat Cicero cum fastis aut ca- 
lendario, quia hoc lumine accrescente et decrescente dies et 
menses notabantur." 

Notantem et significantem. So almost all the MSS. Davis 
reads notantem et signantem. Ernesti, F. A. Wolf, and 
Orelli, notis signantem. 

Orbe, in duodecim partes distributo. The zodiac. 

Quinque Stellas. The planets Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Ve- 
nus, and Mercury. 

Duabus oris. The two temperate zones. 

Sub axe .... nives. From the Philocteta of Accius. The 
verse is iambic trimeter. Ad: towards. Stellas septem: the 
Ursa Minor. Aquilonis. Elide the s. Molitur, heaps up. 

69. Caelum .... convestirier. The verse is iambic trime- 
ter ; the lines are from the Eumenides of Ennius (according 
to G. Hermann) . " Eleganter dicitur caelum nitescere. Cf. 
Lucret. I. 9 : 

Tibi ( Veneri) suaveis Daedala tellus 
Summittit flores, tibi rident aequora ponti, 
Placatumque nitet diffuso lumine caelum.** 

Laetificae. " Adjectives ending in ficus" says Kuhner, 
" belong particularly to the old language, in which they have 
often the same force as the simple forms afterwards." He 
gives as examples vastificus, luctifcus, regifce, tabifcus (all 
of which occur in the Tusculan Disputations), tristificus, in- 
12. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 



178 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

gratificus, delenificus. A few, as magnificus, munificus, bene* 
ficus, honorifcus, continued in common use. 

Scaler e. The penult of this word, as Manutius shows, is 
here short, so that the second foot of the line is an anapaest : 
scater'her — . Cf. Lucret. V. 597, 950. So fervlre, stride™, 
tergere, and some other verbs, are found in old writers with 
the forms of the third conjugation, instead of the correspond- 
ing forms of the second in which they were always used by 
later authors. Convestirier. Notice the old suffix &\ 

Ad vescendwn, etc. Ad, for. This preposition is often 
used to denote the end for which anything is designed 

Eorumque. Orelli reads ipsorumque. 

70. Muneris: Spectacle, or place of exhibition (Schauge- 
baude), the gracious gift of a superior. See the Lexicons. 

Vim divinam mentis. A repetition of the object (menl 
hominis), in consequence of the intervening parenthesis. 

XXIX. Alias, at another time. Ad, with regard to. 

71. Plumbei. Cf. Terent. Heaut. V. i. 3, 4 : in me qiudvis 
harum rerum convenit, Quae sunt dicta in stultum, caudex, 
stipes, asinus, plumbeus. 

Nee interire igitur. So most editors. Moser says, " Recte 
se habere nee pro etiam non (ut dictum sit pro ergo etiam non 
interire) certus sum." Kuhner and Tischer adopt Madvig's 
conjecture : ne interire quidem igitur. 

Nee patronum quaesivit ad judicium capitis : Neither sought 
an advocate in the trial for his life. On the impeachment of 
Socrates, the celebrated orator Lysias composed a speech, 
which he offered him, to deliver in his own defence, but the 
philosopher refused to accept it, deeming it unmanly to avail 
himself of such aid. See Cic. de Or at. I. liv. ; Val. Max. 
VI. iv. 2; Stobaeus, Serm. VII.; Quintil. Inst. Orat.ll.xv. 

Nee quaesivit .... nee . . . .fuit, adhibuitque. "If a nega- 
tive proposition is followed by an affirmative, by which the 
same thought is expressed or continued, que, et, or ac is em- 
ployed in Latin, where in English we use but." M. § 433, 
Obs. 2. 



em 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXIX. XXX. 179 

Liberam contumaciam: A noble constancy, 

De hoc ipso. I. e. de immortalitate animorum. 

Quum paene .... teneret. So editors generally. Kuhner, 
Klotz, and Tischer, from the MSS. Regius and Gudianus I., 
turn paene .... tenens. 

Ascendere. Orelli and Moser, escendere. 

XXX. Ita enim censebat. These views of Socrates are 
stated in the Phaedo and other works of Plato. 

72. Ded'issent. Orelli and Nobbe, dedidissent. 

Seseque .... sevocassent. Supply qui from the preceding 
quibus : quique sese .... sevocassent. Moser, Kuhner, and 
Tischer read sevocavissent. 

73. Utcygni. F. A. Wolf supplies faciant. I prefer the 
explanation of Kuhner, who makes cygni the subject of mori- 
antur, and considers qua providentes as an anacoluthon for 
qua provident. 

Moriantur. Subj. in the oratio obliqua. 

Usu venit = accidit. See Orelli's able and copious expla- 
nation of this phrase, in his note on F. A. Wolf's Vorle- 
sungen, h. 1. 

Qui quum .... intuerentur. Anacoluthon. Regularly we 

should have quod iis . . . . usu venit, qui intuentur y ut..., 

amitterent, or quod iis .... usu venit, qui, quum .... intuerer^ 
tur, adspectum .... amiserunt. Kuhner. 

Seipsa. Z. §696; M. g 487,6. 

Reverens. In the sense of timens; a rare use in Cicero. 

In rate. Orelli, rate. 

74. Cato. M. Porcius Cato Uticensis, who died a volun- 
tary death when the victories of Caesar had ruined the repub- 
lican cause. 

Dederit .... excesserit " As the future perfect expresses 
a future action as completed, it acquires the meaning of the 
simple future, implying, however, the rapidity with which the 
action will be completed. This occurs, in the first place, 
when another future perfect, or any other tense supplying its 
place, is contained in the leading sentence, so that the two 
actions are contemporaneous" Z. § 511. Cf. M. \ 340, Obs. 2. 



130 



TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 



Ne: Truly. Wrongly written nae, as in the Lexicons. 

Med ins fid i us. I. e. me Dins Fidius juvet, so help me the god 
of Faith. Dim is from the same root as Diovis, dies, dialis, 
etc. ; Fidim is^ connected with fido, fides, foedus. This demi- 
god is identical with Semo Sanctus. (Preller's Rom. Myth., 
pp. 633 sqq.) Translate: Be well assured. 

Commentatio. A diligent meditation upon, considered as a 
preparation for . 

XXXI. 75. Nee quidquam aliud, est mori discere. Some 
editors read ecquidnam aliud est quam emorl discere ? 

Turn denique vivemus. Euripides : 

Tis oidev, el to £rjv \iiv eWi KarOaveiv, 
To KaT$aveiv de £rjv ; 

Nam haec quidem vita mors est. Cf. Cic. pro Scauro: 
crates illo ipso die, quo erat ei moriendum, permulta disputat, 
hanc esse mortem, quam nos vitam putaremus, quum cor pore 
animus tamquam carcere saeptus teneretur, vitam autem esse 
earn, quum idem animus vinclis corporis liberatus in eum se 
locum, unde esset ortus, retulisset. 

Quam. To be referred to vita, not to mors. F. A. Wolf. 

76. Has res. " AeiKTtK&s expressum pro : res in his terris, 
hanc vitam. Graece : to. ivOdde." 

Ui verear .... potius : That I believe that there is nothing 
else so little an evil (literally not an evil), certainly, for man, 
or rather that there is nothing else good, etc. Notice the use 
of vereri in the sense of to believe, suppose, apprehend. 

Quid refert f Scil. utrum dii ipsi, an cum dhs futuri su- 
mus ; nam utrumque praeclarum est. Kiihner. 

Adsunt enim. The particle enim here implies an ellipsis; 
as supra, vi. 11: Quis enim non in ejusmodi causa f We 
may supply At non omnes eadem sentiunt ; adsunt enim, etc. 

77. Qui potest, Qui possit. Understand fieri, as with si 
posset, xi. 23. Qui is here the interrogative adverb ; an old 
form of the ablative of the interrogative pronoun. How. 

Quos equidem non despicio. Ironically, as in Tusc. IL 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXI. XXXII. 181 

iii. 7 : quos (Epicureos) non contemno equidem, quippe quos 
nunquam legerim. 

Contemnit. Orelli omits this word, and Moser brackets it ; 
but it is found in nearly every one of the MSS., and the 
slight irregularity of construction it occasions presents no 
serious difficulty. Usuram: a long use. 

Cornicibus. It was a common belief among the ancients, 
that crows lived through nine generations of men. Cf. Ovid. 
Metam. VII. 274: 

" Ora caputque novem cornicis saecida passae." 

XXXII. Num. non vis : You are not unwilling, then t Non 
vis from noh. This is the reading of Tregder and Kuhner, 
from the MSS. Regius and Gudianus I. Orelli and Moser, 
numne vis ; Nobbe, num vis. 

De immortalitate depellet. Notice the conciseness of the 
expression. 

78. In his est enim. Another instance of enim implying 
an ellipsis. We may supply, says Moser, some sentence like 
this : quare nihil mirum si in his labamus : in his est enim, etc. 

Istos vero. Soil, dimittamus. 

Qui .... suscipiant. Because they assume; take for granted. 
The subjunctive of the reason. 

Idcirco. So the best MSS. Orelli reads id certe. Klotz 
conjectures id vero, which Tischer adopts. Tregder, from 
the conjecture of* Madvig, reads consequens, non concedant. 

Dant. " We should expect dent ; but for liveliness* sake 
the oratio obliqua passes over into the recta." F. A. Wolf. 

Ut . . . . ne intereat. Ut: namely, that. " Pro ut ne ex- 
spectamus ut non ; sed verbum dandi notioni concedendi (to 
grant) adjunctam habet notionem permittendi (to allow)." 
Kuhner. 

79. Panaetio. See supra, xviii. 42, note. 

Quod declaret. The force of the subjunctive, indicating 
that it is the sentiment of Panaetius which is expressed, may 
be shown by the translation, which, as he say s , the re- 
semblance shows, etc. 



1S2 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Eorum similitudo. Scil. cum iis, qui procreent. 

XXXIII. 80. Quurn dicatur. Subjunc, though with 
quum temporale, because connected as an essential part with 
the dependent infinitive clause de mente did. 

Semotas a mente et disclusas putat. " Plato enim rationem 
ponit in capite, iram in pectore, cupiditatem subter prae- 
cordia." 

Hominum autem. " Saepe autem idem fere denotat quod 
item, etiam, praeterea, ita tainen, ut aliquam oppositionem in- 

volvat Pari modo et multo saepius apud Graecos di in- 

servit continuandae orationi." Kuhner. — " Quod nos Ger- 
mani cogitare solemus in verbis et ex altera parte praeterea, 
vel item ex altera parte, Latini simpliciore ratione exprimunt 
per autem." Hand's Tursetlinus, I. p. 562. And moreover. 

Aristoteles ait. Problem XXX. Quaest. I. Cf. Senec. de 
Tranq. XV. : Aristoteli nullum magnum ingenium sine mix- 
tura dementiae fuit. Phavorin. apud A. Gell. N. A. XVIII. 

vii. : Scitote intemperiem istam, quae ^XayxoXia dicitur, 

non par vis nee abjectis ingeniis accidere, aX\a clvai ax^ov n 

to ndOos TOVTO Tjp(0'iKOV. 

Aristoteles quidem ait : For example, Aristotle sags, etc. 

Ut . . . . feram : So that I do not take it ill that I am rather 
stupid. Ironical. Olivet translates the passage, C'est ce qui 
me console de la mediocrite 1 de mon genie. 

Quae similitudinem faciant. Moser says that this subjunc- 
tive may be explained by considering quae as equivalent to 
ejusmodi ut, or by taking the whole sentence as having this 
force, ea sunt autem ita comparata, ut similitudinem faciant, 
or ea sunt autem hac naturd, ut — faciant. Orelli reads fa- 
ciunt. 

81. Vellem. Z. § 528, n. 2. A. & S. § 260, Rem. 2. 

Posset. Z. § 624. B. § 202. 

Vixit cum Africano. Panaetius was an intimate friend of 
Scipio Africanus the younger, and of Laelius. See tupra, 
note on xviii. 42. 

Africani fratris nepos. Q. Fabius Maximus son of Q, 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXIII. XXXIV. 183 

Fabius Maximus Allobrogicus, and grandson of Q. Fab. Max. 
iEniilianus, the brother of Scipio -^Emilianus Africanus Mi- 
nor. See Valerius Maximus, III. 5. 2. 

Facie vel pair is. Scil. simillimus. 

Vita. Ablative. 

P. Crassi. P. Licinius Crassus, surnamed Dives ; consul 
with the elder Africanus, b. c. 205, successful as a general, 
and of high repute as a statesman, jurist, and orator. He 
died b. c. 183. His grandson had the same name. Tischer. 

XXXIV. 82. Sperofore .... vitae. Tregder and Tischer, 
following Manutius, attribute these words, as well as the fore- 
going and succeeding, to Cicero (Af.). 

Democritici. Orelli and Moser read Democritii. 

Nihil tertium. Nothing besides body and soul. [Rem. 2. 

Utcredam: Even though I may believe. A. & S. § 262, 

83. Vide ne. " Formula urbana monendi et dubitandi, 
veteribus scriptoribus maxime frequentata, quae respondet 
Graeco opa prj" A mails. Sc. discessus. 

Cyrenaico Hegesia. Hegesias, a Cyrenaic philosopher, 
who lived at Alexandria perhaps about B. c. 260. From the 
effect of his gloomy description of human misery, he received 
the surname UeicriOdvaTos. 

Ptolemaeo. Ptolemseus Philadelphus. 

84. Callimachi. A celebrated Alexandrian grammarian 
and poet. 

Cleombrotum. An Academic philosopher of Ambracia ; 

" He who, to enjoy 
Plato's Elysium, leaped into the sea." 

Platonis libro. The Phaedo. 
Epigramma. Callim. Epigr. xxiv. : 

Ettas', "HXie X a *P e ' KXeopfipoTos 'Qfi^paKiaiTrjs 

"HXar' d(p' u^Aou rci^eos els 'ALdrjv. 
*A£toi> ovdev ldu)v Oavarov kclkov, aXXa. IiXdravos 
*Ev to irepl ^vxV 5 'YP^H'H'* Q>va\e£an€vos* 
This epigram Camerarius has thus rendered : 



ISi TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

" Sole valedicto Ambraciota Cleombrotus, alto 
Se de muro undas misit in aequoreas. 
Nil tamen huic triste acciderat, solumquc Platouis 
De natura anirai legerat ille librum." 

M Hinc Ovidius in Ibin. 493 • 

Vel de praecipiti venias in Tartara saxo, 
Ut qui Socraticum de nece legit opus." 

9 AiroKapT€pa)v. One who starves himself to death. 

Quod: because ; introducing the reason of the title. Mo- 
ser reads in quo. 

Possem id facer e : at nolo. Kiihner. Mitto=omitto. 

Et domssticis .... privati. Take domesticis with solatiis, 
forensibus with omamentis. Cicero refers to the death of his 
daughter Tullia, and to the usurpation of Caesar, by which he 
was prevented from taking an active part in the government 
of the state. 

Qui .... nos .... abstraxisset. Qui is nominative, says 
Tischer, by the very frequent attraction of the relative to the 
parenthetical subordinate sentence (si ante occidissemus). 
See Z. § 804. The strictly regular construction would be 
quos .... privatos .... mors .... abstraxisset. 

XXXV. 85. Metellus. Q. Caecilius Metellus Macedonia 
cus. " He is frequently quoted by the ancient writers as an 
extraordinary instance of human felicity. He had filled all 
the highest offices in the state with reputation and glory, and 
was carried to the funeral pile by four sons, three of whom 
had obtained the consulship in his lifetime, while the fourth 
was a candidate for the office at the time of his death." 

Filiis, quinquaginta (JUiis). Ablatives of quality. Z. § 471 

Honoratis, " having held high offices, honores." 

Septendecim justa uxore natis. According to the Homeric 
tradition, there were nineteen children of Priam and Hecuba 
Cf. Iliad. VI. 244, XXIV. 495 sqq. Orelli, Moser, and Nob- 
be read nati. Our reading is found in the best MSS., and 
adopted by Klotz, Tregder, and Kiihner. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXV. 185 

Priamum, etc. A similar thought may be found in Juve- 
nal, Sat. X., vv. 258 sqq. 

In aram. The altar of Jupiter Herceus, at which Priam 
took refuge when the Greeks entered Troy. 

Host'dis manus. Priam was slain by Pyrrhus or Neoptole- 
mus, the son of Achilles. For a description of his death, see 
the beautiful lines of Virgil, Aen. II. 506 - 558. 

Adstante .... lacuatis. These lines, and the three follow- 
ing, are from the Andromache of Ennius. The verse is ana- 
paestic dimeter. The words omitted in the first line are Vidi 
ego te, (adstante, etc.). Lacuatis =laqueatis. 

Adstante ope barbarica. Literally, his foreign power stand- 
ing by him, i. e. remaining. Forcellini quotes the half-line of 
Virgil, Aen. II. 22 : Priami dum regna manebant, as convey- 
ing the same meaning as these words. Barbarica, foreign, 
i. e. Phrygian ; " quia iras pr) "YXknv fiapfiapos" 

Evitari. An old word derived from vita, signifying to be 
deprived of life. Notice the alliteration in vi vitam evitari; 
a figure of which the old Roman poets were very fond. 
Kuhner cites infra, xliv. 105, Vidi, videre, etc. ; from Acci- 
us, paratam pestem ut participet parem, and acrem aciem in- 
clinatam; from Ennius, Ex opibus summis opis egens, — 
auxilio exsili, — urbe orba sum, — fana flamma deflagrata, — 
pater, patria, Priami domus, — and major mild moles, 
majus miscendum malum. All these occur in lines quoted by 
Cicero in the Tusculan Disputations. (See Munk's Metres 
of the Greeks and Romans, tr. by Beck and Felton, p. 23.) 
In the three lines Haec .... turpari, observe the o/xoio-nfXfv- 
tov, or similarity of endings, which we find also in the lines 
supra, xxviii 69. (See Munk's Metres, p. 24.) 

Isia vi : qua Priamus vita privatus est (Priamo vi vitam 
evitari). That " vi" on which you have rung the changes three 
time.-. Quod, Now; generally taken as an ace. of specification, 
but regarded by some as an old ablative. (Ritsehl; R. 536.) 

Eventam omnirw amisisset: He would have escaped the catas- 
trophe altogether ; i. e. expagruUam Trojam non vidissct. 



186 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

86. Pompeio. Cnseus Pompeius Magnus. 

Pompeio melius est factum = " Pompeius convaluit," " es 
ist besser mit ihm geworden." 

Aegrotaret. Wolf well explains the force of this imperfect : 
M aegrotantes convalescere solent inter aegrotandum." 

Coronati . . . .fuerunt. To manifest their joy. 

Nimirum etiam Puteolani : Of course the people of Pute- 
oli also. Nimirum often introduces, as here, a sportive or 
ironical remark. The smaller city Puteoli imitated, very nat» 
urally, its larger neighbor Neapolis. " Natiirlich." 

Vulgo .... gratulabantur. u The third person plural is 
used without a defined subject .... when the adverb vulgo is 
introduced, to express what persons in general do. Cic. N. 
D. III. 17: Saturnum maxime vulgo colunt ad occidentem" 
M. §211. a, Obs. 2. KCihner thus accounts for the use of the 
imperfect gratulabantur in connection with coronati fuerunt : 
" The thing of principal importance is indicated by the per- 
fect fuerunt, the secondary proposition by the imperfect gra- 
tulabantur ; as if it had been said, coronati N. fuerunt, dum 
vulgo ex opp. p. gratulabantur." 

Fortunatum. I. e. indicating his good fortune. 

Socero. C. Julius Caesar, whose daughter Julia was the 
wife of Pompey. 

Non liberi defied. He would not have bewailed the fate of 
his children, at the thought of the evils in which his fall would 
involve them. Orelli and Moser, deleti. 

XXXVI. Evenerunt. Orelli and Moser, evenerint. 

Proinde quasi. Orelli, Nobbe, Moser, perinde quasi. 

87. Nomen carendi. Z. §425. Valet: holds good. 

Num .... dixerit. Our reading is from the conjecture 
of Davis, adopted by Tregder and Tischer. D., Tr., and 
Tisch., however, substituted pinnis for pennis. The old edi- 
tions and most MSS., followed by KCihner, num, aut si c. c. a. 
pennis, sit qui id dixerit ? Klotz, num a. c. c. a. p. f Quis 
id dixerit ? 

88. Conjirmato Hid . . . .sit: Thai being established, — con- 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXVI. XXXVII. 187 

ceming which, if soals are mortal, ice cannot doubt, — name- 
ly, that there is such an annihilation in death, that, etc. 
Kuhner calls attention to the use of quin with the subjunctive, 
where we should regularly have the accusative with the infin- 
itive after confirmato illo ; the construction being accommo- 
dated, by a kind of attraction, to the form of an interposed sec- 
ondary proposition (dubitare non possumus). We noticed the 
same kind of attraction supra, xvii. 40 : Num igitur dubita- 
mus, an, sicut pleraque ? quamquam hoc quidem minime ; 
persuadent enim mathematici, terrain .... obtinere for quin 
terra .... obtineat. 

Malo carere. The MSS. Reg., Gud. I. II., read carere in morte, 
which Kuhner defend*. But that reading must be due to a mar- 
ginal note giving the result of the argument. Orelli, in malo. 

Quod refers to bono carere. 

XXXVII. 89. L. Brutus. L. Junius Brutus, who ex- 
pelled the Tarquins. 

Pater Decius . . . .Jilius .... nepos. The three Decii, when 
their troops began to give way, devoted themselves and the 
army of the enemy to destruction, according to the formula 
prescribed by the pontifex maximus, then rushed into the 
thickest of the fight, and were slain ; — the elder in the great 
Latin war, the son in the battle of Sentinum, while fighting 
against the Samnites, Umbri, Etrusci, and Galli, and the 
grandson in the war against Pyrrhus, according to some au- 
thorities ; others, however, say that he survived this war. 

Scipiones. The brothers P. Cornelius and Cn. Cornelius 
Calvus, who were slain in battle by the Carthaginians, B. c. 
212. 

Paullum et Geminum. L. JEmilius Paullus, consul, and 
Cn. Servilius Geminus, a consular, fell in the disastrous battle 
of Cannae, b. c. 216. 

Marcellum. M. Claudius Marcellus, the conqueror of Sy- 
racuse. He was defeated by Hannibal near Venusia, b. c 
208, and slain in the battle. 

Litdnu. A large forest on the Apennines, id Cisalpine 



188 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Gaul. The penult is short, after the analogy of other Celtic 
names. Some editors read Latini. 

Albinum. L. Postumius Albinus, who was killed in battle 
by the Boii, b. c. 216. 

Lucania. A district in lower Italy. Kiihner, after many 
MSS., reads Lucani. 

Gracchum. Tib. Sempronius Gracchus, a distinguished 
general of the second Punic war. He was slain b. c. 212. 

90. At id ipsum. At introduces a supposed remark of an 
objector ; it may be translated but, you will say. 

Quamquam hoc .... saepe. Scil. dico. 

Sed eo : Yet I do it for this reason. Contractio, shrinking. 

Nee pluris .... captam : And that Marcus (Furius) Ca- 
millus now cares no more for this civil war, than I, in his 
lifetime (when I was not yet born), cared for the capture of 
Rome (by the Gauls under Brennus). Pluris facer e. A. & 
S. §214. 

Cur igitur et Camillus doleret, . . . . et ego doleam. Why 
then would both Camillus have mourned, etc., and should I 
mourn ? In doleret and si putaret we have the imperfect sub- 
junctive both in the protasis and the apodosis, instead of the 
pluperfect. Ellendt (de Enunciatt. Conditionally p. 39) says, 
" praesens res ponitur, quia praecise dicitur pro cur doleret, 
si dolere posset, quod nunc non potest, cum sit mortuus." 
Kuhner's explanation of the use of these imperfects, and of 
the present subj. doleam, — which Moser prefers to Ellendt's, 
— is this : " An putas et Camillum .... doliturum fuisse, si 
putasset, .... et me ... . doliturum esse .... Profecto et Ca- 
millus doliturus fuisset, et ego dolerem." See Z. § 525 ; M. 
§ 34 7, Obs. 2. 

Ad decern millia annorum : After ten thousand years. See 
Hand's 1'ursellinus, I. p. 88; Nagelsbach, Lot. Stil. p. 341. 

Urbem . . . .potituram. B. § 64. n. 1. — This reading is 
sufficiently well established by the authority of the best MSS. 
and old editors. Nobbe and Oreili (in his additions to Wolf's 
Vorlesungen) prefer urbe. " The verb potiri," says Kiihner, 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXVII. XXXVIII. 189 

"is very often, in writers of the golden age, construed with 
the accusative of the place which any one storms or captures. 
Undoubtedly this construction occurred much more frequently 
than it is now met with in editions ; for in many places in the 
writings of Cicero the ablative has been brought in by editors, 
against the authority of the MSS." The objection urged 
against our reading, on account of the repetition of the sylla- 
bles am, em, am, Kuhner answers thus : " Commentators 
upon the ancient writers often have more delicate ears than 
the ancients themselves. Cicero did not scruple to write 
in this manner : Acad. I. 7 : quoniam quibusnam quisquam 
enuntiare : and A T . D. I. 29 : quam tibl illam nostram Sospi- 
tarn, quam tu nunquam, cett." 

XXXVIII. 91. In omne tempus : For all time. 

Cujus sensum habiturus non sit : Although he will have no 
perception of it. Concessive subjunctive. 

Licet . . . . judicantem .... moliri. " De structura verbi licet 
cum ace. cf. Tusc. V. xv. 44 : quibus abundantem licet esse 
miser um : De Fato, XV. : superior a repetentem regredi .... 
licet. Accusativus semper ponitur, ubi licet non ad certam 
personam refertur, sed ad indefinitam, quae latet in partici- 
pio." Kuhner. Judicantem: one who believes. 

Edam si tu id non agas : Even if you are not aiming at it, 
A very natural use of the second person, although the other 
verbs in the sentence are in the third. Cf. Pro Ligar. ix. 
28 : erat enim amends, quum aciem videres, cogitare. 

Quam .... sensurus sit, .... quam .... conscquatur. Sub- 
junctive of the reason. Consequi = una sequi. 

Alteri, the latter (referring to mortuos) ; alteros, the former 
(vivos). A similar sentiment to the one here expressed is 
found in a work falsely attributed to the Athenian philosopher 
-ZEschines : Qdvaros nepl tovs £a>irras ovk co-tip, ol Se airoSa- 
vovres ovk claiv ' &ot€ ovt€ nepi oe vvv eorii/, ol- yap reSuqKas ' 

OVT€, €1 TL TVaOoiS, €OTOL 7T€pL &€ . 0~l> yap OVK €OT}. 

Attinget. So Kl., Tr., Kuhn., Tisch., from MSS. Reg., 
Gud. I., II. Orel., Mos., and Nob., attingit. Kuhner says: 



190 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

" Futurum cum ironia aliqua mlhi videtur positum esse, ut 
haec fere vis insit : alteros credo non attinget mors. 19 

92. Somni simillimam. " So Homer, //. XL 242, of a 
dead person, Koifirja-aTo xakiceov vttvov ; XIV. 231,* r Y7n>a> . . . 
Kao-iyvrjTcp Qavaroio. Cf. Plat. Apol. Socr." Tiseher. Moser 
cites the lines of Ovid : — 

Stulte, quid est somnus, gelidae nisi mortis imago ? 
Longa quiescendi tempora fata dabunt. 

Sues. Keil proposes sui, which Tiseher adopts. This 
emendation, besides destroying the whole point of the passage, 
is altogether uncalled for. 

No?i modo ipse : Much less he himself. Ipse refers to 
quisquam. " Non modo (iion solum) may be put after the 
leading clause, in order to indicate that of which the asser- 
tion naturally holds first and most of all ; Secundas etiam res 
nostras, non modo adversas, pertimescebam (Cic. ad Fam. 
IV. 14), ; and not only/ If the leading assertion be negative 
{non, ne . . . . quideiri), non modo expresses what is denied still 
more strongly Q much less, 9 i to say nothing of')." M. 
§ 461, Obs. 3. See Z. § 724. b. Non modo, then, (like ne- 
dum,) is used after the leading clause, both in affirmative as- 
sertions, as in the sentence cited by Madvig, and in negative 
assertions, as in our passage. 

Ut: Since the time that F. A. Wolf. 

Opinor. Ironical, like credo. 

Qui est mons Curiae. This sentence, like several others 
in this book, has been considered by some editors as a gloss, 
introduced by a transcriber for the purpose of explanation. 
But the best editors receive it without hesitation. " Orellius 
monuit : ejusmodi explicationes addi a Cicerone partim doc- 
trinae ostentandae causa, partim ut minus doctis aliquid ex- 
plicet : qualia hodie in Annotationibus addere solemus, quibus 
veteres scriptores abstinebant." Laboret, i. e. is eclipsed. 

Quid curet. See note on quid loquar? i. 2, and Z. § 530. 

XXXIX. 93. Quod tandem ternpus ? " Sc. ante. [The 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXIX. 191 

preposition is supplied from the preceding clause ;] as in Tusc, 
III. xvii. 37 : Traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. 
Quas? Corporis, credo. In Pison. xxxvii. 91 : Arsinoen, 
Stratum, Naupactum .... fateris ab hostibus esse capias. 
Qu i b u s autem hostibus? Nempe i i s , quos, etc. 
De Rep. I. xxxvi. 56 : A Jove incipiendum putat. Quo 
Jove?" Kukner. 

Querare. Z. § 562. B. § 157, n. 1. 

Inquit. " Scil. adversarius vel aliquis." Nobbe reads 
inquiunt. 

At id quidem ipsum. Moser omits ipsum. 

Multo saepius .... Troilum. Troilus, a son of Priam, who 
fell by the hands of Achilles. Virg. Aen. I. 475 : Infelix puer 
atque impar congressus Achilli. On the sentiment, compare 
these lines from an ancient sepulchral inscription (Fabretti, 
p. 377): 

Perpetuo talis gemitu lacrymisque colenda, 

Infelix, aevo tarn cito quae caruit ; 
An felix, aegrae potius subducta senectae : 

Sic Hecuba flevit Penthesilea minus. 

94. Cur? Nam, etc. The sense is: Cur eorum, qui 
exacta aetate moriuntur, fortunam laudemus, nulla est causa; 
nam nulli aetati vita jucundior potest esse, quam senectuti. 

Aetate, active life; the vigorous period of life. 

Ut cetera auferat. Ut = even if; however it may. 

Modo assecuia est. The verse is trochaic tetrameter cat- 

alectic. — Modo = just now; a little while ago. — Pueros, 
dissyllable. — Adolescentes. " Adolescentia complectitur h. 1. 
virilem quoque aetatem, quae de Sen. xx. constans et media 
dicitur. Sic de Sen. ii. 4 : Cuius adolescentiae senectus, quam 
pneritiae adolescentia obrepit. Scilicet Romani dicebantur 
pueri usque ad sextum decimum vel septimum decimum an- 
num, quo, deposita toga praetexta, indue bant togam virilem ; 
adolescentes usque ad annum quadragesimum ; viri usque ad 
annum sexagesimum ; turn senes" Kiihner. 



192 



TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 



Quae imam diem vivant. Subjunctive, as part of the asser- 
tion of Aristotle. Hypdnis. Now the Bog. 

Decrepita. u The word decrepitus in this passage is a 
anat; Xeyoficvov in Cicero." Moser. 

In eadem .... brevitate. " An elegant use of the ablative 
with in, instead of the genitive or ablative of quality." So 
Tusc. III. xviii. 42 : Quae sequuntur, in eadem sententia sunt 
(h. e. ejusdem sententiae). De Finn. II. xiv. 47: quartum 
(genus honestoruni) et in eadem pulcliritudine, etc. 

Qua illae bestiolae. " For in qua. The preposition is 
usually omitted before a relative pronoun, when it has been 
placed before the demonstrative pronoun next preceding. 
Nep. Cimon. iii. 1 : incidit in eandem invidiam, quam pater 
suits. Infra, xlvi. Ill: in iis malis, quibus vulgo opinan- 

tur But when the relation of the preposition in the two 

members is different, it must be repeated, as infra, xlii. 102: 
de qua Socrates quidem quid senserit, dpparet in eo libro, 
in quo ?noritur." Kiihner. 

XL. 95. Levius .... levitati. A play upon words; as 
Lael. xxiii. 87 : Quis tarn esset ferreus, qui earn vitam 
ferre posset ? Cat. Maj. xi. 38: Sensim sine sensu aetas 
senescit. Orelli, lenius. 

Chaldaeorum = astrologers. 

96. Theramenes. A leading member of the oligarchical 
government of the Four Hundred at Athens, b. c. 411. He 
was chosen one of the Thirty Tyrants, B. c. 404 ; but, becom- 
ing odious to his colleagues on account of his opposition to 
their tyrannical schemes, was put to death by their command. 
See Smith's Diet. 

Legimus. Xen. Hell. H. 3. See Felton's Greek Histori- 
ans, pp. 375-386. 

Ut sitiens: As if thirsty. 

Obduxisset = " avide hausisset." 

Reliquum sic e poculo ejecit, ut id resonaret. Theramenes, 
" when he had drunk the hemlock, dashed out the last drops 
of the cup as if he were playing the game of the KOTTaftot, 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XL. XLI. 193 

exclaiming, ' This to the health of the lovely Critias 1 9n — 
On the coltabos, see Smith's Diet, of Antiq., p. 366. 

Critiae, qui in eum fuerat taeterrimus. Critias, one of the 
Thirty Tyrants, took the lead in the prosecution of Thera- 
menes. 

Praebiberat = propinaret. A ana£ Xcyopevov in Cicero. 

Quae brevi consecuta est. In less than a year after the 
condemnation of Theramenes, Critias was slain at the battle 
of Munyehia (403. b. a). 

97. In eundem carcerem atque in eundem .... scyphum. 
Translate in in both cases by unto. 

Plato. Apol. Socr. xxxii., xxxiii. Cicero's translation is 
a very free one, and omits some parts of the original. Orelli 
and Moser commend F. A. Wolf's elegant Latin version ot 
the Apology in his edition of this work of Plato, published at 
Berlin in 1812. 

XLI. 98. Tene .... venire .... convenireque = Nonne 
laetum est te venire, etc. The accusative with the infinitive is 
often used in exclamations, depending upon some phrase to 
be supplied in the mind; as, Nonne indignum, mirum est? 
Num credibile est t Verene ita est ? The student will re- 
member examples in Virgil. This construction is most fre- 
quently employed to express surprise or complaint, and Mo- 
ser objects to our reading on the ground that an expression 
of this kind " always denotes something unexpected at least, 
if not unpleasant." Our reading, however, is given, among 
other MSS., by the Regius and Gud. L, and adopted by 
Davis, Klotz, Tregder, and KCihner; nor does the use of 
this construction to express a joyful surprise seem repugnant 
to the genius of the Latin language. Orelli reads beatius est, 

te, quum, etc. Moser, Te quum vixerint : haec . . . .potest ? 

On the construction, see Z. § 609; B. § 195; Sophocles, 
Greek Gr. § 223. 8; M. § 399. 

Triptolemum. Plato, in the passage here translated by 
Cicero, probably represents Socrates as speaking in accord- 
ance with a belief of the common people of Attica, in nam* 
13. — Cic. Tusc. Disp, 



194 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

tog Triptolemus in connection with the three well-known 
judges of the shades, Minos, Rhadamanthus, and iEacus. 
Triptolemus was thought, not only to have taught the Athe- 
nians agriculture, but also to have enacted* the wisest laws. 
Another reason which led Socrates to place him among the 
judges is, it is said, the fact that he was a king distinguished 
for his justice, as appears from the words of Plato: Mivtos 
re kcu 'PaMfJiavQos kcu AIclkos kcu oXXoi ocrot tcov fjpiBeov 
t) i KciLo i iyevovro iv t<5 iavrav /3ta>. Vero : moreover. 

(hylieo : According to the legends, " Orpheus was son of 
the Muse Calliope and (Eagrus, a Thracian river god, or 
some other equally mysterious father, and disputes with 
Amphion the merit of first instructing his countrymen in the 
use of the lyre." " He may be considered as the type of the 
religious or sacerdotal element of primeval poetry." Mure's 
History of Greek Literature, I. 155-158. 

Musaeo. " Musaeus is variously designated son of Or- 
pheus, Linus, and Eumolpus His only recorded mother 

is Selene, or the moon. He usually ranks as a Thracian ; 
sometimes, however, from his fame and influence being 

chiefly connected with Attica, as an Athenian His 

mythical dignity receives an important accession from the 
honors paid him by Virgil, who represents him in the Shades 
surrounded by a crowd of disciples, his authority over whom 
is indicated by the superior height of his stature (Aen. VI. 
667). This seems to imply that the Latin poet attributed a 
greater extent or reality to his influence, probably owing to 
his connection with Athens, than to that of the other sages 
or civilizers of primitive Greece." Mure's Hist. Gr. Lit., L 
159, 160. 

Palamedem. Palamedes, the son of Nauplius, king of Eu- 
bcea, joined the Greeks in their expedition against Troy; 
but Agamemnon, Diomedes, and Ulysses, envious of his 
fame, brought against him a false accusation of treachery, 
and thereupon caused him to be stoned to death. When he 
was led to execution, he exclaimed, ' ; Truth, I lament thee, 
for thou hast died even before me." 



BOOK FIRST. CHAT XLI. XLII. 195 

Ajacem. After the death of Achilles, Ulysses contended 
for his armor with the Telamonian Ajax, and gained the 
prize. The disappointment of Ajax brought on a violent 
madness, in which he put an end to his life. As Ulysses 
obtained the armor through an unjust decision of the judges, 
Cicero includes Ajax among those judicio iniquo circumventos. 

Summi regis. Agamemnon. 

UlixL On this genitive in i, see Z. § 61. 

Sisyphi. A king of Corinth, whose punishment in the low- 
er world is well known. He was notorious for his cunning. 

99. Extreme: than his last words; the end of his speech. 
XLII. Ne: surely r , verily. Wrongly written nae. 
Suum Mud: That well-known principle of his. 

100. Ut nihil censeamus esse malum, quod sit a natura da- 
tum omnibus. A similar sentiment is conveyed in the remark 
of Schiller, commended by the author of Friends in Council 
as " very noble and full of faith," — " Death cannot be an 
evil, because it is universal." 

Possem. For the tense, see note on auderemus, iv. 7. 
Qui . . . .fuerit. Subjunctive of the reason. 

101. Cato. In his Origines. Cf. De Senect. xx. 
In quos Simonides. Simonides of Ceos. 

Die .... obsequimur. The original epigram is thus cited 
by Herodotus, VII. 228 : 

Q £en>*, dyyeWciv AaK.€$aLp.oviois, otl Tflde 

Kcificda Tols K€IV(DV pTjflCLO'L 7r€l66(Ji€VOL* 

A different reading is given in the Anthology (in. v.), the 
Oration of Lycurgus Kara. AcaKpdrovs, and Strabo IX., as 
follows : 

Q %€lp\ ayyciXov AaK€$aip.ovioi$, ore rrjSe 
Ket/itda tols K€lv<dv tt^lQoulcvol vofiifiois. 
Mr. Hodgson, in Meri vale's Collections from the Greek An- 
thology, gives a beautiful translation of this epitaph upon the 
Lacedaemonian heroes (rightly taking Spartae as dative) : 

" Stranger ! to Sparta say, her faithful band 
Here lie in death, remembering her command." 



196 



TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 



The following version, more quaint than elegant, is taken 
from an old German translation of the Tusculan Disputa- 
tions, which Moser discovered among the MSS. preserved 
in the University of Heidelberg (Moser's ed. Tusc. Disp. I. 
p. xx vi.) : 

" Sag, frembder gast, dem Spartenn land, 

Wir liegen fast hie inn dem sannd, 

Dass wir so schon inn dem gefecht 

Gehalten hon satzung unnd recht." 

Dum .... obsequimur. " The conjunction dum, even if the 
predicate of the main proposition is expressed in past time, 
is usually joined by the poets, or in oblique narration, with 
the present indicative, to make the narration more lively, 
when it is signified that not the whole time through which 
the statement of the principal proposition is predicated, but 
only a part of it, is included. When, however, the predi- 
cate of each proposition fills the same space of time, dum is 
joined with the imperfect. Hence we read properly below, 
fuit haec gens fords, dum Lycurgi leges vigebant (not 
vigent)." With the pres. while, with the imperf. so long as. 

Unus. Dieneces. See Herodotus, VII. 226 (Felton's 
Greek Historians, p. 15?). 

102. Morte. So Klotz, Treg., Kiihn., MSS. Keg., Gud. 
I. ; Orel., Mos., mortem. Either construction of occumbere, 
with the ablative, or with the accusative, is found in classical 
prose. Morti occumbere is found in the poets. 

XLIII. Spartiatae. This form, and Lacedaemonii, but not 
Spartani, are used in good prose. 

Theodorum. Theodorus of Cyrene, the atheist. Cf. Nat. 
Deor. I. i. 2, xxiii. 63, xlii. 117. 

Lysimachus. King of Thracia and Macedonia, b. c. 286. 

Humine an sublime. Paronomasia. In the Greek, vnip 
yrjs tj vtto yr}?. 

Putescat. So MSS. Reg., Gud. I. II., and Orelli, Kuh- 
ner, Tischer. Others, putrescat. Humatio, interment ; sepultura, 
funeral rites. In eo libro. The Phaedo of Plato. 






BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XLIII. 197 

103. Ut tibi videbitur. Kuhner and Tischer, videtur. 
Sepelito. The second form of the imperative, called the 

imperative future, " puts the command in connection with 
some other action, and expresses that something is to be 
done in future, when, or as soon as, something also has taken 
place." Z. § 583. The imperative future is very appro- 
priately used in this passage, the idea being, When you have 
found me, bury me. 

Vestrum. The forms nostrum and vestrum of the genitives 
of nos and vos are used as partitive genitives. Z. § 431. 

Qui . . . . permiserit, et . . . . ostenderit. Subjunctive of the 
reason. Hoc toto genere: Anything of this kind. 

104. Diogenes. The celebrated Cynic philosopher, who 
lived in the time of Alexander the Great. 

Asperius. Scil. id exprimens, implied in jussit. Tischer. 

Qui. The interrogative adverb. 

Anaxagoras. This celebrated philosopher, the friend and 
teacher of Euripides and Pericles, was banished from Athens 
on a charge of impiety, and retired to Lampsacus. 

Quum moreretur. When he was dying, — was at the point 
of death. Cf. De Divin. II. lxvi. 135. 

Si quid accidisset. " By euphemism for si forte monturus 
esset. For the ancients, influenced by a refined and elegant 
feeling, abstained as much as possible from words of ill omen, 
and were accustomed to express an unpleasant or mournful 
thing by a word of milder signification. Hence, dreading 
the word mori, in place of it they said vita excedere, decedere, 
or simply decedere, vita fungi, defungi, and the like. The 
expressions, si quid mihi accident^ or si quid humani mini 
evenerit, si quid mihi humanum contigerit, or si quid mihi 
humanitus acciderit, correspond to the Greek frri naQu." Kiih- 
ner. Tantundem viae : The same length of journey. 

Undique . ... ad inferos. TLavra^oOev, €(f)r], ouola £(tt\p r\ 
els abov Karafia<Tis. (Dk>g. Laert. II. § 11.) 

Totaque. " Particula affixa que saepe vim colligendi habet, 
ut idem fere valeat, quod : ut paucis complectar (in short}. 



198 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Sic supra, xxvi. 64: eademque ab ammo." See the note on 
eademque, p. 153. Matione: theory; subject-matter. 

XLIV. 105. Trahit Hectorem .... Achilles. Iliad, XXII. 
395 sqq. 

Ilia. Hecuba or Andromache. 

Vidi .... raptarier. From some old tragedy of Ennius or 
Pacuvius. The verse is iambic trimeter. — Passa. Supply 
sum. — Hectorem. The second syllable is lengthened be- 
cause the arsis falls upon it, for which reason the liquid r 
is doubled in pronunciation. 

Accius. An early Roman tragedian, " particularly praised 
for the strength and vigor of his language, and the sublimity 
of his thoughts." 

Aliquando = nunc tandem, as supra, i. 1. To be construed 
with sapiens. 

Immo abstuli. The verse is trochaic tetrameter cata- 

lectic. Bead enim in enimvero as one syllable. So Terence, 
Andr. I. i. 64 : 

Quicquam ad|tine[re : enimv6|ro spec|tatum | satis. 
Hec. IV. iv. 51 : 

Enimve|ro pror|sus jam | tacejre non | queo. 

Hectorem traxisti. This reading is given by Wolf, Schiitz, 
Moser, and Klotz. Other editors read Hectora traxisti. 

106. Ecce alius. Probably Deiphilus, the son of I liona. 

Mater volucresque. The verse is trochaic tetrameter 

catalectic. Met is to be pronounced as one syllable. To 
complete the second ver?e, some word must be inserted be- 
tween natum and prius. Bentley happily proposes tuum. 

Pressis et flebilibus modis: In slow and mournful measures. 

Qui .... infer ant. Qui = tales qui. 

Theatris. " Theatrum significat spectatores. De Orat. III. 
1. 195 : theatra tota reclamant." 

Neu .... divexarier. The verse is trochaic tetrameter cata- 
lectic. Cicero, infra, calls these lines septenarios, as con- 
sisting of seven complete feet. Meas is here a monosyllable. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XLIV. XLV. 199 

Siris: contracted for siveris. The true reading of these 
verses was restored by the great Bentley. Before him edi- 
tors gave this absurd reading : 

Heu relliquias semiassi regis, denudatis ossibus, 
Per terrain sanie delibutas foede divexarier. 
" Sagacioris indolis adolescentes \ulgatam lectionem cum 
egregia Bentleii emendatione iterum iterumque comparent et 
exemplum inde sumant, qua via ingrediendum sit in veterum 
scriptorum locis corruptis ad sanitatem restituendis." Kuh- 
ner. 

107. Poeniunlur. Poeniri and puniri occur often in Cicero 
as deponent. When (we see on the stage) many punish, etc. 

Ipse .... atro. The verse is trochaic tetrameter acata- 
lectic. 

Quam essent dura. Orelli, quae e. d. 

Nulla sine sensu. They are nothing if he feels them not. 

Neque .... malis. The verse is trochaic tetrameter, as in 
the two preceding lines. 

Recipiat for recipiat se, as in Plautus, Mercat. II. iv. 30 • 
Actutum face cum praeda ut recipias for domum redeas. 
Hud. III. vi. 42 : Dum recipis for dum redis. Bacchid. II. iii. 
60 : Rursum in portum recipimus. We sometimes find the 
same use of this verb in good prose- writers, but only with the 
gerund and in reference to military movements, as Caes. Bel. 
Gal. 1. xlviii. : Si quo erat longius procedendum aut celerius 
recipiendum. " Vertere" says Kiihner, "is in like manner 
used for verti, mutare for mutari, arpecpeiv for arpefao-Qai ', 
and, as a general rule, active verbs containing the idea of 
motion are often used with an intransitive or reflexive signifi- 
cation." Compare the use of convertebat for se convertebat, 
Cicero's Brutus, xxxviii. 141 ; vertisse for se vertisse, Liv. II. 
iii. Neque habeat : And may he not have, etc. 

Pelopis. Pelops, the father of Thyestes and Atreus. 

Qui non erudierit .... nee docuerit. Qui: that he. 

XLV. 108. AegyptiL See Herodotus, II. 86 sqq. Silius 
Italicus, XIII. 474: 



200 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Aegyptia tellus 
Claudit odorato post fun us stantia saxo 
Corpora, et a mensis exsanguem haud separat umbram. 

Persae. See Herodotus, I. 140, III. 16 ; Strabo, XV. 

Nisi .... sint laniata. " Klotz observes that the subjunc- 
tive is used because, on account of the words mos est, the 
sentiment is expressed in accordance with the thought of the 
Magi. As a general rule, in those secondary propositions 
which are connected with the infinitive, the subjunctive is 
used." Kiihner. 

Pro sua quisque facilitate = quantum cuj usque facultates aut 
opes patiuntur. 

Chrysippus. A Stoic philosopher, born B. c. 280. " Dis- 
liking the Academic scepticism, he became one of the most 
strenuous supporters of the principle, that knowledge is at- 
tainable and may be established on certain foundations. 
Hence, though not the founder of the Stoic school, he was 
the first person who based its doctrines on a plausible system 
of reasoning, so that it was said, * If Chrysippus had not ex- 
isted, the Porch could not have been/ * 

Ut est in omni historia curiosus : As lie is diligent in every 
investigation. The signification of historia here is the same 
as that in which its Greek parent, loropia, is often used. 

In nobis . ... in nostris : In = in the case of, in regard to. 

Ita tamen, ut. The rites of sepulture should be attended 
to (non negligendus), in such a way, however, that we who 
live should be conscious that the bodies of the dead are con- 
scious of nothing. 

109. Multa .... tempestiva fuerunt = " multae mihi fue- 
runt opportunitates rnoriendi." 

Quae. Orelli, quam. 

Quae obire : Would that I had been able to avail my' 

self of them! — Potuissem. Z. § 571. A. & S. § 263, Rem. 

Cumulata erant: i. e. Had been fully discharged. 

Cum fortuna bella restabant. " Conflictandum adhuc erat 
cum fortuna." 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XLV. XLVI. 201 

Virtutem tamquam umbra sequitur. " Seneca, Ep. lxxix. 
11 : Gloria umbra vlrtutis est, etiam invitos comitabitur." 

XLVI. 110. Verum. Adjective. 

Quoquo modo hoc accipietur : In whatever way this argu- 
ment of mine shall be received ; i. e. even if men pronounce 
it unphilosophical. Nobbe, and old editors, accipiatur ; but 
our reading is found in the best MSS., and sanctioned by 
Orelli, Moser, and Kiihner. 

Publicae disciplines: Of the administration of the state. 

Salaminam. Such is the reading of the MSS., although 
this Latinized form is generally considered as peculiar to 
writers after the golden age. 

Tropaei = victoriae, as Nep. Them. 5. 3 : Haec (sc. Salami- 
nid) altera victoria, quae cum Marathonio possit comparari 
tropaeo. Sil. Ital. xiv. 282 : Salaminiacum tropaeum. Aris- 
toph. Equii. 1331 : to iv Mapa6o)vi rpoiiaiov. 

Curium. M'. Curius Dentatus, the conqueror of Pyrrhus. 

Fabricium. C. Fabricius Luscinus, "one of the most pop- 
ular heroes of the Roman annals, who, like Cincinnatus and 
Curius, is the representative of the poverty and honesty of 
the good old times." 

Calatinum. See supra, vii. 13. — Duo Scipiones. Cn. and 
Publius. Supra, xxxvii. 89. — Maximum. Q. Fabius Maxi- 
mus Verrucosus, Cunctator. — Marcellum. M. Claudius 
Marcellus. Supra, xxxvii. 89. — Paullum. L. iEmilius 
Paullus, who fell at Cannae. — Catonem. M. Porcius Cato, 
Sapiens, Censorius. — Laelium. C. Laelius, Sapiens. 

Decessio: the decrease, diminution; "ihre Abnahme." 

111. Diagoras. Very celebrated for his victories in the 
Grecian games. See Pindar, Olymp. VII. 

Duo suosflios: Two of his sons (not his two sons). 

Non enim in caelum adscensurus es. " H. e. summam ho- 
minis felicitatem nactus es, nee majore poteris potiri." Cf. 
Pind. Pyth. X. 27 : e O xcl\k€os ovpavbs ovttot d^aros atra 

Et nimium fortasse. " Scil. magna, i. e. majora, quam re 
vera sunt." Kuhner. Cf. Tusc. II. xvii. 41 ; pro Flac. xiii. 31. 



202 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Inutile: hazardous, dangerous. As De Off, II. xiv. 49 
seditiosum et inutUem civem. Horat. Carm. II. xxiv. 48 : 
aurum inutile, summi materiem mali. Litotes. 

Nosmet ipsos amare, " scil. magis quam eos quos a^lisimus. , • 
Lael. iii. 10: "Nihil mali accidisse Scipioni, puto; mihi 
accidit, si quid accidit ; suis autem incommodis graviter angi, 
non amicum, sed se ipsuni amantis est." Brut, i. 4 : " Illius 
(Hortensii) vero mortis opportunitatem benevolentia potius 
quam misericordia prosequamur, ut, quotiescunque de cla- 
rissimo et beatissimo viro cogitemus, ilium potius quam nosmet 
ipsos diligere videamur. Nam si id dolemus, quod eo jam 
frui nobis non licet, nostrum est id malum, quod modice fe- 
ramus, ne id non ad amicitiam sed ad domesticam utilitatem 
referre videamur." Quibus (after malis), for in quibus. 

Longior, Scil. justo (Horat. Sat, I. i. 57). Too diffuse, 
tedious. 

XL VII. 112. Perfection est, ut,,., ducerem. See supra, 
p. Ill, note on auderemus. 

Ehetorum epilogum " per breviloquentiam dictum est pro, 
c epilogum, quales rhetores componere solent in declamationi- 
bus."' 

113. In scholis = in disputationibus de philosophia, 
Argiae sacerdotis, Cydippe. For the story of Cleobis and 

Bito, see Herodotus, I. 31. 

Bito. Some editions read Biton ; but " Cicero almost 
always observes this rule, that Greek proper names in <ov, 
having the genitive in ovos or cavos, end in the nominative, in 
Latin, in o ; those which have in the genitive ovtos or cqvtos, 
have in the nominative the termination on," Kuhner. 

Praemium. Kuhner, praemil 

114. Trophonius et Agamedes. Brothers, and distinguished 
architects. 

Post ejus diei diem tertium. The genitive ejus diei depends 
upon post diem tertium, as upon postridie in Caesar's favorite 
expression postridie ejus diei, 

Ut Uluxit, B. § 121. Z. § 506. (2). M. \ 338, b. 



BOOK FIRST. CHAl. XLVII. XLVIII. 203 

Judicavisse. " Soil, mortem esse optimum homini." 
Praeter ceteros: Above, more than the others; not to the 
exclusion of. 

XLVIII. SUeno. Silenus was represented as the con- 
stant companion of Dionysus, or Bacchus, whom he is said 
to have brought up and instructed. " He is described as a 
jovial old man with a bald head, a puck nose, fat and round, 
like his wine bag, which he always carried with him, and 
generally as intoxicated .... But it is a peculiar feature in 
his character that he was conceived also as an inspired proph- 
et, who knew all the past and the most distant future, and as 
a sage who despised all the gifts of fortune." 

Non nasci, etc. The same sentiment is expressed by The 
ognis, an ancient elegiac and gnomic poet, vv. 543 - 546 : 
TlavTcov fxev pr) (fivvai iTn\6ovloi(TLV cipicrrov, 

Mr}& caibelv avyas o^eos rjcXlov ' 
Qvirra & 07T(os coKtorra nvXas 'Atdao 7T€prjaai 
Kai KtivQai TvoWrju yr)v €7rap,r)0'dp€VOV. 
115. Cresphonte. Cresphontes, a king of Messenia, was 
slain with two of his sons in an insurrection of the nobles, 
because he favored the popular side. His fate furnished Eu- 
ripides the subject of a tragedy, some fragments of which 
are extant. The original of the passage cited by Cicero is 
this : — 

'Exprjv yap fjpds avWoyov Troiovpevovs 
Tov <f)vvTa Oprjvelv, els oa ep^Tai Kaicd * 
Tbv 6° av Oavovra Kai ttovcov ireTravpevov 
Xaipovras etcpr] [lovvras zKirkpfneiv dofxcov. 
Nam nos .... exsequi. The verse is iambic trimeter. — 
Coetus celebrantes. " Frequenter convenientes. Virg. Aen. 
I. 739: Et vos coetum Tyrii celebrate frequentes" — Exse- 
qui, to follow to the grave: whence the noun exseqaiae. 

Consolatione Crantoris. Grantor, an Academic philoso- 
pher who flourished b. c. 300, wrote a work Ilepi TlhOovs, 
of which Cicero made great use in the third book of the 
Tusculan Disputations, and in his own Consolatio. 



204: TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

Terinaeum. Of Terlna, a town on the west coast of Brut- 
tium. 

Versiculos. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. : 

T H7rou vr\TVL€ 'HXuai', tjXlOlol <ppev€s avhpoav' 

TLvQvvoos Kelrat jioLpidico flavdrW 
Ovk rji> yap faeij/ KaXov avrco ovre yovevaw. 

Potitur with i. See Z. § 210. M. g 151. Obs. 3. 

Fatorum numine. Some editors read munere. 

Finiri. Cf. Plin. Epist. I. 12 : qui morbo jiniuntur. 

116. Causam rebus . . . .judicatam : That the case has been 
decided by facts. Causam, the question whether death is an 
evil or a good. Rebus, by actual deeds, facts. 

Alcidamas. A Greek rhetorician, the pupil of Gorgias. 
" He was the last of that sophistical school, with which the 
only object of eloquence was to please the hearers by the 
pomp and brilliancy of words." 

Quidem. " Adverbium quidem a Cicerone addi solet nomi- 
nibus propriis, ut saepe explicari possit per ut, velut, ut in 
exemplum afferam, ita quidem, ut vim habeat argumentativam 
inserviatque sententiae prolatae exemplis illustrandae confir- 
mandaeve. Supra xxii. 51 : Dicaearchus quidem et Aristoxe- 
nus .... nullum omnino animum esse dixerunt. xxxiii. 80 : 
Aristoteles quidem ait. xxxiv. 84 : Callimachi quidem epi* 
gramma. N. D. II. vi. 16 : Chrysippus quidem . . . . ea dicit" 
Kiihner. 

Erechtheo. Erechtheus II., king of Athens. " In the 
war between the Eleusinians and Athenians, Eumolpus, the 
son of Poseidon, was slain ; whereupon Poseidon demanded 
the sacrifice of one of the daughters of Erechtheus. When 
one was drawn by lot, her three sisters resolved to die with 
her ; and Erechtheus himself was killed by Zeus with a flash 
of lightning at the request of Poseidon." 

Codrum. " Soil, laudant, commemorant, quod facile ex 
antecedent repetunt elici potest." Kiihner. Codrus, the 
last king of Athens. The oracle alluded to was given during 



BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XLV1II. XLIX. 205 

the invasion of Attica by the Dorians from Peloponnesus. 
The Athenian king entered the camp of the enemy in dis- 
guise, began a quarrel with the soldiers, and was slain in the 
dispute. Si esset. Supply as he would be, (if, etc.) 

Victrices. " When the substantive in apposition has two 
genders, that is chosen which corresponds with the gender 
of the substantive to be explained." B. § 8. 

Menoeceus. A Theban youth, the son of Creon. When 
the seven Argive heroes marched against Thebes, the prophet 
Tiresias declared that the city would be preserved if the last 
of the descendants of Cadmus should devote himself as a sac- 
rifice to the manes of that great founder of the Theban state. 
Menoeceus, understanding the oracle to refer to himself, at 
once put an end to his life. 

Qui item. Orelli qui oraculo. Some MSS. qui idem. 

Iphigenia. The daughter of Agamemnon and Clytemnes- 
tra. Agamemnon having slain unawares a stag in the grove 
of Diana, the goddess in her indignation delayed the Greek 
fleet at Aulis by contrary winds, when the Greeks wished to 
sail against Troy. The seer Calchas declared that the goddess 
must be propitiated by the sacrifice of Iphigenia, and she was 
accordingly brought to Aulis, under the pretext of being mar- 
ried to Achilles. When she was about to be sacrificed, how- 
ever, the goddess in pity substituted a stag for the maiden, 
and bore her in a cloud to Tauris, where she became a priest- 
ess in the temple of Diana. 

Aulide : at Aulis. 

[Sanguis], This word is absent from some of the best 
MSS., and accordingly Orelli brackets it, and Kiibner omits 
it. Moser and Nobbe admit it without brackets. 

XLIX. Harmodius et Aristogito. The slayers of Hippar- 
chus, brother of the Athenian tyrant Hippias. For this deed 
they " obtained among the Athenians of all succeeding gen- 
erations the character of patriots, deliverers, and martyrs, — 
names often abused, indeed, but seldom more grossly than in 
this case. Their deed of murderous vengeance formed a fa- 



206 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

vorite subject of drinking songs." For one of these rounde- 
lays see Felton's Greek Reader, p. 1 70. 

In ore. To be construed with viget. " In every mouth.'* 

Mortes cum gloria — mortes gloriosas. 

117. Quaeguum itasint. Quum is here to be translated although. 
Contionandum. Sometimes wrongly written concionandum. 

Velut super iore e loco. I. e. as if from a platform or tribune. 
Moser. Conniventem : closing tJie eyes. 

Melior Ennii, quam Solonis or alio. The lines of Ennius 
are from his Epitaph, the whole of which is given supra, xv. 
34. The lines of Solon are thus given by Plutarch : — 

Mrj&e poi aickavaTOS Sdvaros poXoi, dWa. iptXoiat, 
Uoifjo-aipi Oai/av akyea nai arova^ds- 

Stobaeus gives the same verses, with the reading in the second 
line KaXk€t7roi(jLL Qavcov, which, as Davis remarks, corresponds 
better with Cicero's version. Cf. De Senect. xx. 73. 

Hie nosier .... ille sapiens, " Hie is to be referred to En- 
nius, ille to Solon. For in opposition hie often relates, not to 
the nearer, but to the more important or preferable thing, i. e. 
that concerning which the discussion chiefly treats," (that 
which is " nearest to the speaker in idea") — " ille to a 
thing, not more remote, but inferior, or of less importance or 
value." Kiihner. 

118. Nos vero . . . .pareamus. " Est hoc Pythagoreorum 
decretum, ad quod respicit Socrates in Phaedone c. 66 : di- 
cens : Kal yap aKrjKoa otl iv €v<pr}pia xpt] TeXtvrdv" Moser. 

Temere = sine causa, loithout design. 

Fortuito. " The words fortuitus and gratuitus should be 
pronounced with the penult lengthened, as in Horace, Carm. 
II. xv. 17 ', fortuxium. In hexameter they should be pro- 
nounced as trisyllables." Kiihner. 

Exanclavisset. This word is derived from the Greek igav- 
rXel:/. " The Greeks say dvrXelv, i^avrkeiv irovov, rvx^v, 
fiiov : whence comes the Latin expression labores exanciare. 
Inasmuch as the conjunction of letters antl was unpleasant to 



BOOK MUST. CHAP. XLIX. 207 

the Roman ear, it was changed into and, as in periclum, peri- 
culum, subligaclum, subligaculum, for peritlum, subligatlum" 
Kuhner. 

Portum. Velis passis pervehi. Reflantibus ventis reji- 
ciemur. Cowper makes use of similar images, expanded with 
admirable skill and with a higher meaning, in his exquisite 
" Lines on the Receipt of his Mother's Picture " : — 

" Thou, as a gallant bark from Albion's coast 
(The storms all weathered and the ocean crossed) 
Shoots into port at some well-havened isle, 
Where spices breathe and brighter seasons smile, 
There sits quiescent on the floods, that show 
Her beauteous form reflected clear below, 
While airs impregnated with incense play 
Around her, fanning light her streamers gay ', 
So thou, with sails how swift ! hast reached the shore 
' Where tempests never beat nor billows roar ' ; 
And thy loved consort on the dangerous tide 
Of life, long since, has anchored at thy side. 
But me, scarce hoping to attain that rest, 
Always from port withheld, always distressed, — 
Me howling winds drive devious, tempest-tost, 
Sails ripped, seams opening wide, and compass lost ; 
And day by day some current's thwarting force 
Sets me more distant from a prosperous course." 

119. Ego vero. " The particle vero, added particularly to 
pronouns, has a strongly affirmative or declaratory force. Cf. 
supra, xi. 24 : Me vero delectat. xi. 25 : M. Dame aut ma- 
nere animos post mortem, aut morte ipsa interire? A. Do 
vero. xxiii. 55 : Ego vero facile sum passus, etc. xxxii. 
78 : M. Numquid igitur est causae, quin amicos nostros Stoi- 
cos dimittamus? . . . . A. Istos vero, etc. xliii. 103 : Mul- 
tamvero operam Jrustra consumpsi" Kuhner. So Livy, 
II. xii : Tu vero abi. Cf. numerous examples in the Brutus. 
See Z. § 716. — Ego vero : " Ja wohl ! " Supply habeo. 

Et quot dies erimus : And daily, while we remain, etc. 
(" Et quotidie, quoad erimus in Tasculano. yy Klotz, quoted 



208 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 

by KCihner.) Our reading is given by Nobbe, Orelli, Kiih- 
ner, Klotz, and Tischer. Moser and Tregder, following sev- 
eral of the best and oldest MSS., as the Regius, Gudianus I., 
II., read quos dies. But, as Klotz remarks (Kiihner, p. 173), 
quot conveys a more appropriate idea, since Cicero says, 
supra, iv. 8 : " Itaque dierum quinque scholas, ut Graeci ap- 
pellant, in totidem libros contuli " ; and even in the best MSS. 
quot and aliquot are often confounded with quos and aliquos. 

Agamus haec : Let us give our attention to these subjects. 
Cf. supra, xx. 46, note on id agat. 

Quae .... habeant. Moser remarks upon this elegant use 
of the verb habere in the signification of secum ferre, afferre; 
and compares De Divin. II. xlvi. 96 : Quid f dissimilitudo 
locorum nonne dissimiles hominum procreationes habett 
The subjunctive with the relative, in this passage, " completes 
the idea of the quality " denoted by the demonstrative ea 9 
and " expresses the way in which it operates." 



THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 



The Somnium Scipionis is introduced as an episode in the 
sixth and last book of the admirable treatise De Re Publica, 
written b. c. 54, and one of the earliest of Cicero's philosophi- 
cal works. The form of this treatise is that of a dialogue, the 
interlocutors being Scipio Africanus Minor, his nephew Q. 
iElius Tubero, and his friends C. L^lius the Wise, L. Furius 
Philus, M\ Manilius, Sp. Mummius, P. Rutilius Rufus, Q. 
Mucius Scaevola, and C. Fannius. The scene of the conver- 
sation is laid in a sunny lawn in the gardens of Scipio, during 
the Latin holidays, b. c. 129. (De Rep. I. ix. -xii.) 

The first extract in the Introduction (p. 69) is from the 
Commentary on the Somnium Scipionis of Favonius Eulogius, 
a rhetorician of Carthage, and a contemporary and pupil of 
St. Augustine. The entire Commentary will be found in 
Graevius's edition of Cicero de Officiis, pp. 438-447 (Am- 
sterdam, 1688). The impure Latinity of the period in which 
it was composed will be noticed in this extract. 

Eris Pamphyli. " A brave man, Erus, the son of Arme- 
nius, by descent a Pamphylian ; who, happening on a time 
to die in battle, when the dead were on the tenth day carried 
off, already corrupted, was taken up sound; and being car- 
ried home, as he was about to be buried on the twelfth day, 
when laid on the funeral pile, revived ; and being revived, 
he told what he saw in the other state." Plato de Rep. X. 
xiii. ; for the whole story, vid. Ibid, xiii -xvi. 

14. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 209 



210 THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 

Duobus .... numeris. Seven and eight, fifty-six being a 
common multiple of these numbers. See note on quorum 
vterque plenus, Somn. Scip. ii. (infra, p. 192). 

The passage from St. Augustine (pp. 69, 70) is found in 
his celebrated treatise De Civitate Dei, written a. d. 413 - 426. 
Nostri The Christians. 

The remainder of the Introduction (pp. 70-72) is taken 
from the Commentary of Macrobius, an eminent grammarian 
of the fourth and fifth centuries, to whom we are indebted 
for the preservation of the Somnium Scipionis. 

Page 71. Colotes. " A hearer of Epicurus, and one of 
the most famous of his disciples He held, that it is un- 
worthy of the truthfulness of a philosopher to use fables in 
his teaching, — a notion which Cicero opposes." 

Page 72. Interfecti tyrannL Tiberius Sempronius Grac- 
chus. 



THE DREAM. 

In the course of the conversation on the science of govern- 
ment, in the gardens of Scipio, Laelius complained that no 
statues had been erected by the state in honor of P. Cor- 
nelius Scipio Nasica, the slayer of the tribune Tiberius Grac- 
chus. Scipio, in reply, remarks that virtue has rewards 
higher and more enduring than statues or triumphs ; and, to 
illustrate this sentiment, relates his dream to the assembled 
company. 

I. M\ Manilio. Manius (or, according to some editors, 
Marcus) Manilius was consul b. c. 149 with L. Marcius Cen- 



CHAP. I. 211 

sorinus. In that year the third Punie war was commenced, 
and Manilius and his colleague were appointed to conduct it 
The dative Manilio depends upon tribunus, which specifies 
the relation in which Scipio stood to Manilius. Cf. Pro Clu- 

ent. xxxvi. 99 : qui M. Aemilio .... legati fuerunt. Pro 

Muren. ix. 20 : Murena legatus Lucullo fait. De Rep. II. 
xl. : tibi quum essem legatus. See Moser's note on De Rep. 
II. xl., and M. § 241, Obs. 4. 

Masinissam. Masinissa, king of the Numidians, supported 
the Carthaginians for several years in the second Punic war ; 
but went over to the Romans upon the arrival of Scipio Afri- 
canus Major in Africa, B. c. 204, in accordance with a promise 
he had secretly given the Roman general two years before, 
after the Carthaginians had been defeated in Spain. His 
adherence to the Romans contributed greatly to their suc- 
cess, but reflects no honor upon his character. Niebuhr says, 
" His whole life was an uninterrupted series of treacheries 

against Carthage In a moral point of view, Masinissa 

was no better than a common barbarian : he was a base trai- 
tor, who deserves the hatred of every honest man." (Zec- 
tures on the History of Rome, ed. by Schmitz, Vol. II. p. 146.) 
At the time of his interview, here related, with Scipio Afri- 
canus Minor, Masinissa was in his ninetieth year. 

Justis de causis. The elder Africanus bestowed on Masi- 
nissa the possession of Cirta and the greater part of the terri- 
tories which had belonged to Syphax, in addition to his 
hereditary dominions. 

Ut veni. B. § 121. Z. § 506. (2). A. & S. § 259, Rem. 
1. (2). (d). M. 338. b. 

Reliqui caelites. "I. e. stellae, planetae inprimis. Cf. Cic. 
de Nat. Deor. II. xxi. 54; Plat. Cratyl. p. 397, Steph.; p. 
32, Bekk.; Creuz. Symb. u. Myth. III. p. 74." Moser. 

Ita. " Most grammarians now agree that ita derives its 
origin from the pronominal i. This is compounded with the 
demonstrative syllable ta, to which tus [changed into tur in 
igitur], turn, ti (in uti), and tern (in item) are cognate forms. 



212 THE DREAM OF SC1PIO. 

It is hardly worth while to refute the well-known ancient 
opinion, defended by Henry Stephanus, that ita is the Greek 
cfra ; for these words are connected neither in origin nor in 
signification. But the relation between is and ita is the same 
as that which appears between ovtos and ovtcqs" Hand's 
Tursellinus, IH. p. 466. This particle is here used in a 
clause giving the reason of the preceding statement, and with 
a signification similar to that of adeo. See Hand's Tursel. 
HI. p. 487. (14). Ita is akin to Sansk. iti, Zend. itha. 

Illius .... viri. P. Cornelius Scipio Africanus Major. On 
the force of ille, see Z. § 701 ; A. & S. § 207, Rem. 24. 

Deinde : then; next; thereupon; (etra). This adverb is 
used in speaking " of things successive and next in lapse of 
time, and is almost the same as postea, turn. It is not neces- 
sary that the particle primum should be added to the prior 
thing, which is named before. So the Greeks use etra, eVei- 
ra, and other words, without prefixing the word 7rpa>roi/." 
Hand's Tursel. II. 240. See Arnold's Introd. to Latin Prose 
Comp., Part H. p. 118 (3d edition). 

Ultro citroque. These adverbs are old datives. " Citro," 
says Hand, in his Tursellinus, " is found only in the phrases 
ultro et citro, ultro citroque, ultro ac citro; and, with the 
omission of the copula, ultro citro. The inverted order citro 
ultroque is never found." 

Autem, says Hand, has the same origin as aut, and both 
are kindred to the Greek av. Not that they are derived from 
at, for " in these words we do not have a form transferred 
from some nations to others, but a primitive form, common to 
many countries." For the meaning of the word in our pas- 
sage, see Andrews's Lex. s. h. v. 2. See, also, the note on 
hominurn autem, supra, p. 160. Translate: however, moreover. 

In multam noctem : " Deep into the nigJit." u In noctem 
dicunt de rebus ultra diurnam lucem protractis : in die Nacht 

hinein, usque in noctem Suet. Tib. 74 : Exarsit prima 

vesper a atque in multam noctem luxit." Hand's Tursellinus, 
IH. p. 339. On the use of multam, Ochsner cites De Sen. 



CHAP. I. II. 213 

xiv. 46 : Quod (conviviimi) ad multam noctem produximus. 
Ad Att. XIII ix. : Multus sermo ad multum diem. 

M Cubitum discesshnus dicit, quia in diversa cubilia abie- 
runt ; quod si non esset factum, dixisset cubitum ivimus, ut 
Orat. pro Sex. Rose, xxiii. 64." Moser. 

De via —propter viam. Hottinger. 

Qui .... vigilassem. Subjunctive of the reason. 

Equidem. See the note upon this word, supra, p. 139 sq. 

Fere. " Hand derives fere and ferme from fermus =fr- 
mus ; so that fere, ferme =firme, firmiter, and have for their 
first meaning perquam, valde, penitus." Andrews and Rid- 
dle follow Yarro L. L. 6. 5. 98, in deriving fere from fero. 
For the signification of this adverb in our passage, see An- 
drews's Lex., under fere, B. 2: ("usually;" "generally.") 

Quale de Homero scribit Ennius. A line of Ennius, from 
the beginning of his Annates, is thus given by an old scholiast 
on Horace, Epist. II. i. 52 : 

In somnis mihi visits Homerus adesse poe'ta. 

Et. " Originem particulae et alii in litteris verbi Graeci rk 
transpositis quaesiverunt. alii in crt conspicuam esse existi- 
marunt. Vid. Vossii Etymol. s. h. v. Lennep. Etymol. Gr. 
1, p. 297. At cognatio horum vocabulorum non ad unam 
stirpem Graecam referenda est, sed cernitur ea in universa 
copularum conformatione, quae multis vel omnibus gentibus 
communis est. Sic veteres Gothi dixerunt it, Graeci re, 
quod factum est que, et rursus kclL, atque et, veluti litterae 
locum mutant in e/xos et meus. Haec igitur magis comparari 
possunt quam deduci." Et is akin to Sansk. ati } " ultra." 

II. Excelso .... loco. The milky way. 

Paene miles. " Quia in militia primus honoris gradus erat 
tribunatus militum." Manutius. 

Hoc biennio. " We must particularly remark the ablative 
of the time with the addition of the pronouns hie or ille, to 
signify, in the lapse of so long a time from now or then ; His 
annis quadringentis Bomae rex fuit (Cic. de Rep. I. 37), it is 
not more than four hundred years since there was a king at 



214 THE DREAM OF SCiriO. 

Rome ; four hundred years or less. Ante hos quadringentos 
annas and abhinc annos quadringentos is a more exact de- 
scription. Respondit, se paucis Mis diebus argentum misisse 
Lilybaeum (Id. Verr. IV. 18). Hanc hoc biennio evertes, 
before two years are past; more definitely, intra biennium ." 
M. § 276, Obs. 5. Moser says, "hoc biennio — proximo bien- 
nio"; and cites De Divin. I. xxxiii. 77: itaque tribus his 
(i. e. proximis) horis concisus exercitus, atque ipse interfectus est. 

Absens. " Somn. Scip. ii. absens est, non petens magistra- 
tum. Nam Africanus, de quo ibi sermo, interfuit comitiis 
istis, sed non petiit. Vid. Pigh. ad a. dcxix. et Drakenb. 
ad Liv. iv. 42. 1; x. 22. 9." Ernesti, Clav. Cic. — "Ab- 
sens, non petens. Valerius enim Lib. VIII. cap. x. praesen- 
tem eum faeit, et Laelius apud Cic de Amic. Scipionem 
nunquam petiisse confirmat." Manutius. See Moseys note 
ad h. 1. 

Nepotis mei. Tib. Sempronius Gracchus, the tribune. 

Ostendas oportebit. B. § 202, note. Z. § 625. 

Septenos octies. " The distributive numerals are applied 
in multiplication (with adverbial numerals), the same number 
being taken several times." Z. § 119. 

Solis anfr actus reditusque. I. e. annos. M Anfr actus so- 
lis nominatur propter obliquitatem orbis zodiaci, per quern sol 
modo ad septentrionem inflectitur, modo relabitur ad meridi- 
em ; sinuosas enim et flexuosas vias, anfractus appellamus, ut 
fluminum, ut littorum solent esse." Ramus. " Solis anfrac- 
tum et reditum annum vocat ; . . . . reditum, ait Macrobius, 
quia eadem signa per annos singulos certa lege sol metitur" 
Vinetus. 

Quorum uterque plenus. Seven and eight were considered 
by the ancients as numeri pleni, or perfect numbers, for vari- 
ous reasons, mostly fanciful. See Macrobius ad h. 1. As 
fifty-six is the product of these complete numbers, that age, 
summa fatalis, was regarded as one of the climacterics of 
human life. Romulus, Julius Caesar, Horace, and the young- 
er Pliny are said to have died in the same climacterical year 
as Scipio. Boni: i. e. the optimates. 



CHAP. II. III. 215 

In quo nitatur. Nitor used with in and the abl. in a figu- 
rative sense, as in Orat. pro Mil.: cujus in vita nitebatur 
salus civitatis. Z. § 452 ; B. § 64, n. 4. 

Impias propinquorum manus. Sempronia, the wife of 
Scipio and sister of the Gracchi, and her mother Cornelia, 
were suspected of his murder. But see Smith's Classical 
Dictionary and Mommsen's History of Rome, Book IV. chap. 3. 

Et rumpatk visum. A conjecture of Heinrich, adopted by 
Moser and Nobbe, although Moser acknowledges it is not a 
satisfactory reading. Mai reads pax sit rebus; Orelli, after 
the older MSS., et parum rebus. Bouhier and Niebuhr pro- 
pose et parumper audite cetera; Grasvius, pax: varum audite 
cetera; and Ochsner, pax: audite cetera. The latter, says 
Orelli, " inter omnes praestare videtur, nisi malis : [_et] pax 
parumper; audite cetera.' 1 In this confusion of the text, the 
reading pax parumper : is, perhaps, the happiest conjecture. 

III. Quidem. For the signification of quidem, and the 
mood of fiat, see the note on quae quidem digna statuissent, 
p. 103. Pater, my father. 

Arbitraremur . For this use of the imperfect subjunctive, 
see the notes on pertinerent and contineretur, p. 103, and au- 
deremus, pp. Ill, 112. 

Immo. The peculiar force of this adverb is here seen in 
its correcting the doubt implied in the question of Scipio. 
Immo vero : Nay. truly are they living, etc. See supra, 
p. 118, note on immo; K. 85. 1; 511. Quae dicitur, so called. 

Quin tu adspicis. " An exhortation is often expressed in 
Latin by a question with quin." M. § 351. b, Obs. 3. 

Ad te venientem. " Quo pacto venientem ? Proclus cum 
Porphyrio lucem ait esse vehiculum animarum. ,y 

Vim lacrimarum. On the signification of vis, cf. Be Nat. 
Deor. II. xxxix. 98 : Adde etiam reconditas auri argentique 
venas, infinitamque vim marmoris. lb. I. xx. 54 : infinita 
vis innumer ab ilium volitat atomorum. Tusc. V. xxxii. 91 : 
Magna vis auri argentique. Epist. ad Q. Frat. III. vii. : 
Magna vis aquae. 



216 THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 

Atque. Compounded, according to Hand, of at and qu 
ad que, at and ad being originally the same word. " Prop 
significat et ad, eandemque habet formam, qua Plinius novi 
verbum praeterque confecit." 

Sanctissime : most venerable, 

Deus .... conspicis. Moser cites De Legg. II. x. 26 : 
deos, .... quorum hie mundus omnis templum esset et domus. 

Qui tuerentur. B. § 159. Z. § 567. A. & S. § 264. (5). 
The time of the verb is accommodated to that of sunt generate 
as in the many similar instances we have noted. Cf. de Se- 
nect. xxi. : Spa7*sisse, . . . . ut essent .... qui tuerentur. The 
imperfect is used, says Moser, to denote the design of the 
Creator at the time in which he made man. See page 224. 

Divinis animatae mentibus. Cf. Cic. de Nat. Deor. II. xv. 

Injussu ejus. With this argument against self-murder, cf. 
Cic. de Sen. xx. : " Vetatque Pythagoras, injussu impera- 
toris, id est, dei, de praesidio et statione vitae decedere" ; 
and Tusc. I. xxx. : " Vetat enim dominans ille in nobis deus, 
injussu suo nos hinc demigrare." Without his command. 

Defagisse. We find a similar use of this word in Epist. ad 
Att. VIII. iii. : non quo munus illud defugerem. Moser. 

Quum sit .... turn . ... est: While it is of great importance, 
etc., is yet of greatest importance, etc. 

Facile. See Andrews's Lex. s. h. v. 1. /?. 

Jam. Hand derives jam from the pronominal i. Fritsch 
assigns it, with diu, -dam, -dem, bfy, An, 6ai, iidn, to the same 
root with dies. 

Ut me imperii nostri .... poeniteret : That I was ashamed 
of our empire. " Hoc sensu, ut sit i. q. puderet, usus est hoc 
verbo noster Philippic. I. xiii. 33 : Num. hujusce . . . . te . . . 
yloriae poenitebat ? " Moser. u Poenitere nos ejus rei dici- 
mus eleganter, quae parva est, quacum contend non sumus, 
quae nobis non placet, cui parum tribuimus." Ernesti, Clav. 
Cic., q. v. This meaning of dissatisfaction is seen in the fol- 
lowing passage from the Heautontimorumenos of Terence, I. 
i. 20: Me j quantum hie operis fat, poenitet: I am dissatisfied 



CHAP. III. IV. V. 217 

with the amount of icork that is done here. So In the Eunu- 
chus, V. vii. 12, 13 : An poenitebat flagiti, te auctore quod 
fecisset Adolescens, ni miserum insuper etiam patri indicare? 9 
Were you not content with the disgraceful deed, etc. Cf. 
Horat. Sat. I. vi. 89 : Nil me poeniteat sanum patris hujus, 
i4 quamdiu certe sanus ero, nunquam parum mihi felix videri 
potero, quod tali natus sim patre." 

IV. Tibi. The dativus ethicus. See B. § 30, n. ; Z. §408. 
By the use of this pronoun the speaker calls the attention of 
his hearer, and intimates that what he is about to say must 
be of interest to him. See Kiihner'sGr. Gram., §284. l().(d ). 

Sununus ipse deus. Cf. Cic. de Nat. Dear. I. xiii. 34 : 
" Unum, qui ex omnibus sideribus, quae infixa caelo sunt, ex 
dispersis quasi membris simplex sit putandus deus." Cf. ib. 
xiv. 37; II. xxii. xxv. xl. Atque, to. See Lexicon. 

Obtinet. Moser considers this verb as intransitive, and 
equivalent to locum hahet. I prefer Freund's explanation, 
who makes regionem the object of obtinet, and takes subter as 
an adverb. With regionem obtinet, cf. N. D. II. xv. 42 : Si- 
dera autem aethereum locum obtinent. 

Temperatio. Temperatio for temperator, the abstract for 
the concrete, as servitium for serrus, matrimonium for uxor. 
Graevius. 

Media: in the centre; as in hoc templo medium, c. iii. 

V. In this chapter the elder Africanus describes the nature 
of the music of the spheres, by whose melody the curiosity 
and admiration of his adopted grandson had been excited. 
In regard to this celebrated doctrine of the harmony of the 
heavenly bodies, consult the authorities cited in Smith's Dic- 
tionary, article Pythagoras, Vol. III. p. 624. The reader 
will be reminded of the beautiful lines in Shakespeare's Mer- 
chant of Venice, Act V. Sc. 1 : 

" Look, how the floor of heaven 
Is thick inlaid with patines of bright gold. 
There 's not the smallest orb which thou behokTst, 
But in his motion like an angel sings, 



218 THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 

Still quiring to the young-eyed cherubims ; 
Such harmony is in immortal souls ; 
But whilst this muddy vesture of decay 
Doth grossly close us in, we cannot hear it." 

And Milton, in the Arcades, 68- 73 : 

" Such sweet compulsion doth in music lie, 
To lull the daughters of Necessity, 
And keep unsteady Nature to her law, 
And the low world in measured motion draw 
After the heavenly tune, which none can hear 
Of human mould, with gross, unpurged ear." 

Utmerecepi. B. § 121. Z. § 506. (2). M. \ 338, b. 

Intervallis .... dhitinctis : Composed of intervals unequal, 
but yet proportionally divided by rule, etc. 

Tanti motus incitari possunt. Exquisite dictum pro, tanta 
corpora tarn celeriter moveri possunt. • Hottrnger. 

Extrema. The extremes; the highest spheres and the 
lowest. 

Eademvis. The same power, — producing the same note. 

Qui numerus .... nodus est. In remarking upon another 
passage in this Dream, Macrobius says : " Haec eo dicta sunt, 
ut aperta ratione constaret, neque planitiem sine tribus, ne- 
que soliditatem sine quattuor posse vinciri. Ergo septena- 
rius numerus geminam vim obtinet vinciendi, quia ambae 
partes ejus vincula prima sortitae sunt, ternarms cum una 
medietate, quaternarius cum duabus." 

NUus. Cf. Senec. Nat. Quaest. IV. 2. 

Ad ilia. Scil. loca. Ad, at. 

Identidem : from time to time. This word is, according to 
Hand, formed by doubling idem, d (t) being interposed for 
the sake of ease in pronunciation. 

VI. Expetendam. " Quae digna sit, quae expetatur." 
Vinetus. 

Spectato, contemnito. " The imperative future is properly 
used in precepts and rules of conduct, that is, to express ac- 
tions that are to be repeated as often as the occasion arises." 
Z. § 584. 



CHAP. VI. VII. 219 

Habitari. Moser notices the same impersonal use of this 
word, in Cic. Acadd. II. xxxix. 123 : habitari, ait Xenophanes, 
in luna. 

Quasi " stands before a word to signify that it is used to 
express a thing figuratively and by way of approximation." 
M. § 444. a, Obs. 2. Quidam is often employed in conjunc- 
tion with quasi, " when an appellation is made use of that is 
not strictly appropriate " ; as below, quasi quibusdam redimi* 
tarn .... cingulis. 

Obliquos. I. e. Periozci (TlepioiKoi) ; "people who live un- 
der the same parallel of latitude, but in opposite meridians." 

Aversos. I. e. Antceci (*Avtolkol) ; u those under the same 
meridian, but opposite parallels." 

Adversos. I. e. Antipodes Qavtl7to&€s) ; "those who are 
in opposite parallels and meridians, diametrically opposite." 

Caeli verticibus. Cic. de Nat. Bear. II. xli. 105 : Extre- 
musque adeo duplici de cardine vertex dicitur esse polus. 

Nihil ad vestrum genus. Scil. pertinet. Has no connec- 
tion with your race. " In certain expressions, the ellipsis of 
the verb has become a general usage, e. g. in the phrases 
nihil ad me, ad te, &c. (sc. pertinet)." M. § 4 79. d, Obs. 1. 

Angusta verticibus, lateribus lalior : Narrow at the poles, 
wider in a lateral direction. 

Quern Oceanum appellatis. Notice the agreement of the 
relative in gender with the following noun. 

Quantis in angustiis vestra se gloria dilatam velit. Cf. 
Senec. Epist. xci. 17: "Alexander Macedonum rex discere 
Geometriam, infelix ! coeperat, sciturus, quam pusilla terra 
esset, ex qua minimum occupaverat. Ita dico, infelix, ob 
hoc, quod intelligere debebat, falsum se gerere nomen. Quis 
enim esse magnus in pusillo potest ? " 

Autem: again, — item ex altera parte. " Autem is the 
weakest adversative particle, being rather a particle of dis- 
tinction than of opposition." 

VII. Quin " is derived from the ablative qui and ne. Qui 
being both interrogative and relative, so also is quin.* In 



220 THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 

our passage the qui in quin is interrogative ; literally, " why 
not ?" " ichy not say ? * Quin is frequently used with etiam, 
as here, to introduce a stronger assertion : quin etiam, (liter- 
ally, " why not, too ? ") " indeed, moreover" 

Eluviones exustionesque teiTarum. Cf. Cic. de Nat, Deor, 
II. xlvi. 118. 

Non modo .... sed ne quidem. " In order to denote an as- 
cending to a negative idea (that even something which is 
more probable, and of less moment, does not take place') , non 
modo or non solum is combined with sed ne — quidem (or sed 

vix) If both clauses have a common predicate, to which 

the negative belongs, and the predicate stands in the last 
clause, the negation which lies in ne quidem (or vix) may be 
referred to the whole, so that instead of non modo non (or non 
solum non) we have in the first clause only non modo (or non 
solum)." M. § 461. b. Herzog — on Caes. B. G. II. xvii.: 
quo non modo intrari, sed ne perspici quidem posset — says, 
" The logical ground on which non can be omitted here after 
non modo is, that, by the coalescing of ne — quidem with posse^ 
the affirmation of the verb becomes negation, [and thus the 
negative ne belongs conjointly to both clauses.] So B. G. III. 
iv. : non modo defesso, sed ne saucio quidem dabatur, where, 
also, ne — quidem, attracted to dabatur, gives a negative mean- 
ing of impediebatur, prohibebatur " See Z. § 724. b. 

Nee pauciores, et . . . . meliores. " The combination of a 
negative and affirmative member is denoted by neque — et, 
i both not, and' (less frequently neque — que)" M. §458. c. 

Unius anni. Cicero is speaking of an annus magnus, 
which, according to the old philosophers, is completed when 
all the planets return to the same relative position, or once 
in fifteen thousand years. See De Nat. Deor. II. xx. 51, and 
a fragment of Cicero's Hortensius, preserved by Servius in I. 
et II. Aeneid., where it is stated that a great year is completed 
" post XII. millia nongentos quinquaginta quattuor annos. ,, 

Ad idem. " Ad eandem partem, locum, signum." 

Caeli descriptixmem = descriptionem siderum in caelo. De- 



CHAP. VII. VIII. 221 

scriptionem, " a marking out, delineation," hence, " arrange- 
ment," "relative distribution." 

Habeto. " The imperative future puts the command in 
connection with some other action, and expresses that some- 
thing is to be done in future, when, or as soon as, something 
else has taken place." Z. § 583. Our passage affords a 
good illustration of this rule : quandoque .... defecerit, turn 
.... habeto. 

Igitur. Derived, like ita, from the pronominal root i 
(whence are ts and hie), and the demonstrative suffix itus (r). 
" Itur" says Hand, " is kindred to ita, whether by the com- 
mutation of the letters r and s, so as to be the same as itus, 
or by the addition of r final, as in other adverbs ; for ex- 
ample, as luculente becomes luculenter. The prefixed ig is 
a changed form of the syllable ic (as vigesimus was written 
instead of vicesimus, negligo for neclego), and this ic, in accord- 
ance with the ancient usage in writing and speaking, is hie" 
Igitur takes the first place in a sentence when it modifies the 
whole clause, and not merely some particular notion in it. 

Dederis. Subjunctive in an exhortation. 

With the elevated sentiments Cicero ascribes to Africanus 
in the sixth and seventh chapters, we may compare the lines 
in Milton's Lycidas, 78 - 84 : 

" Fame is no plant that grows on mortal soil, 
Nor in the glistering foil 
Set off to the world, nor in broad rumor lies ; 
But lives and spreads aloft by those pure eyes, 
And perfect witness of all-judging Jove ; 
As he pronounces lastly on each deed, 
Of so much fame in heaven expect thy meed." 

VIII. Non esse te mortalem, sed corpus hoc. Cf. Tusc. I. 
xxii. 52: Xeque nos corpora sumus : etc. (p. 50.) Viget con- 
tains the idea of constant growth, progress. 

Ram quod semper movetur, aetcrnum est. etc. This sen- 
tence is the introduction of a quotation from the Phaedrus ol 
Plato, 51-53 (extending to the words et aeterna est), which 



222 THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 

is also inserted, with some slight variations of reading, in the 
Tusc. Disp. I. xxiii. (pp. 28, 29). See notes, supra, p. 148. 

Habeat necesse est. Z. § 625. B. § 202. n. 

IX. Si ... . eminebit foras : If it shall make its xoay beyond* 
On this use of the, future, consult the note on Si minus id obti- 
nebis, p. 130. Foras is an accusative form from an obsolete 
adjective forus, -a, -wm, allied, like foris, forum, foro, forma, 
to fero. 

Nam eorum animi .... revertuntur. See the note on Tusc. 
I. xii. 27: in ceteris humi retineretur et permaneret tamen, 
pp. 131-133. In regard to the theory of the purgation of 
guilty souls, cf. Virgil, Aen. VI. 735-751. On the senti- 
ment of the passage Idque ocius faciet .... revertuntur, cf. 
Tusc. Disp. I. xxx. 72, supra, p. 38, and a fragment from the 
De Consolatione, preserved by Lactantius : " Nee enim omni- 
bus iidem illi sapientes arbitrati sunt eundem cursum in cae- 
lum patere. Nam vitiis et sceleribus contaminatos deprimi 
in tenebras atque in coeno jacere docuerunt ; castos autem 
animos, puros, integros, incorruptos, bonis etiam studiis atque 
artibus expolitos, levi quodam et facili lapsu ad deos, id est, 
ad naturam sui similem pervolare." Compare, also, the 
extract from the Hortensius, supra, p. xviii. 

The same spirit of literary scepticism which gave rise to 
the great controversy in the last half-century on the author- 
ship of the poems of Homer, has attacked the genuineness of 
the Somnium Scipionis. Kuhnhardt, a German scholar, 
published some articles in 1820, in which he maintained that 
this Dream is not the composition of Cicero, either as a whole 
or in any considerable part, but was written by some rheto- 
rician of no great talent. The arguments of this heretic, 
however, have been ably and triumphantly refuted by Moser 
in his edition of the De Re Publica, pp. 510, 511, 



CICERO ON OLD AGE. 



The treatise bearing the title Cato Major, sive De Senectu- 
te, drawn up at the end of B. c. 45 or the commencement of 
B. c. 44, is addressed to T. Pomponius Atticus, then in his 
sixty-eighth year, while Cicero himself was in his sixty- 
second or sixty-third. " In the short introductory dialogue, 
Scipio JEmilianus Africanus Minor and C. Laglius Sapiens 
are supposed to have paid a visit to Cato the Censor, at that 
time eighty -four years old. Beholding with admiration the 
activity of body and cheerfulness of mind which he displayed, 
they request him to point out by what means the weight of 
increasing years may be most easily borne. Cato willingly 
complies, and commences a dissertation, in which he seeks to 
demonstrate how unreasonable are the complaints usually 
urged regarding the miseries which attend the close of a pro- 
tracted life. The four principal objections are stated and 
refuted in regular succession. It is held that old age is 
wretched, 1. Because it incapacitates men for active busi- 
ness ; 2. Because it renders the body feeble : 3. Because it 
deprives them of the enjoyment of almost all pleasures ; 
4. Because it heralds the near approach of death. The first 
three are met by producing examples of many illustrious per- 
sonages in whom old age was not attended by any of these 
evils, by arguing that such privations are not real, but imagi- 
nary misfortunes, and 'hat, if the relish for some pleasures is 
lost, other delights of a more desirable and substantial char- 

223 



224: CICERO ON OLD AGE. 

acter are substituted. The fourth objection is encountered 
still more boldly, by an eloquent declaration that the chief 
happiness of old age in the eyes of a philosopher arises 
from the conviction that it indicates the near approach of 
the period when the soul shall be released from its debasing 
connection with the body, and enter unfettered upon the 
paths of immortality." Smith's Diet. Gr. and Rom. Biog. 
and MytlioL I. p. 732. 

XXI. Cato, having asserted, in answer to the fourth com- 
plaint, that death should either be utterly despised, if it 
brings annihilation, or even desired, if it leads to immortal- 
ity,* proceeds to state more precisely his own views of its 
effects, in the passage here presented. 

Cur. According to Hand, a contracted form of quare y 
which is itself contracted from cui (old form quo'i) rei. 

Ab ea propius. Notice the idiomatic use of prope with ab. 

Tuerentur, keep, take care of, maintain. 

Sed credo .... constantia. For the sentiment, cf. Cic. de 
Nat. Deor. II. xiv. 37 : Ipse auiem homo ortus est ad mun- 
dum contemplandum et imitandum. Ibid. lvi. 140: [Dii\ 
primum [homines'] humo excitatos celsos et erectos constituerunt, 
ut deorum cognitionem caelum intuentes caper e possent. Sunt 
enim e terra homines, non ut incolae atque habitatores, sed 
quasi spectatores superarum return at que caelestium, quorum 
spectaculum ad nullum aliud genus animanlium pertinet. De 
Legg. I. ix. 26 : Nam quum ceteras animantes \natura~] abje- 
cisset ad pastum, solum hominum erexit, ad caelique quasi 
cognationis domiciliique pristini conspectum excitavit. Acad. 

* De Sen. xix. 66, 67 : "0 miserum senem, qui mortem con- 
temnendam esse in tarn longa aetate non viderit ! quae aut plane 
negligenda est, si omnino exstinguit aninium, aut etiam optanda, 
si aliquo eum deducit, ubi sit futurus aeternus. Atqui tertium 
certe nihil inveniri potest. Quid igitur timeam, si aut non miser 
post mortem aut beatus etiam futurus sum ? " 



chap. xxi. xxii. 225 

II. xli. 127 : Est envoi animorum ingenior unique naturale quod- 
dam quasi pabulum consideratio contemplatioque naturae. Eri- 
gimur, elatiores Jieri videmur, humana despicimus, cogitantes 
supera atque caelestia haec nostra ut exigua et minima conte- 
mnimus. Senec. Cons, ad Helv. iii. : Animum contemplatorem 
admiratoremque mundi. Plutarch. & N. V. v. The Pythag- 
oreans enjoined the contemplation of the heavens at the be- 
ginning of each day, as an incitement to the imitation of the 
order, constancy, and purity of the celestial bodies. (M. 
Antonin. Lib. XL) Anaxagoras (as Diogenes Laertius re- 
lates) being asked for icliat end he was born, replied, Els 
Qecopiav f)\iov kol aeXrjvns kcu ovpavov. 

Incolas paene nostras : Almost countrymen of ours. Pythag- 
oras, after travelling in Egypt and the East, settled at Cro- 
tona, a city in that part of Italy called Magna Graecia. Here 
he gained many distinguished adherents, and established the 
celebrated Pythagorean club or brotherhood of the Three 
Hundred. 

Qui esset judicatus. The words of the oracle are these : 

2o<fi6s 2o<^)okX^9, crocfcxaTepos Evpnridrjs, 
UdvTcov de ao(j>a)TaTOS Soxparr;?. 

Tot artes tantae scientiae. " Tantae scientiae est genitivus 
singularis ; sensus est tot artes quae magnam doctrinam et 
scientiam postulant." Schiitz. Agitetur, is in action. 

Haec Platonis fere : These are the principal arguments of 
Plato. " Haec fere formula est, qua utitur is, qui plurima et 
potiora dixisse vel exposuisse se declarat." Hand's Tursel. 
II. p. 700. Some editors read Haec Plato noster ; " sed qui 
sic rescripserunt, minime meminerunt, Catonem hie, non 
Ciceronem, loqui." Orelli. 

XXII. Apud Xenophontem. Cyrop. VIII. vii. Apud, 
in. " Dicitur de domo et domicilio et de locis in quibus 
aliquis versari solet .... His desumpta est formula, qua 
auctor alicujus libri vel dicti nominatur. Nam scriptores 
in libris suis quasi in domicilio habitant." Hand's Tursel 
I. p. 400 

15. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 



226 CICERO ON OLD AGE. 

Dum eram. " Dum in the sense of quamdiu (as long as) 
when referring to past time, is regularly joined with the 
imperfect." Z. §507. a, in fin. See supra, p. 174, note 
on dum obsequimur. In origin, dum is probably an accusative 
case, from the same root as diu, dies. 

Eundem esse, i. e. that I still exist. The emphatic word is 
esse. Sommerbrodt, cited by Crowell and Richardson. 

Sed (the old abl. of mi) = by itself. li Vim habet secludendi. 
.... Sed non opponit, sed secernit et apponit id quod distin- 
guendum videtur." Hand's Tursel. I. p. 425. 

Quo diutius memoriam sui leneremus. " Se and suus in 
subordinate propositions refer, not only to the subject in the 
same proposition, but also to m ihe subject of the leading propo- 
sition, when the dependent proposition is stated as the senti- 
ment of the subject. This is always the case with the accu- 
sative and the infinitive, with propositions which denote the 
object of an action, with final propositions and dependent in- 
terrogative propositions, and with such relative and other 
subordinate propositions as are designated by the subjunctive 
as the sentiments of another party." M. § 490. c. See Z. 
§ 125, note, and §550; B. §151. n. 1. 

Atqui: And yet. " Compounded of at and qui, which is 
the old form of the ablative quo. Its proper signification, 
then, is contra quo modo, quodam modo, and, since this rela- 
tive idea corresponds to the demonstrative, nearly the same 
as contra hoc modo.* 1 Hand's Tursel. I. p. 513. See Z. 
§349. 

XXIII. An censes, etc. " A common form of direct ques- 
tion with an is when, in an argument, the speaker asks 
whether some absurd supposition (which is the opposite oi 
what the speaker is maintaining) is true." Arnold's Lot. 
Prose Comp., Part II. 447. Efferor: I am transported. 

Peliam. " Pelias, king of Iolcos, was cut to pieces and 
boiled by his own daughters, who had been told by Medea 
that in this manner they might restore their father to vigor 
and youth." As the story is generally told, Medea mah- 



chap, xxiii. 227 

ciously deceived the Peliades, and their father died; but 
Plautus, in the Pseudolus, represents Medea as actually re- 
juvenating him. 

Ad carceres a calce revocari. The carceres (literally, en- 
closures, barriers) were the starting-places in the circus 01 
race-course at Rome ; a kind of stalls, where the chariots and 
horses stood until the signal was given. Calx, the goal; see 
note on calcem, p. 121. 

Sed habeat sane : But grant, indeed, that it has advantages. 
The concessive subjunctive. Sane is here used in a conces- 
sive sentence to restrict the meaning ; its force may be given 
by the English expression if you will. 

Habet .... modum : Still, it has certainly either satiety or 
limitation. Lubet = libet. 

Neque me vixisse poenitet : Nor do I regret that I have lived. 
See the note on Ut me imperii nostri poeniteret, p. 194. 

Commorandi .... dedit. Graevius cites the words of Sene- 
ca, Peregrinatio est vita; multum quum deambulaveris, do- 
mum redeundum est. And of Democrates : c O /co'oyxos <jKr\vr\, 
6 jSios ndpobos * ?A0es, t5ey, aTrrjXdes* 

Catonem meum. M. Porcius Cato Licinianus, the son of 
Cato the Censor, distinguished as a soldier, and afterwards as 
a jurist. He died when praetor designatus, about B. c. 152, 
and a few years before his father. 

Quod contra : instead of which. On the sentiment, compare 
Canning's pathetic lines on the death of his eldest son : 
" While I, reversed our nature 1 s kindlier doom, 
Pour forth a father's sorrows on thy tomb." 

Non quo .... f err em : Not that I bore it with indifference. 
The subj . with non quo intimates that the reason assigned is 
not the true one, after which the true reason is introduced 
by sed quod with the indie. Cf. A. & S. § 202, Rem. 0; Z. 
§536. Lubenter = libenter. 

Modum : A proper limit. 

Cujus = in qua. 



CICERO ON FRIENDSHIP. 



The dialogue called Laelius, sive De Amicitia, was written 

B. c. 44, after the Cato Major, and, like that treatise, was 
very appropriately dedicated to Atticus, " the only individual 
among his contemporaries to whom Cicero gave his whole 
heart." 

" The imaginary conversation is supposed to have taken 
place between C. Laelius Sapiens and his two sons-in-law, 

C. Fannius and Q. Mucius Scsevola, a few days after the 
death of Africanus (b. c. 129), and to have been repeated, in 
after times, by Scaevola to Cicero. Laelius begins by a pane- 
gyric on his friend. Then, at the request of the young 
men, he explains his own sentiments with regard to the 
origin, nature, limits, and value of friendship ; traces its con- 
nection with the higher moral virtues, and lays down the 
rules which ought to be observed in order to render it 
permanent and mutually advantageous." Smith's Diet., 
Vol. I. p. 733. 

In the extract here given, Laelius is the speaker. 

III. Viderint sapientes : Let wise men see. 

Nihil. . . .est. On the sentiment, cf. Tusc. I. xlvi. Ill, 
Nostrum .... videamur (p. 61), and the passage from Brutus 
cited in the note on p. 180. 

Sibi .... sero : At a time propitious for himself, almost too 
late for the republic. Sibi suo tempore, i. e. at his own good 
time. 228 



chap. in. iv. 229 

Duabus urbibus. Carthage and Numantia. 

In matrem, etc. In like erga. " Differunt tamen istae 
praepositiones. Nam erga ponitur, ubi de animo converse- et 
ad aliquid flexo sermo est, in autem indicat animum directum 
et penetrantem : idqu<*. majorem vim sive consilii sive actio- 
nis declarat : quamquam hoc qui loquuntur non semper respi- 
ciunt, ut in multis discrimen evanescat.'' Hand's Tursel. 

in. p. 3i2. 

Ut memini .... disserere. See the introduction to the notes 
on the dialogue De Senectute, p. 201. 

Etiamnum. Other readings are etiamnunc and etiamtunc. 
" Etiamnum et etiamnunc duo nomina uno accentu conjuncta 
habent, nee differunt significatione." Num, taking the demon- 
strative ce, becomes nunc, as turn becomes tunc. According to 
Fritsch, we have in -num, vvv, vvi>, (and nu in denuo, nuper, and 
nudius-tcrtius), a contracted form of the ace. neat sing, novum, 
vtjhv, Sansk. naica-m. 

IV. lis. The Epicureans, whose philosophy was begin- 
ning to be taught at Rome. 

Vel nostrorum majorum . . . . vel . . . . vel : Ear example, of 
our ancestors . ... or .... or, etc. " Aut is objective ; that is, 
refers to a real difference in the things or notions themselves 
vel is subjective ; that is, refers to a difference between them, 
as contemplated by the mind of the person thinking and 
speaking about them. With vel — vel the one thing does not 
necessarily exclude the other, but both may take place in 
whole or in part. In this use of them they may generally be 
translated by whether — or. The vel may be repeated sev- 
eral times .... Vel is the imperative from velle, asfer from 
ferre, and therefore properly means '•please, 9 4 if you please* 
i if you will.* Nearly all its meanings may be expressed by 
the original meaning of the word." Arnold's Lai. Prose 
Comp., Part. II. pp. 105, 106. See Madvig, cited supra, 
p. 106. Z. § 336, § 339. 

Tarn religiosa jura. See Tusc. Disp. I. xii. 27, and 
notes, pp. 130, 131. 



230 CICERO ON FRIENDSHIP. 

Vel eorum. The Pythagoreans. 

Vel ejus. Socrates. 

Non turn hoc turn Mud, .... sed idem semper. Scil. dicebat 

Ut in plerisque. Scii.feri solet. 

Quasi praesagiret. Scil. se mox moriturum. Schiitz. 

Triduum disseruit de re publica. Cicero in his treatise De 
Re Publica represents the conferences as extending over a 
period of three days. 

Cujus disputationis fuit extremum fere. The Somnium 
Scipionis is introduced in the last book of the treatise De Be 
Publica. 

In quiete = in somno. 

Hoc .... eventu. Ablative of cause. 

Fuerat aequius : It had been fairer. In Latin, as in Eng- 
lish, the indicative is often used where the subjunctive (poten- 
tial) might have been expected. " When it is declared 
without a condition what might or ought to happen (or have 
happened), but does not happen (with possum, debeo, oportet, 
decet, convenit, licet, or sum with a gerundive or adjective, 
e. g. aequum, melius, utilius, par, satis, satius est, &c), the 
indicative is commonly made use of in Latin, of present time 
in the imperfect (in order to describe that which does not 
happen), but of the past both in the perfect and pluperfect." 
M. § 348. e. Obs. 1. " The imperfect indicative in this case 
expresses things which are not, but the time for which is not 
yet passed ; and the perfect and pluperfect indicative things 
which have not been, but the time for which is passed." 
Z. § 518. q. v. See also B. § 131, and A. & S. § 259, Rem. 3. 
Cf. Horat. Sat. II. i. 16 : Attamen et justum poteras et scribere 
fortem ; and Cic. de Nat. Deor. I. xxx. 84 : Quam bellum erat, 
Vellei, confiteri potius nescire quod nescires, etc. By the use 
of the indicative, the sentiment is conveyed in a more ani- 
mated manner than it would have been with the subjunctive. 



ADDITIONAL 

GRAMMATICAL NOTES AND REFERENCES. 



*#* The references are more frequent in the first chapters than afterwards, 
as it is presumed that students can recognize constructions for themselves 
after their attention has been sufficiently directed to similar cases. 

Page 23. g 1. Essem liberatus. (Time, with the accessory- 
idea of cause.) H. 518, II. ; A. & G. 62, 2, 6 and note ; A. 
AS. 263, 5, Rem. 2; B. 1244, 1245; G. 586 and Eem. 
Pertinerent. H. 527 ; 527, 2, 2 ; A. & G. 66 7 2, and note ; 

A. & S. 266, 1 ; B. 1291, 1292 ; G. 631 ; M. 369. 

Quae. H. 445, 4 ; A. & G. 48, 2 ; A. & S. 206, 10 ; B. 695 ; 

G. 616, 3, II. ; Z. 372. 
Contineretur. H. 518, I. ; A. & G. 62, 2, e; A. & S. 263, 5 ; 

B. 1251; G. 587. 

Mini. H. 388 ; A. & G. 51, 4, a ; A. & S. 225, III. ; B. 847 ; 

G. 353. 
Posset. H. 520, II., 3 ; A. & G. 66, 1, d, Rem.; A. & S. 

262, Rem. 9 ; B. 1256 ; G. 541, Rem. 1 ; M. 357, b. 
Meum judicium fuit nostros invenisse omnia. H. 551, I., 

3 ; A. & G. 57, 8, e ; A. & S. 272, note 1 ; B. 1157 ; G. 527. 
Statuissent. H. 501, L, 3 ; A. & G. 65, 2, d; A. &S. ("Quod" 

or qui) 264, 3 ; B. 1280 ; G. 629, Rem. ; M. 364, Obs. 2. 
I 2. Elaborarent. H. 501, III.; A. & G. 6o, 2,/; A. & S. 

264, 9; B. 1226 ; G. 556, Rem. 2; 554. 
Page 24. Loquar. H. 486, II. ; A. & G. 57, 6 ; A. & S. 260, 

Rem. 5; B. 1180, 1181 ; G. 468. 
Quum . . . turn. A. & G. 43, 3, h ; 62, 2, /; G. 589 ; M. 358, 

Obs. 3 (middle and end) ; Z. 723. 

231 



232 ADDENDUM. 

Jam. A. & S. 191, Kern. 6 ; Z. 286 ; Hand's Tursellinus, 
III., p. 148, (28). 

Sit comparanda. H. 494 ; A. & G. 65, 1 ; A. & S. 262, Kern. 
1 ; B. 1218, 1220, 1221 ; G. 554, 556, 1. 

{ 3. Doctrina and genere. H. 429 ; A. & G. 54, 9 ; A. & S. 
250, 1 ; B. 889. 

Vincere non repugnantes. To conquer those ivho made no oppo- 
sition. The present participle takes the time of the prin- 
cipal verb (erat). 

Conditam. H. 580; A. & G. 72, 3, a; A. & S. 274, 2, Eem. 
5 ; B. 1357. 

Qui fuit. The antecedent of qui is Livius. 

Major natu, elder. Natu, ablative of specification (respect 
in which). 

Duxisset. H. 520, II. ; A. & G. 66, 1, d; A. & S. 273, 5, 
Kern. ; 266, 3 ; B. 1255 ; G. 541 ; M. 357, a; Z. 549. 

Quo, eo. Ablatives of the measure of difference. H. 418; 
A. & G. 22, c; 54, 6, e; A. & S. 256, Eem. 16, (2) ; B. 
929,930; G. 400. 

Magnis ingeniis. H. 428 ; A. & G. 54, 7 ; A. & S. 211, 
Eem. 6 ; B. 888 ; G. 402. 

Nee . . . non. H. 585 ; A. & G. 41, 2, e, Eem. ; A. & S. 277, 
Eem. 3; B. 998; G. 448. 
Page 25. \ 4. Pabio laudi. H. 390 ; A. & G. 51, 5 ; A. & S. 
227; B. 848; G. 350. 

Datum esset. H. 510; A. & G. 59, 3, b; A. & S. 261, 1; B. 
1267 ; G. 599. 

Pingeret. See references under duxisset ($ 3). Quod pin- 
ijeret is also an essential (or integral) part of the clause 
Si . . . datum esset, being indeed the subject of its verb. 
See references under pertinerent ($ 1). 

Futuros fuisse. In conditional propositions in oratio obliqua, 
the protasis {datum esset) has the same form as in direct 
discourse, but in the apodosis the pluperfect subjunctive is 
represented by the perfect infinitive of the active peri- 
phrastic conjugation. H. 532, 2; A. & G. 67, 1, c; A. & 
S. 268, Eem. 5, a ; B. 1303 ; Gildersleeve, 659. 



I. TUSC., SECTIONS 3-6. 233 

Annis. H. 427, 1, (2); A. & G. 55, 1 ; 54, 6, e; 56, 2, d; 
A. &S. 253, Eem. 1; 256, Eem. 16; 191, II. ; B. 954; 
929 ; G. 400, Kem. 3. Ante is an adverb ; and annis is 
ablative of the measure of the difference of time. 

Indoctior. H. 444, 1 ; A. & G. 17, 5; A. & S. 256, Kem. 9, 
(a) ; B. 902 ; G. 312, 2. " The second member of the 
comparison is omitted, when it is easily understood. In 
many of these instances the comparative may be translated 
by somewhat or too" Beck's Syntax, 82, 8. The omitted 
standard of comparison is here supplied " by the usual, or 
proper standard." G. 

Discebant. The imperfect denotes that it was the custom 
that all learned music. 

Doctrina. Instrumental ablative. We should say, in learn- 
ing. 

3 5. lis. H. 386 ; A. & G. 51, 2, cZ; A. & S. 224 ; B. 826, 
820 ; G. 346. Anteeo is constructed both with the dative 
and with the accusative, but more frequently with the for- 
mer. See M. 245, 6, Obs. 2 ; 224, d; Z. 387. 

Aetate. Ablative of specification, denoting that in respect of 
which iis anteibat. 

Cederetur. A passive impersonal. For its syntax, see ref- 
erences under sit comparanda (§2). 
Page 26. Profuimus and possumus. The indicative in the state- 
ment of a condition which is represented as a fact, or 
which at least neither means to imply suspense nor con- 
trariety to fact. 

Prosimus. Subjunctive of purpose, after ut. 

I 6. Eo. This ablative of measure, with the comparative 
magis, is defined by the clause quod — eruditis. 

Sentiat and possit. Subjunctive after ut in a " consecutive 
sentence" following an impersonal verb of happening. 
G. 558. The clause is the subject of fieri potest 

Et -non possit. Madvig (416, Obs. 3) cites this clause con- 
nected by a copulative conjunction, in his instances of the 
different ways in which without is rendered in Latin: 
20* 



234 ADDENDUM. 

(" without being able to express his ideas with elegance." ) 
The et is adversative ; and yet. 

Qui — possit. See the references under pertinerent (J 1). 

Hominis. H. 402, I. ; A. & G. 50, 1, c; A. & S. 211, Kern. 
8, (3) ; B. 780 ; G. 365. 

Quare (qua re) is ablative of cause. 

§ 7. Summo ingenio. Noun and adjective in the ablative 
of quality or description. The same rule applies to sci- 
entia and copia, as the adjective belongs logically to those 
nouns also. 
Page 27. Quid possem. H. 525 ; A. & G. 67, 2 ; A. & S. 265 ; 
B. 1182; G.469. 

Me diutius, H. 417 ; A. & G. 54, 5; A. & S. 256, 2; B. 
895 ; G. 399. 

Ponere jubebam. "If, with jubeo or veto, the person to 
whom a thing is commanded or forbidden is not specified, 
a simple infinitive may follow." M. \ 390, Obs. 3. In 
English, we should take the indefinite pronoun any-one 
(quis) before ponere, and supply he as the subject of vellet. 

De quo vellet. The subjunctive is used, because this relative 
sentence depends on an infinitive, and forms an integral 
(or "essential") part of the thought. See references 
under pertinerent (g 1). 

§ 8. Fiebat autem ita. " Now it was so arranged." 

Ut dicerem. Cf. ut sentiat (§ 6). 

Veri simillimum. H. 391, 2, 4) ; A. & G. 51, 6, c, Kern. ; 
A. & S. 222, Eem. 2, (a) ; B. 863 ; G. 356, Kern. 1. 

Quo commodius explicentur. H. 497 ; A. & G. 64, 1, a ; A. 
AS. 262, Kern. 9; B. 1207, (3) ; 1210; G. 545, 2. 

Quasi agatur res. As if the discussion were going on. 

§ 9. Evenit ut morerentur. See the references under sen- 
tiat (g 6). 

Si . . . diceres, etc., exciperes, etc. H. 502 ; 510, 1 ; A. & G. 
59, 3, 6; A. & S. 261, 1; B. 1267; 1268; G. 599. A 
second apodosis begins with esset tamen. 

Moriendum esset. The tense is determined by diceres. " The 
imperfect subjunctive, in protasis or apodosis, even when 



I. TUSC, SECTIONS 7-13. 235 

it refers to present time, is regularly followed by second- 
ary tenses." A. & G. 58, 10, g. 
Page 28. Miseros esse eos. Necesse est (and oportet) are con- 
structed sometimes with the subjunctive without ut, some- 
times with the accusative and infinitive. 

i 10. Tibi ipsi. H. 388 ; 388, 1, 1) ; A. & G. 51, 4, a; A. 
& S. 225, III. ; B. 847 ; 1306 ; G. 353. 

Maxima corona. A noun and adjective in the ablative de- 
noting an attendant circumstance. Ablative absolute, 
akin to the modal ablative. 

i 11. Quid negotii. H. 396, III., 2, 3), (3) ; A. & G. 50, 
2, c; A. & S. 212, Kern. 3; B. 771 ; G. 371. 
Page 29. Quern moveant. H. 500, 2 ; A. & G. 65, 1 ; A. & S. 
264, 1, note; B. 1218; 1220, (b) ; 1221; G. 633. 

1 12. Mallem. H. 485 ; A. & G. 57, 4, c; 60, 2, b ; A. & S. 
260, II., Kern. 2 ; (cf. Kern. 4) ; B. 1178 ; G. 252. I could 
have wished . . . rather, etc. It is the subjunctive of modest 
statement, milder and more courteous than the indicative. 

Metueres. Volo, nolo, malo, (which may take after them the 
subjunctive with ut,) are commonly used only with the 
subjunctive without ut in short and unambiguous expres- 
sions ; otherwise with the accusative and infinitive. 
Madvig. 

Diceres. H. 496, 2 ; A. & G. 70, 4, b ; A. & S. 264, 4, Kern. 
1 ; G. 313 ; 633. The comparative is contained in mallem 
(= mag is veil em). 

Qui . . . dimiserit. H. 519 ; A. & G. 65, 2, e ; A. & S. 264, 
8; B. 1251; G. 636. 

Illas. H. 450, 4 ; A. & G. 20, 2, b ; A. & S. 207, Bern. 24 
B. 1030 ; G. 292, 2. 

Gloria. H. 425, 2; A. & G. 54, 1 ; A. & S. 251; B. 911 
913; 1075, V.; G. 389. 

Sint oportet. H. 496, 1 ; A. & G. 70, 3, c; A. & S. 273, 4 
B. 1222; G. 535, Kern. 1; 559, Kern. The clause is the 
subject of oportet. A. & G. 

g 13. Ita. In that case ; on that supposition. Ita is an 
old ablative (Peile, p. 308 ; Roby, p. 173, says "apparently 



236 ADDENDUM. 

accusative plur. neut.") from the pronominal root i, whence 
id, ipse. 
Page 30. Meliore memoria. Ablative of quality or description. 
H. 428 ; A. & G. 54, 7 ; A. & S. 211, Kern. 6 ; B. 888 ; G. 
402. 

Velim. Subjunctive of mild or courteous statement. 

An tu. An, what ! A. & G. 71, 2, b ; B. 1108; H. 346, II., 
2,4; A. &S. 198, 11, (d) ; G. 459. 

I 14. Dialectics imbutus, " tinctured with logic." A. & G. 
54, 6, c. " Ablativus copiaB " (M.) ; a form of the ablative 
of means. 

TJtar post alio, sc. verbo (Latino). 
Page 31. I 15. Aestumo = aestimo. 

Page 32. § 16. tft doceam — mortem. The subjunctive with 
ut defines ea in the preceding sentence. The whole clause 
is a substantive clause, in the nominative case, in the pre- 
dicate after Sunt ea understood. 

§ 17. Non respondebis. " The question with non expresses 
astonishment at the assumed case of no answer being re- 
turned. Nonne respondebis, on the contrary, would imply 
the sure expectation of an answer." Tischer. 

Quasi Py thius Apollo. Cf. Shakespeare : " I am Sir Oracle." 

Conjectura. Ablative of means. 

Ea refers to certa, certainties. 

\ 18. Sunt qui putent. H. 501, I. ; A. & G. 65, 2, a ; A. k 
S. 264, 6; B. 1227; G. 634. 
Page 33. Corculum. Predicate after dictus est understood. 
So homo. 

\ 19. Animum autem alii dixerunt esse animam. 

Declarat nomen, i. e., the term shows this clearly. 

\ 20. Idemque, and at the same time. Said not without sar- 

^ casm. H. 451, 3 ; A. & S. 207, Kern. 27, (a) ; B. 1034; G. 
2D6. 

Quod ipsum quale esset, i. e., the exact truth in regard to which, 
Literally, which itself just as it really is. 

Verum. But. 
Page 34. Esset. Subjunctive in the oraiio obliqua. 



i. tusc, sections 14-24. 237 

I 21. Corinthi. In the locative case. H. 423, II., 2 in fin. ; 
A. & G. 7, 7 ; 55, 3, c ; A. & S. 221, 1. (The explanation 
given by A. & S. in 221, 1, note, is defective, in not recog- 
nizing the ancient locative case, which ended in i, as Jie 
origin of this construction. See my note on Verg. Aeneid, 
I. 193, humi.) B. 932 ; 934 ; G. 412. Domus may be men- 
tioned as a noun which still retains the locative case in a 
distinct form ; domi being locative, while the genitive is 
domus. 

Qua vel agamus. The subjunctive in a relative clause in the 
oratio obliqua. 

Quippe quae nulla sit. H. 519 ; 519, 3, 1) ; A. & G. 65, 2, 
e; (cf. 62, 2, e) ; A. & S. 264, 8, (1) and (2); B. 1253; G. 
636. 

\ 22. Ingenio et diligentia. Ablative of specification. 
Page 35. Novo nomine. Ablative of means. 

Quae. Indefinite pronoun. 

Nihil est . . . quod non . . . conficiat. H. 501 ; A. & G. 65, 
2; A. &S.264,7; G. 634. 

\ 23. Viderit. The force of this subjunctive may be given 
by the translation / leave, it for some god to see. 

Utrum — an. H. 346, II., 2, 1) ; A. & G. 71, 2; A. & S. 
198, 11, c and d; B. 1107 ; G. 460. 

Quaecumque vera sit. The subjunctive is conditional ; sub- 
junctive of contingency. 

\ 24. Quid — dicam. H. 486, II. ; A. & G. 57, 6 ; A. & S. 
260, Kern. 5; B. 1180, 1181; G. 468. ° 

Qui dicat. Seeing that he says. H. 519 ; A. & G. 65, 2, e ; 
A. &S. 264, 8; B. 1251; G. 636. 

Sententiis. H. 414, 2, (1) ; A. & G. 54, 9 ; A. & S. 249, II. ; 
G. 398. 
Page 36. Non sentientis — intersit. But there is nothing 
which can in any direction (or respect) concern a person 
who has no sensation (or "sense-perception.") 

Sentientis. H. 406, III. ; A. & G. 50, 4, d ; A. & S. 219 ; B. 
809; G. 381. 

Quum . . . excesserint . The quum is temporal, but takes the 



238 ADDENDUM. 

perfect subjunctive because the clause is connected as an 
essential part to a clause which has its principal verb in 
the infinitive. 
Page 37. I 26. Vereor ne malum sit. H. 492, 4, 1 ; A. & G. 
70, 3,/; A. & S. 262, Kern. 7 ; B. 1215 ; G. 552. 

Quod. A thing which. The antecedent is auctoribus uti op- 
timis. 

I 27. Quum . . . turn. A. & G. 42, 3, h; A. & S. 198 (in 
the catalogue) ; G. 589. 
Page 38. \ 30. Cujus = ut ejus. 

Lugeat. H. 501, I. ; A. & G. 65, 2, a ; A. & S. 264, 7 ; G. 
634. 
Page 39. Tolle . . . sustuleris (from tollo). An imperative as 
the protasis. 

\ 31. Omnibus curae. H. 390 ; A. & G. 51, 5 ; A. & S. 
227; B. 848; 849; G. 350. 

Quae prosint. Relative clause of purpose. 

I 32. Quin . . . deceat. H. 498, 3 ; A. & G. 65, 1, b; A. & 
S. 262, note 7; B. 1230; G. 551. 

Ad homines juvandos, etc. H. 565, 3; A.& G. 73, 3, c; A.& 
S. 275, Rem. 2, (3) ; Rem. 3 ; B. 1338 ; G. 433. 
Page 40. Sine magna spe. This clause serves as the protasis 
of the apodosis se offerret, etc. 

\ 33. Otioso. H. 547, II. ; A. & G. 57, 8, e, Rem. 1 ; A. & 
S. 227, note, (at the end) ; B. 1142; 1143; 1144; G. 535, 
Rem. 2. 

Tarn amens ... qui viveret. H. 489, II. ; A. & G. 65, 1 ; A. 
& S. 264, 1, a } and note; B. 1220, (6) ; 1221 ; G. 633. 

\ 34. Mercedem gloriae. Gloriae is the epexegetical geni- 
tive in place of an appositive. 

Faxit. Madvig considers this form as a future subjunctive 
(so Roby, 621-624), used in wishes as a present subjunc- 
tive. Peile (Introduction to Greek and Latin Etymology, p. 
295) takes it as a perfect subjunctive. The various views 
of its origin are stated or referred to by Roby and Peile, 
//. cc. 
Page 41. I 37. Quum. Although. 



i. tusc, sections 26-51. 239 

Page 42. g 38. Honore et disciplina. Hendiadys. (Consult 
your Grammar by the aid of its Index.) 
2 39. Pythagoram. " When a relative clause has the same 
verb (sensisse) as the proposition with the infinitive on 
which the relati7e clause depends, but without the repeti- 
tion of the verb, the subject of the verb in the relative 
clause is put by attraction in the accusative." B. 1158. 

Page 43. Quanti facias. H. 402, III., 1 ; A. & G. 54, 8, a; 
A. & S. 214, Eem. 1, (a) ; B. 799 ; 802 ; G. 378 ; 379. 
1 40. Erraverim. H. 486, III., 6 ; A. & G. 60, 2, a, b; A. 
& S. 260, Kern. 4; B. 1179 ; G. 250. 

Page 44. g 41. Quam quisque norit artem, etc. u Treibe jeder 
was er kann." 

Page 45. \ 43. Eo facilius evadat. Would the more easily 
make its way out. 

Page 47. \ 46. Apertis . . . auribus. Adversative ablative 
absolute. Although both our eyes and ears are open and 
unimpaired. 

Page 48. \ 47. Esset habitums. The imperfect tense is used 
in this dependent proposition, because the leading propo- 
sition, which it follows (diceremus, etc.), is in a past tense. 
M. 383; Z. 512, note, in fine. 
\ 48. Templa. Vast spaces in general ; but not without the 
associated idea of consecrated (to the god of the Lower- 
World). 
Non pudet. " A direct question, in which no interrogative 
pronoun, pronominal adjective, or adverb is used, may be 
put without any particle to mark its interrogative char- 
acter, if it is asked with an expression of doubt and sur- 
prise. If expressed negatively," (as here,) "it implies 
that the answer is expected in the affirmative, and vice 
versa: 7 M. \ 450. 
I 49. Nescio quid, (French je ne sais qnoi,) is used as a noun 
in the accusative, the object of adepti sunt, having the ad- 
jective praeclarum agreeing with it. 

Page 49. § 51. Nisi — possumus, i.e. for unless, when we 
have never seen something, we are unable to understand 
what its nature is. 



240 ADDENDUM. 

§ 52. Animo. Ablative of means. In psychological studies, 
the mind is both the observer and the observed. 

Page 50. Acrioris. See note on Indoctior, J 4. 

Page 51. I 55. Concurrant. H. 515, 1. ; A. & G. 61, 2; 70, 
3, c, Kern.; A. & S. 263, 2; 273, 4; B. 1282; 1283; G. 
605,4; 609. 

Page 52. § 57. Et earn. " A more precise definition " or 
additional characterization "of a word, is connected em- 
phatically hy et is (atqueis, etisquidem) y andthat." M. 484, c. 

Page 53. g 58. Cognita attulit. It brought them in(to the 
world) already known. 
$ 59. Quanta memoria. Ablative of quality. 

Page 54. \ 60. Sive anima sive ignis sit. We have here the 
lively present, although we should have expected the im- 
perfect by attraction to jurarem, as in the case of esset 
habiturus, \ 47. 

Page 55. § 63. Sine divino ingenio == nisi divinum ingenium 
habuisset. The protasis oipotuisset. 
g 64. Ut ego putem. So as to allow me to believe, or so 
that I could believe. He does not believe poetam — sen- 
tentiis, as he would if he thought there was nothing god- 
like in those powers of -mind whence poetry and eloquence 
proceed. The force of the negative, ne — quidem, is felt 
throughout the whole sentence. 

Page 56. Modestiam = a^poavvrjv. 

Page 57. § 67. Potesne = num potes, expecting a negative 
answer. This is a rare use of the enclitic ne. Cf. Cat. 
Maj. xvi. 56, and De Orat. I. lii : Potestne virtus servire f 
More often, ne is used for nonne. But in general, as is well 
known, ne simply denotes a question, without implying 
either an affirmation or a negation. 

Page 58. \ 68. Temperatiouem corporum. " Corporis tem- 
peratio, quum ea congruunt inter se, e quibus constamus, 
sanitas dicitur." Cic. Tusc. Disp. IV., xiii. 30. 
\ 69. Convestirier. " To be clad on all sides (con-)." 

Page 60. Chap. xxx. Censebat, disseruit. A very good in- 
stance of the difference between the imperfect, of habitual 
action, and the aoristic perfect (perfect indefinite). 



i. tusc., sections 52-87. 241 

Page 62. \ 75. Si liberet. Impersonal. If I felt so inclined. 
Page 64. \ 79. Aegrum. '< Affected by sickness." 
Page 65. $ 81. Vellem. I could wish. " Vellem, nollem, and 
mallem are used to introduce a wish the non-reality and 
impossibility of which we know." Z. 528, note 2. 
Posset. H. 551, II., 2, 2; A. & G. 70, 3, 6; A. & S. 273, 

4; 262, Kern. 4; B. 1204; G. 546, Kern. 3. 
I 82. Spero fore ut contingat. " For the future infinitive, 
both in the active and passive voice, a periphrasis with 
fore ut or futurum esse ut, is often made use of, especially in 
verbs which want the supine and the future participle." M. 410. 
Contingat, will be our happy lot. 

i: Conlingit use of things we like, 
But accidit when evils strike." 

Page 66. Et falsum. Et, and moreover, like atque. Tischer. 
Et fit. Et here seems to take the place of a causal particle, 

for. Tischer. 
Totumque. Que, and in short ; and in fine ; to sum it all up. 
Tischer. 
Page 67. \ 85. Sit. Subjunctive in supposing a case. 
In utroque. In the case of each. 
Priamo. Dative of disadvantage. 

Quasi — quidquam. Ironical sentences introduced by quasi 
imply a negative meaning, and hence the pronouns quis- 
quam and ullus are used in them (and not aliquis or quis- 
piam), when the negation is universal and relates to the 
whole proposition. Cf. M. 494. The same rule applies 
to quasi certi quidquam ($ 86), and quasi quisquam (g 92). 
Page 68. §87. An potest, etc. But can he, etc. The sentence 
introduced by on is a refutation of the opinion implied in 
the preceding sentence ita dicant, etc. 
Nomen carendi. Carendi is genitive epexegetieal, used in- 
stead of an appositive ; "the word carere." The gerund 
represents oblique cases of the infinitive. 
Page 69. Habeas, etc. The second person singular of the sub- 
junctive, used of an assumed person representing a single 
indefinite subject (you = one, any one). M. 370. 
16 — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 



242 ADDENDUM. 

Page 70. $ 89. Si timeretur. The imperfect is used here 
for the pluperfect, partly as a lively turn of rhetoric. The 
action, however, is not considered as one that has happened 
and been completed before the other, but as accompanying 
it and continuing along with it, or perhaps as wonted. 
The positive assertion would be: concidit: non enim time- 
bat. So I 27 : nisi haereret. See note, p. 153 ; M. 347, 6, 
Obs. 2. 

Page 71. I 90. Pluris. See note on quanti facias, \ 39. 
Sensu, salute. Ablative of that in accordance with which. 
I 91. Quo minus consulat. H. 499 ; A. & G. 70, 3, e; A. 
& S. 262, Eem. 9 ; B. 1236 ; G. 549. 

Page 72. \ 93. Querare. H. 501, I., 1; A. & G. 65, 2, a; 
A. &S. 264, 7, note 3. G. 634; M. 365; Z. 562. 

Page 73. g 95. Totamque — et — ac. An instructive example 
in the use of conjunctions. The whole sentence is united 
to the preceding one by que, its parts are connected to- 
gether by et, and their subordinate members by ac, Tis- 
cher. 

Page 74. \ 96. Animis. A locative ablative. The regular 
locative form is used in the singular, as pendet animi. Cic. 
Tusc. Disp. IV. xvi. 35, where see Kiihner. 
I 97. Vadit enim. Enim is found in the best MSS., although 
omitted by Orelli. It suggests some ellipsis, like sed 
Theramenem missum faciamus (Kiihner), for which it intro- 
duces the reason. 

Page 75. § 98. Appellentur. Kiihner says of this subjunc- 
tive: "referendus est ad mentem Socratis." 
Ne . . . timueritis. H. 488, II., 2 and 3; A. & G. 57, 3, b; 
A. & S. 260, Rem. 6, (6), (c) ; 267, Rem. 2; B. 1114; G. 
256, 2. 

Page 77. ? 102. Esto. The force of this imperative may be 
given by the phrase, I grant it. It is a formula of conces- 
sion, like the Greek tit*. The connection of thought is 
this : I grant that in those cases of brave and hardy Spar- 
tans, much may be attributed to the effect of the severe 
discipline in which they had been trained. But I will 



i. tusc, sections 89-118. 243 

bring you an example of equal hardihood from the ranks 
of studious philosophers. 
Humine. Ne is the interrogative particle. 

Page 78. \ 103. Ut tibi videbitur. Tischer in his more re- 
cent editions adopts this reading, acknowledging that the 
future is to be preferred to the present (videtur) on account 
of its connection with the imperative future sepelito. 

Page 80. I 107. Qui non erudierit nee docuerit. Not to have 
instructed his son (i. e. Thyestes) nor taught him, etc. The 
relative clause with the subjunctive, containing the reason 
of what precedes. 

Page 81. g 109. Laudis et gloriae (after bonis). Epexeget- 
ical genitive. Cf. gloriae, \ 34. 

Page 83. § 111. Tit mihi videbar. As it seemed to me. "Even 
in an observation inserted parenthetically with ut, videor 
is, almost always, referred personally to the subject spoken 
of." M. 400, a, Obs. 

Page 84. \ 114. Qui — dedisse scribitur. Scribor, demon- 
stror, audior, intelligor, are mentioned by Madvig (400, c) 
as verbs in which, as well as in verbs of saying and think- 
ing, the personal form of expression is sometimes used in- 
stead of the impersonal in the passive. 
I 115. Decebat. See the note on Fuerat aequius, p. 230. 
Also A.&G. 59, 3, e; 60, 2, c. 

Page 86. \ 118. Horribilem . . . aliis, nobis faustum. A fine 
chiasmus ; the antithesis between the two series of words 
being made more striking by inverting the order of the 
corresponding words in the second series. 



THE END. 




Model Text-Books 

FOR 

CHASE AND STUART'S CLASSICAL SERIES, 

EDITED BY 

THOMAS CHASE, A.M., GEOKGE STUAET, A.M., 

PROFESSOR OF CLASSICAL LITERATURE, PROFESSOR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE, 

HAVERFORD COLLEGE, PENNA. CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL, PHILADA. 

AND 

E. P. CEO WELL, A.M., 

PROFESSOR OF LATIN IN AMHERST COLLEGE. 
REFERENCES TO 

HARKNESS'S LATIN GRAMMAR, 

ANDREWS & STODDARD'S LATIN GRAMMAR, 

BULLIONS & MORRIS'S LATIN GRAMMAR, 

GILDERSLEEVE'S LATIN GRAMMAR, 

ALLEN'S MANUAL LATIN GRAMMAR, 

AND 

ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 

The publication of this edition of the Classics was suggested 
by the constantly increasing demand by teachers for an edition 
which, by judicious notes, would give to the student the assist- 
ance really necessary to render his study profitable, furnishing 
explanations of passages difficult of interpretation, of peculiari- 
ties of Syntax, &c, and yet would require him to make faithful 
use of his Grammar and Dictionary. 

It is believed that this classical Series needs only to be known 

2 



3 

to insure its very general use. The publishers claim for it 
peculiar merit, and beg leave to call attention to the following 
important particulars : 



The text is not a mere reprint, but is 
based upon a careful and painstak- 
ing comparison of all the most im- 
proved editions, with constant refer- 
ence to the authority of the best 
manuscripts. 

No pains have been spared to make the 
notes accurate, clear, and helpful to 
the learner, Points of geography, 
history, mythology, and antiquities 
are explained in accordance with the 
views of the best German scholars, 

The generous welcome given to these books, proves very 
conclusively that they are well adapted to the wants of the class- 
room. They have been adopted in every State of the Union, 
and we have the proud satisfaction of stating that they are at 
this time the standard text-books in more than 



The purity of the text. 

The clearness and conciseness of the 

notes, and their adaptation to the 

wants of students. 
The beauty of type and paper, 
The handsome style of binding, 
The convenience of the shape and size. 
The low price at which the volumes 

are sold. 
The preparation of the whole Series 

is the original work of American 

scholars. 



|ltte {Thousand Schools, 



and the number is daily increasing. Among these are many of 
the largest and most important classical institutions in the country. 
The Publishers desire to acknowledge their indebtedness to 
the teachers of Latin throughout the country who are using these 
books, for the high position that has been accorded to them. 
Grateful for the very flattering welcome they have received, we 
pledge ourselves that the entire Series shall be 
In Scholarship Inferior to None. 

In Appearance The Most Attractive. 

In Binding The Most Durable. 

In Price The Most Reasonable. 

To those teachers who do not use them we suggest the con- 
sideration of two facts : 

1. Large and permanent success follows only real merit. 

2. Such success has been obtained by these books. 

And we are confident that if they will inquire into the merit 



J 



which has insured this success, they will find that they are well 
worthy of the commendation bestowed upon them. 
The Series contains the following works, viz. : 

fjESAR'S COMMENTARIES on the Gallic War. 

** With Explanatory Notes, Lexicon, Geographical 
Index, Map of Gaul, Plan of the Bridge, &c. 
By Prof. George Stuart. Price by mail, post- 
paid, $1.25. 

FIRST SIX BOOKS OF VIRGIL'S jENEID. 

A With Explanatory Notes, Lexicon, Remarks on 
Classical Versification, Index of Proper Names, 
&c. By Prof. Thomas Chase. Price by mail, 

postpaid, #1.25. 

YIRGIL'S 7ENEID. With Explanatory Notes, 
" Metrical Index, Remarks on Classical Versifica- 
tion, Index of Proper Names, &c. By Prof. 
Thomas Chase. Price by mail, postpaid, #1.50. 

VIRGIL'S ECLOGUES, GEORGICS, AND MO- 

RETUM. With Explanatory Notes, Lexicon, 
&c. By Prof. George Stuart. Price by mail, 
postpaid, $1.25. 

flCERO'S SELECT ORATIONS. With Expiana- 

^ tory Notes, Lexicon, Life of Cicero, List of Con- 
suls during his Life, Plan of the Roman Forum 
and its Surroundings, &c. By Prof. George 
Stuart. Price by mail, postpaid, $1.50. 

CALLUST'S CATILINE AND JUGURTHINE 

WAR. With Explanatory Notes, Lexicon, &c. 



By Prof. George Stuart. 
paid, $1.25. 



Price by mail, post- 



rORNELIUS NEPOS. With Explanatory Notes, 

^ Lexicon, &c. By Prof. George Stuart. Price 
by mail, postpaid, $1.25. 

UORACE'S ODES, SATIRES, AND EPISTLES. 

" With Explanatory Notes, Metrical Key, Index 
of Proper Names, &c. By Prof. Thomas Chase. 
Price by mail, postpaid, $1.50. 

[IVY. BOOKS I, XXI, AND XXII. With ex- 

^ tracts from Books ix, xxvi, xxxv, xxxvin, xxxix, 

and xlv. With Explanatory Notes, Geographical 
Index, &c. By Prof. Thomas Chase. Price by 
mail, postpaid, $1.50. 

TICERO DE SENECTUTE ET DE AMICITIA. 

^ With Explanatory Notes, &c. By E. P. Crowell, 
A.M., Professor of Latin, and H. B. Richard- 
son, Instructor of Latin in Amherst College. 
Price by mail, postpaid, $1.25. 

TICERO DE OFFICIIS. With Explanatory Notes, 

^ &c. By E. P. Crowell, A.M., Professor of 
Latin in Amherst College. Price by mail, post- 
paid, £1.50. 

flCERO'S TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. Book 

^ First. The Dream of Scipio, and Extracts from 
the Dialogues on Old Age and Friendship. With 
Explanatory Notes. By Prof. Thomas Chase. 

• - Price by mail, postpaid, $1.25. 




A 

SERIES OF TEXT-BOOKS 

ON THE 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 

By John S. Hart, LL.D., Professor of Rhetoric and 
of the English Language in the College of New 
Jersey. 
The Series comprises the following volumes, viz. : 
First Lessons in Composition, . . . Price, $0.90 
Composition and Rhetoric, ... ** 1.50 

A Short Course in Literature, ... " 1.50 

And for Colleges and Higher Institutions of Learning: 
A Manual of American Literature, . . « 2.50 

A Manual of English Literature, . • " 2.50 

Hart's First Lessons in Composition is intended for begin- 
ners. A greater help to the Teacher never was invented. It 
will revolutionize the whole work of teaching. By the increased 
power of expression which it gives to the pupil, it doubles his 
progress in every study. There is not a school but in which 
a class can be formed for its advantageous use. Any pupil able 
to read tolerably well can use it to advantage. 

Hart's Composition and Rhetoric has been prepared with a 
full knowledge of the wants of both teacher and scholar in this 
important branch of education, and the author has spared no 
pains to make the book eminently practical and adapted to use 
in the class-room. Dr. Hart has been engaged for more than 
one-third of a century in the practical duties of the school- 
room, and for years past has made a specialty of the subject of 
which the present volume treats. The great variety and copious- 
ness of the " Examples for Practice" will commend the book to 
general favor. In this respect it is unequalled by any similar 
work heretofore published. 



7 
Hart's Short Course in Literature, English and American., 

is intended as a text-book for wSchools and Academies. It is 
designed for the use cf those who have not the time to devote 
to the study of Literature as laid down in the larger books of 
the Series. 

Hart's Manual of English Literature is intended as a text- 
book for Colleges, and as a book of reference. 

Hart's Manual of American Literature is a companion volume 
to the " English Literature," with which it corresponds in 
general character and design. It is intended as a text-book for 
Colleges, and as a book of reference. 

In these volumes Prof. Hart has embodied the matured fruits 
of his life-long studies in this department of letters. We believe 
they will be found in advance of any other text-books on the 
subject, in the comprehensiveness of the plan, the freshness of 
much of the materials, the sound judgment shown in the critical 
opinions, the clearness with which the several topics are pre- 
sented, and the beauty as well as the practical convenience of the 
mechanical arrangements. 

The scholarly culture and excellent literary judgment dis- 
played, entitle these books to a high place among the works on 
English literature. The plan and arrangement present many 
novel features, and the thoroughness of detail, brevity and pre- 
cision of statement, elegance of style, and soundness of opinion 
which characterize the volumes, call for the sincerest commen- 
dation. 

ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, AND HYGIENE. 

" A Text-Book for Schools, Academies, Colleges, 
and Families. By Joseph C. Martindale, M. D. , 
late Principal of the Madison Grammar School, 
Philadelphia. Price by mail, postpaid, $1.30. 
The study of Physiology and the Laws of Health is as impor- 
tant as it is interesting. Its importance has become so generally 



8 

I recognized that there are now few schools in which it does not 
occupy a prominent position in the course of instruction. Dr. 
Martindale's Anatomy, Physiology, and Hygiene presents the 
following claims to the consideration of teachers. Technicalities 
have been avoided, so far as consistent with the treatment of the 
subject. The style in which it is written is not only pleasing, 
but such as to be readily comprehended by those for whose use 
it is designed. Superfluous matter has been omitted, so that 
the book can be completed in a much shorter period than any 
other text-book on the subject as yet published. 
Descriptive circular sent on application. 

FIRST LESSONS IN NATURAL PHILOSO- 

PHYi For Beginners. By Joseph C. Martin- 
dale, M.D., late Principal of the Madison Gram- 
mar School. Price by mail, postpaid, 60 cents. 

This book is what its title indicates, " First Lessons in Natural 
Philosophy ; " and it presents each division of the subject in such 
an easy and familiar style, that it cannot fail to interest and in- 
struct any child of ordinary intelligence. Beginning as it does 
in a simple and easy manner, it secures the interest of the pupil 
by first directing his attention to objects in nature with which he 
is familiar. When the interest is thus excited, the subject is 
gradually unfolded by presenting, one after another, the familiar 
things met with in the every-day walks of life ; thus, the most 
common objects are made the means of teaching great philo- 
sophical truths. Only so much of the subject is presented as can 
be taught with profit in our public and private schools, yet what 
has been given will be found to embrace all the more common 
phenomena met with in every-day life. The facts are so clearly 
and so plainly set forth, that they are entirely capable of com- 
prehension by those for whose use and benefit this little work is 
designed. 

Teachers interested in the "Object Lesson" system of teach- 



9 

ing will find this little book a valuable aid, in furnishing sub- 
jects for discussion. 

Circular containing specimen pages, &c, sent to any address 
on application. 

A N ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA, FOR SCHOOLS 

A AND ACADEMIES. By Joseph W. Wilson, 
A.M., Professor of Mathematics in the Phila- 
delphia Central High School. Price by mail, 
postpaid, $1.25. 

The present work is the result of an effort to produce an Ele- 
mentary Algebra suited to the wants of classes commencing the 
study. It has been prepared by one who for years has felt the 
need of just such a book, and is the fruit of long experience 
in the school-room. 

With this book in hand, the pupil cannot help avoiding the 
difficulties which invariably present themselves at the very 
threshold of the study of Algebra. 

It has been the aim to give such a presentation of the subject 
as will meet the wants of Common Schools and Academies. It 
is an elementary work, and no attempt has been made to include 
everything which might be brought under the head of Algebra. 
The treatment of the subject is on the principle of "step by 
step," so that the pupil at the very outset is inspired with a de- 
gree of confidence which induces self-reliance; rendering un- 
necessary a constant application to the teacher for help. 

The book is commended to teachers in the hope that it wLl 
satisfy a need which the author has himself frequently felt. 

Descriptive circular sent on application. 

A KEY TO WILSON'S ELEMENTARY AL- 

GEBRA f° r tne use of Teachers only. By 
Prof. Joseph W. Wilson, A. M. Price by 
mail, postpaid, $1.25. 



THE MODEL DEFINER. An Elementary Book 
1 for Beginners, containing Definitions, Etymol- 
ogy, and Sentences as Models, exhibiting the 
correct use of Words. By A. C. Webb. Price 
by mail, postpaid, 25 cents. 

THE MODEL ETYMOLOGY. Giving not only the 
Definition, Etymology, and Analysis, but also 
that which can be obtained only from an intimate 
acquaintance with the best authors, viz. : the 
correct use of Words. By A. C. Webb. Price 
by mail, postpaid, 60 cents. 

The plan adopted in the Model Defmer and Model Etymology 
is not new. All good Dictionaries illustrate the meaning by a 
Model. To quote from a good author, a sentence containing the 
word, as proof of its correct use, is the only authority allowed. 
A simple trial of the work, either by requiring the child to form 
sentences similar to those given, or by memorizing the sentences 
as models for future use, will convince any one of the following 
advantages to be derived from the Model Word-Book Series. 

1. Saving of time. 

2. Increased knowledge of words. 

3. Ease to teacher and scholar. 

4. A knowledge of the correct use of words. 
Descriptive Circular sent on application. 

MARTINDALE'S HISTORY OF THE UNITED 

STATES. From the Discovery of America to 
the close of the late Rebellion. By Joseph C. 
Martindale, M.D., Principal of the Madison 
Grammar School, Philadelphia. Price by mail, 
postpaid, 60 cents. 



13 

"With this book in his hand, the scholar can in a single school- 
term obtain as complete a knowledge of the History of the United 
States as has heretofore required double the time and effort. 

Descriptive circular sent on application. 

THE YOUNG STUDENT'S COMPANION ; or, 

* Elementary Lessons and Exercises in Translating 
from English into French. ByM. A. Longstreth, 
Principal of a Seminary for Young Ladies, Phila- 
delphia. Price by mail, postpaid, $1.00. 

TABLES OF LATIN SUFFIXES. Designed as 

* an Aid to the Study of the Latin Grammar. By 
Amos N. Currier, A.M., Professor of Latin in 
the University of Iowa. Price, 50 cents. 

A FRENCH VERB BOOK; or, the New Expositor 
" of Verbs in French. By Ernest Lagarde, 

A.M., Professor of Modern Languages in Mount 

St. Mary's College. Price, £1.00. 

Lagarde's French Verb Book embraces a comprehensive anal- 
ysis of the conjugations, a new method for the formation and use 
of the tenses, and a complete paradigm of all the verbs, the 
whole explained and exemplified by full illustrations. It is 
believed that the book will be found a valuable aid to the study 
of the French language. 

COMPENDIUM OF FRENCH RULES. A Com- 

^ pendium of the Grammatical Rules of the French 
Language. By F. A. Bregy, A.M., Professor 
of French in the University of Pennsylvania. 



14 

IN THREE PARTS. 

PART FIRST. Price by mail, postpaid, 75 cents. 

PART SECOND. " " 50 " 

PART THIRD. In Preparation. 
These hand-books can be advantageously used in connection 
with any system. They lead the student from the first elements 
of the language to and through the principal rules of the French 
Syntax, enabling him, in a short time, to master intelligently 
what otherwise would prove a tedious and difficult task. 

C ELECTIONS FOR LITTLE FOLKS. A Book 

** of Poetical Selections for Children. Price by 
mail, postpaid, 50 cents. 

That sympathy which loves to link the present with the past, 
has prompted the preparation of this volume. Simply to make 
a child glad, is a worthy motive for storing its mind with poetic 
utterances, especially when the remembrance of such happiness 
becomes a well-spring of delight for a lifetime. 

This little book is intended for children not more than nine 
or ten years of age, and the compiler would feel it a good excuse 
for adding another book to those already extant, should the little 
ones find pleasure in it. 



IN THE SCHOOL-ROOM ; or, Chapters in the 
* Philosophy of Education. By John S. Hart, 
LL.D., Principal of New Jersey State Normal 
School. Price by mail, postpaid, #1.25. 

This work gives the results of the experience and observation 
of the author "In the School-room" for a period of years ex- 
tending over more than one-third of a century. 

No teacher can afford to be without it. 
It is a teacher's library in a single book. 
Descriptive circular sent on application. 



i5 
THE MODEL ROLL-BOOK, No. 1. For the Use 

A of Schools. Containing a Record of Attendance, 
Punctuality, Deportment, Orthography, Reading, 
Penmanship, Intellectual Arithmetic, Practical 
Arithmetic, Geography, Grammar, Parsing and 
History, and several blanks for special studies 
not enumerated. Price by mail, postpaid, $5.00. 

THE MODEL ROLL-BOOK, No. 2. For the use 

A of High Schools, Academies, and Seminaries. 
Containing a Record of all the studies mentioned 
in Roll-Book No. i, together with Declamation, 
Elocution, Algebra, Geometry, Composition, 
Rhetoric, French, Latin, Philosophy, Physiol- 
ogy, and several blanks for special studies not 
enumerated. Price by mail, postpaid, $5.00. 

THE MODEL POCKET REGISTER & GRADE- 

BOOK. A Roll-Book, Record, and Grade-Book 
combined. Adapted to all grades of classes, 
whether in College, Academy, Seminary, High 
or Primary School. Bound in fine English cloth, 
crimson edges. Price by mail, postpaid, 65 cents. 

THE MODEL SCHOOL DIARY. Designed as an 
A aid in securing the co-operation of parents. It 
consists of a Record of the Attendance, Deport- 
ment, Recitations, &c, of the Scholar, for every j 
day in the week. At the close of the week it is to be 
sent to the parent or guardian for examination. 
Price per dozen, by mail, postpaid, $1.05. 






T H f 



B 



16 

MODEL MONTHLY REPORT. The gen- 

eral character of the Monthly Report is the same 
as that of the Model School Diary, excepting that 
it is intended for a Monthly instead of a Weekly 
Report of the Attendance, Recitations, &c, of the 
Pupil. Price per dozen, by mail, postpaid, #1.05. 

00K- KEEPING BLANKS. Consisting of six 
blank books, as follows : Day Book, Cash Book, 
Ledger, Journal, Bill Book, and Book for Miscel- 
laneous Exercises. Price for each book by mail, 
postpaid, 15 cents; or the entire set of six books 
by mail, postpaid, 90 cents. 

These books have been prepared as a matter of practical con- 
venience for students in Book-keeping. They can be used with 
any treatise, and will be sold singly or in sets, as may be desired. 



Teachers corresponding with us are requested to supply us 
with a copy of the circular or catalogue of the school of which 
they are the Principal, or with which they are connected. 

Descriptive circulars of all our publications will be sent to 
any address on application. 

Please address, 

ELDREDGE & BROTHER, 

No. 17 North Seventh Street, 

PHILADELPHIA. 



■A 



jffitKuMlIK 

• I . *'^^Li *"* , "*»»V* - V *-l«-'» »,w*F.<-« 




^H ■ 



is H ■ H 

SSfflffl .vir.-: J-rA'i3S ( tH 

H 




sag 



«5*sS 
sboMBh 



